The URL can be used to link to this page

MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM - 05-0022-UTCONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM Project #05-0022-UT prepared for Clearwater ISSUED FOR BID MARCH 2009 ?? NFK. &CIZEM -,-, DATE (MMIDDIYYYY) A?ORH CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 07/08/2009 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATION IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Marsh USA, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1166 Avenue of the Americas HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR New York, NY 10036 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Attn: NewYork.certs@Marsh.com Fax: 212-948-0500 I 572750-ALL-CAS-09-10 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A: National Union Fire Insurance Company 19445 VOLT INFORMATION SCIENCES, INC. ATTN: GARY G. PENEBRE INSURER B: Illinois National Ins Co 23817 477 MADISON AVENUE NEWYORK, NY 10022-2928 INSURER C: Commerce & Industry Ins- Co v ?^ INSURER D: New Hampshire Ins Co INSURER E: LOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BE - J J NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES- AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. N5 LTR ADD' INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PquCY EFFECTIVE DATE(MMIDD/YWY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE(MMIDDA-YYV( LIMITS X GENERAL LIABILITY 090-73-05 03/31/2009 03/31/2010 EACH OCCURRENCE 1 000 000 A DA MAGE TO RENTED $ 250 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY S Ea occurrence PRE MISE , CLAIMS MADE ED OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 W PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AG POLICY JECT LOC A AUT OMOBILE LIABILITY 090-74-95 (AOS) 03131/2009 03/31/2010 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO 090-74-96 (MA) 03/31/2009 03/31/2010 (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ TO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ ANY AU AUTO ONLY: $ AGG EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR F-1 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ --.------- DEDUCTIBLE ..--_.-.^ RETENTION $ B WORKER COMPENSATION AND 356-71-15 (AOS) 03/31/2009 03/31/2010 X M STATU- 07H- A EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE YIN 356-71-16 (CA) 03/31/2009 03/31 /201 D .L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICERlMEMBEREXCLUDED7 356-71-17 (FL) 03/31/2009 03/31/2010 B FIN 1 OR) 356-71-18 03/31/2009 03/31/2010 -L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000 C (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under ( .L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below D OTHER WC CONT. 356-71-19 (rX) 03/31/2009 03/3112010 D ND NY OH WA WI WV WY 356-71-20 03/31/2009 03131/2010 SEE ABOVE FOR LIMITS C AZ CO MD NH SC 356-71-21 03/3112009 03/3112010 A AR DE GA ID MA MS MT NC VA 356-71-22 03131/2009 03/31/2010 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSA/EHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM (05-0022-UT). CITY OF CLEARWATER IS INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED UNDER THE GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY WITH RESPECT TO SERVICES PERFORMED BY VOLT. ALL INSURANCE POLICIES OUTLINED ARE PRIMARY AND ANY INSURANCE OWNED BY CITY OF CLEARWATER IS NOT CONTRIBUTORY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IS IN FAVOR OF CITY OF CLEARWATER. CERTIFICATE HOLDER NYC-003739468-03 CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA P.O- BOX 4748 CLEARWATER, FL 33756 CANCELLATION ?. ---- SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. ACORD 25 (2009/01) ®1998-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All Rights Reserved The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. Acord 26 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM Project #05-0022-UT prepared for 11 Clearwater Norman J. ca4, PE Civil Engineer Florida Registration No.41338 ------------ A'0 Elec?; L. ArncFtor* P`E •?? &1.156kJ --- M. -Floritr? rr" ? tt4 ISSUED FOR BID MARCH, 2009 Michael D. Tweedel, PE Control Systems Engineer Florida Registration No.60940 4& .4-01 i ADDENDUM NO. 3 FOR MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM City of Clearwater, FLORIDA City Project Number 05-0022-UT DATE: April 22, 2008 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Contract Documents for the subject project shall be supplemented to include the following: CLARIFICATION - Bid Opening Date The Bid opening is now scheduled for Tuesday May 12, 2009 at 1:302m, not Friday, April 24, 2009. END OF ADDENDUM #3 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA B : /s/William B. Horne II City Manager ADDENDUM NO. 2 FOR MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA City Project No. 05-0022-UT DATE: April 21, 2009 0992-0187 (50) SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 to Plans and Specifications for Morningside Reclaimed Water Project, City Project No. 05-0022-UT, Clearwater, Florida TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as follows: CLARIFICATIONS: 1. The required documents for the control valve station located at Belleair Country Club (Drawing Sheet C-68) have been submitted to the Town of Belleair Building Department and have been approved for construction. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the permit of $2,450.00. 2. The height of the South Tank Balcony is approximately 100-LF above existing grade. SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 1630- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT- Add the following language to Bid Item A19: Utility Allowance- No Contractor markup shall be paid under this bid item. SECTION 1630- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT- Add the following language to Bid Item A20: Programming Services Allowance- Receipt of payment by Contractor will be required for reimbursement by the City. No Contractor markup shall be paid under this bid item. SECTION 1630- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT- Replace Bid Item B21 with the following: 21. Bid Item No. B21 - Asphalt Road Replacement as Directed by the Owner's Representative a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for pavement removal and replacement as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item is the amount acceptably removed, furnished and installed as directed by the Owner's Representative: 1) B21a- tonnage of asphaltic concrete paving 2) B21 b- CY of base material 3) B21c- CY of sub-base material c) Payment will be according to: 1) B21a- The weight in tonnage of asphaltic concrete paving replaced. The unit bid price includes removal of existing pavement, furnishing and installing asphaltic concrete, temporary and thermoplastic markings, MOT requirements, miscellaneous equipment materials, testing and incidental work items. 2) B21 b- The volume in CY of base material replaced. The unit bid price includes removal of existing base, furnishing and installing base, compaction, miscellaneous equipment materials, testing and incidental work items. 3) B21c- The volume in CY of sub-base material replaced. The unit bid price includes removal of existing sub-base, furnishing and installing sub- base, compaction, miscellaneous equipment materials, testing and incidental work items. d) No payment will be made for the installation of asphalt paving where existing asphalt is disturbed by the Contractor away from the alignment of the new pipeline and service lines unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. SECTION 1630- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT- Replace Bid Item B27 with the following: 27. Bid Item No. 11327- Compliance with American Recovery and Reinvestment Act Criteria a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for the necessary administration to comply with all the requirements of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) in order for the project to receive federal funding assistance. b) The work included in this item shall include all the Contractor's efforts to research, complete, and submit on a timely basis, the appropriate forms and to implement the policies that are required for the project to be considered for funding under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA). Such Policies include, but are not limited to: a. Inclusion / utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) including all the required reporting as outlined in the documents provided in the Appendix to the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications. b. Meeting and reporting of Federal Labor Standard Provisions (Davis- Bacon Act), as outlined in the documents provided in the Appendix to the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications, c. Utilizing iron, steel and manufactured goods that are produced in the United States of America and comply with the Buy American Certification as outlined in the Appendix to the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications. c) Payment will be lump sum for complying with the ARRA. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that all costs, including, but not limited to; researching, processing, administration, submittals, correspondence, procurement, documentation, material and product changes, and other tasks/items necessary to comply with the ARRA requirements for the bid items in this contract shall be quantified and included in this lump sum cost. SECTION 1630- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT- Add the following as Bid Item B28: 28. Bid Item No. 1328- Owner's Contingency a) Same as Bid Item A21 except that this Bid Item applies to the reclaimed water distribution system (Items 131-1327). SECTION 15066- TRACER WIRE AND ALARMING TAPE- Replace 1.1 B with the following: B. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) installed by directional bore shall have (2) 12-gauge extra high strength (EHS) carbon steel inner core reinforcement directional drilling tracer wires taped to the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4-feet. The wire shall have a minimum tensile strength/break load of 1,150 lbs. APPENDIX- Replace the Appendix Table of Contents with the attached. APPENDIX - Add the attached American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) information including Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) documents, Davis-Bacon documents and Buy American documents. SECTION V- Replace the Bid Form with the attached. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Addendum in the Bid Form where so indicated. Proposals submitted without acknowledgment of the Addendum will be considered incomplete. END OF ADDENDUM #2 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By:/s/William B. Horne. II City Manager i • APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents: PROJECT PERMITS MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC MOT CERTIFICATE GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM _LDBE DOCUMENTS DAVIS-BACON ACT DOCUMENTS BUY AMERICAN DOCUMENTS • i DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) PROGRAM DOCUMENTS OMB CONTROL NO. 2090-0030 APPROVED: 05/0112008 APPROVAL EXPIRES: 01/31/2011 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY MBENVBE UTILIZATION UNDER FEDERAL GRANTS, COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS, AND INTERAGENCY AGREEMENTS PART 1. (Reports are required even if no procurements are made during the reporting period.) 1A. FEDERAL FISCAL YEAR 1 B. REPORTING PERIOD (Check ALL appropriate boxes) 200 ? 1®` (Oct-Dec) ? 2n° (Jan-Mar) ? 3'" (Apr-Jun) ? 4ht (JUI-Sep) ? Annual ? Check if this is the last report for the project (Project completed). 1C. REVISION OF A PRIOR REPORT? Y BRIEFLY DESCRIBE THE REVISIONS YOU ARE MAKING: or N Year: Quarter: 2A. EPA FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE OFFICE ADDRESS 3A. RECIPIENT NAME AND ADDRESS (ATTN: DBE Coordinator) 2B. EPA DBE COORDINATOR 2C. PHONE: 3B. RECIPIENT REPORTING CONTACT: 3C. PHONE: Name: Name: E-mail: Fax: E-mail: Fax: 4A. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT ID NUMBER 4B. FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM TITLE or CFDA (SRF State Recipients, refer to Instructions for Completion of blocks NUMBER: 4A, 5A and 5C.) 5A. TOTAL ASSISTANCE AGREEMENT AMOUNT 5B. If NO procurement and NO accomplishments were made this reporting period, check and (SRF State Recipients, refer to Instructions for Completion of blocks skip to Block No. 7. (Procurements are all expenditures through contract, order, purchase, 4A, 5A and 5C.) lease or barter of supplies, equipment, construction, or services needed to complete Federal assistance programs. Accomolishme?ts, in this context, are procurements made with MBEs EPA Share: $ and/or WBEs. Recipient Share: $ Q 5C. Total Procurement and MBEIWBE Accomplishments This Reporting Period (Only include amount not reported in any prior reporting period) Were sub-awards issued under this assistance agreement? Yes_ No Were contracts issued under this assistance agreement ? Yes No Total Procurement Amount $ (Include total dollar values awarded by recipient, sub-recipients and SRF loan recipients.) Actual MBE/WBE Procurement Accomplished: (Include total dollar values awarded by recipient, sub-recipients, SRF loan recipients and Prime Contractors.) Construction Equipment Services Supplies Total ME: $WBE: 6. COMMENTS: (If no MBE/WBE procurements were accomplished during the reporting period, please explain what steps you are taking to achieve the MBE/WBE Program requirements specified in the terms and conditions of the Assistance Agreement.) 7. NAME OF RECIPIENT'S AUTHORIZED TITLE REPRESENTATIVE 8. SIGNATURE OF RECIPIENT'S DATE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE EPA FORM 5700-524 available electronically at htto://www_epa gov/osbp/odfs/5700 52a,pdf O O R W IL 0 z It O CL W L? ` d C7 ? z E 0 2 + M z W O E ?a Z W W n ? .y ? H ?a a ? W m m C wa m o. gw LU in m 2 0 N E Z N C O L O y C N a> m L 7 0 L O Q O E U m 2 z C 0 cd U ? L U O N O n v U a a •v 6CL(nua 0 ? o m 'p ? a 0 E Q) m 7 0 0. m c N E N 0 -------- --------- --------- -------- v -------------- ---- •N •Q 7 L m O O C C N W E m n_ (4 LL c n? c m(nc(D n8 m n C 5• U) U 0 J U (D d) 0 .......... - -- - ------- --------- - ---- -------- -------- - ------ ---------- U c 2 m • CL a r a? T v m LL a? r r 3 m C c c C a 0a Ew fl- _o = N cr Wo I I ani w m m E a N a? m U, c N N N C7 ? m 0 O CL 2 6 U m Q Q) a? Q1 T) nro1 CL o y aciE II E N ? N Q N E C a fd ? •N 'o c N T •? ? p C G c ? U O v O a _ U C 2 N U a N ` O N y N 0 (D =3 Q n ° CL ?-m= 0 of a c? a P3 7+ a N zZ M 0 a? CL W m O Q Q N Lf) b 0 n LO g O LL 4 w • Instructions: A. General Instructions: MBE/WBE utilization is based on Executive Orders 11625, 12138, 12432, P. L. 102-389 and EPA Regulations Part 30 and 31. EPA Form 5700-52A must be completed by recipients of Federal grants, cooperative agreements, or other Federal financial assistance which involve procurement of supplies, equipment, construction or services to accomplish Federal assistance programs. Recipients are required to report 30 days after the end of each federal fiscal quarter or annually, per the terms and conditions of the financial assistance agreement. Submission dates are January 30, April 30, July 30, and October 30. The submission date for annual reports is October 30. MBE/WBE program requirements, including reporting, are material terms and conditions of the financial assistance agreement. B. Definitions: Procurement is the acquisition through contract, order, purchase, lease or barter of supplies, equipment, construction or services needed to accomplish Federal assistance programs. A contract is a written agreement between an EPA recipient and another party (also considered "prime contracts") and any lower tier agreement (also considered "subcontracts") for equipment, services, supplies, or construction necessary to complete the project. This definition excludes written agreements with another public agency. This definition includes personal and professional services, agreements with consultants, and purchase orders. A minority business enterprise (MBE) is a business concern that is (1) at least 51 percent owned by one or more minority individuals, or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more minority individuals; and (2) whose daily business operations are managed and directed by one or more of the minority owners. U.S. citizenship is required. Recipients shall presume that minority individuals include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian Pacific Americans, or other groups whose members are found to be disadvantaged by the Small Business Act or by the Secretary of Commerce under section 5 of Executive order 11625. The reporting contact at EPA can provide additional information. 0 more women, or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more women and (2) whose daily business operations are managed and directed by one or more of the women owners. Business firms which are 51 percent owned by minorities or women, but are in fact managed and operated by non- minority individuals do not qualify for meeting MBE/WBE procurement goals. U.S. Citizenship is required. The following affirmative steps for utilizing MBEs and WBEs must be documented. Such documentation is subject to EPA review upon request: 1. Include of MBEs/WBEs on solicitation lists. 2. Assure that MBEs/WBEs are solicited once they are identified. 3. Divide total requirements into smaller tasks to permit maximum MBE/WBE participation, where feasible. 4. Establish delivery schedules which will encourage MBE/WBE participation, where feasible. 5. Encourage use of the services of the U.S. Department of Commerce's Minority Business Development Agency (MBDA) and the U.S. Small Business Administration to identify MBEs/WBEs. 6. Require that each party to a subgrant, subagreement, or contract award take the affirmative steps outlined here. C. Instructions for Part I: 1 a. Specify Federal fiscal year this report covers. The Federal fiscal year runs from October 1 st through September 30th (e.g. November 29, 2005 falls within Federal fiscal year 2006) 1 b. Check applicable reporting box, quarterly or annually. Also indicate if this is the last report for the project. 1 c. Indicate if this is a revision to a previous year or quarter, and provide a brief description of the revision you are making. 2a-c. Please refer to your financial assistance agreement for the mailing address of the EPA financial assistance office for your agreement. A woman business enterprise (WBE) is a business concern that is, (1) at least 51 percent owned by one or The "EPA DBE Reporting Contact" is the DBE Coordinator for the EPA Region from which your financial assistance agreement was originated. For a list of DBE Coordinators please refer to the EPA OSDBU website at www.epe.gov/osdbu, Click on "Regional Contacts" for the name of your coordinator. 3a-c. Identify the agency, state authority, university or other organization which is the recipient of the Federal financial assistance and the person to contact concerning this report. 4a. Provide the Assistance Agreement or Interagency Agreement number assigned by EPA. A separate report must be submitted for each Assistance Agreement or Interagency Agreement. *For SRF recipients: In box 4a list numbers for ALL open Assistance Agreements. SRF recipients will report activity for all Agreements on one form. 4b. Refer back to Assistance Agreement document for this information. 0 *For SRF recipients only: In 5c please enter the total procurement amount for the quarter under all of your SRF Assistance Agreements. The figure reported in this section is not directly tied to an individual Assistance Agreement identification number. (SRF state recipients report state procurements in this section) If there were no MBE/WBE accomplishments this reporting period, please briefly explain what steps you are taking in furtherance of the MBE/WBE requirements specified in the terms and conditions of the Assistance Agreement. 7. Name and title of official administrator or designated reporting official. S. Signature and month, day year report submitted. D. Instructions for Part II: For each MBE/WBE procurement made under this assistance agreement during the reporting period, provide the following information: 1. Check whether this procurement was made by 5a. Provide the total amount of the Assistance the recipient, sub-recipient/SRF loan recipient, or Agreement which includes Federal funds plus the prime contractor. recipient matching funds and funds from other sources. 2. Check either the MBE or WBE column. If a firm is both an MBE and WBE, the recipient may *For SRF recipients only: SRF recipients will not choose to count the entire procurement towards enter an amount in 5a. Please leave 5a blank. EITHER its MBE or WBE accomplishments. The recipient may also divide the total amount of the 5b. Self-explanatory. procurement (using any ratio it so chooses) and count those divided amounts toward its MBE and 5c. State whether or not sub-awards and/or WBE accomplishments. If the recipient chooses subcontracts have been issued under the to divide the procurement amount and count assistance agreement by indicating "yes" or "no". portions toward its MBE and WBE accomplishments, please state the appropriate Provide the total dollar amount of all amounts under the MBE and WBE columns on contracts/procurements awarded this reporting the form. The combined MBE and WBE period by the recipient and all sub-recipients, and amounts for that MBE/WBE contractor must SRF loan recipients. For example: Actual dollars not exceed the "Value of the Procurement" for procurement from the procuring office; actual reported In column #3 contracts let from the contracts office; actual goods, services, supplies, etc., from other 3. Dollar value of procurement. sources including the central purchasing/ procurement centers). 4. Date of award, shown as month, day, year. Date Where requested, also provide the total dollar of award is defined as the date the contract or amount of all MBE/WBE procurement awarded procurement was awarded, not the date the during this reporting period by the recipient, sub- contractor received payment under the awarded recipients, SRF loan recipients, and prime contract or procurement, unless payment contractors in the categories of construction, occurred on the date of award. (Where direct equipment, services and supplies. These purchasing is the procurement method, the amounts include the Federal, State and local date of award is the date the purchase was shares in the procurement awards. made) F- L] 5. Using codes at the bottom of the form, identify type of product or service acquired through this procurement (eg., enter 1 if construction, 2 if supplies, etc). 6. Name, address, and telephone number of MBE/WBE firm. **This data is requested to comply with provisions mandated by: statute or regulations (40 CFR Part 30 and 31); OMB Circulars; or added by EPA to ensure sound and effective assistance management. Accurate, complete data are required to obtain funding, while no pledge of confidentiality is provided. The public reporting and recording burden for this collection of information is estimated to average I hour per response annually. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclosure or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, OPPE Regulatory Information Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2136), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB Control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed form to this address. C7 0 EPA Office of Small Business Programs (Formerly the Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization "OSDBU") New Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program "Increasing Opportunities for Disadvantaged Businesses under EPA Financial Assistance Agreements" What is The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program? It is EPA's policy that recipients of EPA financial assistance through grants and cooperative agreements award a "fair share" of subagreements to small, minority and women-owned businesses. Since each is a separate entity, the objective is to assure that each of these business entities is given the opportunity to participate in subagreements awards under EPA financial assistance agreements. This policy applies to all subagreements for equipment, supplies, construction and services under all EPA grants, cooperative agreements, and IAGs. • The EPA Office of Small Business Programs (OSBP) is responsible for establishing policy and providing procedural guidance for the utilization of small, minority and women- owned businesses under the Agency's financial assistance programs through its Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program, formally the Minority Business Enterprise and Women-owned Business Enterprise Program (MBE/WBE). • The DBE Program is an outreach, education, and goaling program designed to increase the participation of DBEs in procurements funded by EPA assistance agreements. The EPA DBE Program encompasses many of the components of the former MBE/WBE Program and includes many new features. Why Does the Program Exist? The program was mandated by congress in response to the large number of procurement opportunities available through assistance agreements vs. Contracts. At EPA, assistance agreement dollars are approximately four times as much as contract dollars. The statutory authority for the program is as follows: • Public Law 101-549, Nov 15, 1990 (clean air act): To the extent practicable, not less than 10% made available to DBEs. • Public Law 102-389, Oct 6, 1992 (clean water act): To the fullest extent possible, at least 8% made available to socially and economically disadvantaged concerns, including HBCUs and women. How We Achieve the Purpose of the Program? Recipients of EPA financial assistance agreements are required to seek, and encouraged to utilize small, minority, and women-owned businesses for their procurement needs under the financial assistance agreement. This is done through the inclusion of terms and conditions in the financial assistance agreement. The key functional components of the DBE Program are as follows: Fair Share Objectives - Six Good Faith Efforts and Contract Administration Requirements MBE/WBE Reporting MBE/WBE Certification How does the new DBE Program compare with the old MBE/WBE Program in each functional component? Overall Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program Known as the Minority-Owned Business Enterprise Now known as the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise and Women-Owned Business Enterprise (DBE) Program. MBEs and WBEs are a part of the (MBE WBE) Program. larger universe of DBEs. Fair Share Objectives Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program Recipients must negotiate fair share objectives Recipients must negotiate fair share objectives with the with the Agency. Agency. Proposed fair share objectives and supporting documentation must be submitted within 120 days after the acceptance of the assistance award. For Superfund grants, fair share objectives must For all grants, fair share objectives must be negotiated be negotiated before funds may be expended before funds may be expended for procurement under for procurement under the financial assistance the financial assistance agreement. agreement. Fair share objectives must be based on an No Change availability analysis, disparity study, or other supporting data and documentation. Fair share objectives will remain in effect for 3 No Change fiscal years, unless there are significant changes to the data supporting the fair share objectives. Recipients may adopt the fair share objective of No Change. Recipients will affirm the acceptance of the another recipient. other recipient's fair share objective in the grant terms and conditions. No exemptions to the fair share objectives The following are exemptions from the fair share objective requirement. requirements: • Grant and loan recipients receiving a total of $250K or less in EPA financial assistance in a given fiscal year. • Tribal recipients of Performance Partnership Eligible grants under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B. - There is a 3-year phase in period for the requirement to negotiate fair share goals for Tribal and Insular Area recipients. • Recipients of Technical Assistance Grants. 0 0 The Six Good Faith Efforts and Contract Administration Re uirements AU MRF/WRF Prowimm New DBE Proaram .-i _a Following the "Six Affirmative Steps" under 40 CFR Part 31, and the Six Positive Efforts under 40 CFR Part 30 were required by all grantees. The "Six Good Faith Efforts" combine the "Six Affirmative Steps" and the "Six Positive Efforts" and are still required by all grantees. The substance of the efforts has not changed. No protections for DBE Subcontractors Several mechanisms are in place to protect DBE Subcontractors: • 30 day payment provision, notifications of DBE terminations, and continuing the Six Affirmative Steps after termination of a DBE. • Completion of 3 new forms to prevent "bait and switch" tactics. None of these new forms are completed, or submitted by the grant recipient. These forms are filled out by the recipient's prime contractors and subcontractors. No mechanism for recipients to develop and Recipients are now required to create and maintain a maintain their own list of DBEs bidders list. There is a $250K exemption from this requirement. MBE/WBE Reporting Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program All recipients, including Tribes and trust territories, No Change must report MBE/WBE accomplishments on EPA Form 5700-52A. The following recipients report on an annual basis: No Change • Recipients of Continuing Environmental Program Grants under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart A; • Recipients under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B; • General Assistance Program (GAP) grants for tribal governments and intertribal consortia; and • Institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations receiving financial assistance agreements under 40 CFR Part 30. The following recipients report on a quarterly Recipients who reported quarterly under the old basis: program, now report on a semi-annual basis. • Recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan funds; and • All other recipients not specified as "annual reporters". Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be counted • 0 toward a recipient's accomplishments. toward a recipient's accomplishments. MBE WBE Certification Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program MBEs and WBEs self-certify their status. MBEs and WBEs must be certified by EPA, SBA, DOT, or by state, local, Tribal, or private entities whose certification criteria match EPA's. *States are not required to develop or implement a new certification program. Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be toward a recipient's MBE/WBE accomplishments counted toward a recipient's MBE/WBE when reporting on EPA Form 5700-52A accomplishments. Who do I contact for more information? The EPA OSBP Headquarters Indirect Procurement Team: Kimberly Patrick, Team Leader: Paula Zampieri, Program Analyst: Samuel Peterson, SEE Program Analyst: 202-566-2605 patrick.kimberly(Wepa.aov 202-566-2496 zampieri. ap ula(d)epa.gov 202-566-1510 peterson.samuelCC_l7.el2a.gov Regional MBE/WBE Coordinators: Region 1 - Valerie Bataille: Region 2 - Michele Junker Region 3 - Romona McQueen Region 4 - Josephine Brown Region 5 - Adrianne Callahan Region 6 - Debora Bradford Region 7 - Chester Stovall Region 8 - Marshell Pullman Region 9 - Joe Ochab Region 10 - Greg Luchey EPA Headquarters - Veronica Squirrell 617-918-1674 bataille.valerie@epa.gov 212-637-3418 jynker.michele(d)epa.gov 215-814-5155 mcqueen.romonaaepa.gov 404-562-9672 brown.josephine pepa.gov 312-353-5556 callahan.adrianng(aena.gov 214-665-7406 bradford.deborgCd gRa_gov 913-551-7549 stovall.chester(a)epa.aov 303-312-6499 pullman.marshell _pa,gov 415-972-3761 ochab.j_ggQgg_g.g_ov 206-553-29671uch re ov 202-564-5347 ssguirrell.veronica(Cb-epa aov 0 FAIR SHARE OBJECTIVES Program Comparison Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program • Recipients must negotiate fair share objectives Recipients must negotiate fair share objectives with the with the Agency. Agency. Proposed fair share objectives and supporting documentation must be submitted within 120 days after the acceptance of the assistance award. For Superfund grants, fair share objectives must For all grants, fair share objectives must be negotiated be negotiated before funds may be expended before funds may be expended for procurement under for procurement under the financial assistance the financial assistance agreement. agreement. Fair share objectives must be based on an No Change availability analysis, disparity study, or other supporting data and documentation. Fair share objectives will remain in effect for 3 No Change fiscal years, unless there are significant changes to the data supporting the fair share objectives. Recipients may adopt the fair share objective of No Change. Recipients will affirm the acceptance of the another recipient. other recipient's fair share objective in the grant terms and conditions. No exemptions to the fair share objectives The following are exemptions from the fair share objective requirement. requirements: • Grant and loan recipients receiving a total of $250K or less in EPA financial assistance in a given fiscal year. • Tribal recipients of Performance Partnership Eligible grants under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B. -- There is a 3-year phase in period for the requirement to negotiate fair share goals for Tribal and Insular Area recipients. • Recipients of Technical Assistance Grants. What are Fair Share Objectives? A fair share objective is goal based on the capacity and availability of qualified, certified MBEs and WBEs in the relevant geographic market for the procurement categories of construction, equipment, services, and supplies... compared to the number of all qualified entities in the same market for the same procurement categories, adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect the level of MBE and WBE participation expected absent the effects of discrimination. • A fair share objective is not a quota. 0 A recipient cannot be penalized for not meeting its fair share objectives. 0 What is the process for negotiating fair share objectives? • A recipient must submit its proposed MBE and WBE fair share objectives and supporting documentation to its designated Regional MBE/WBE Coordinator within 120 days after its acceptance of its financial assistance award. • EPA must respond in writing to the recipient's submission within 30 days of receipt, either agreeing with the submission or providing initial comments for further negotiation. Failure to respond within this time frame may be considered as agreement by EPA with the fair share objectives submitted by the recipient. • MBE and WBE fair share objectives must be agreed upon by the recipient and EPA before funds may be expended for procurement under the recipient's financial assistance agreement. • Fair Share Objectives will remain in effect for three fiscal years unless there are significant changes to the data supporting the fair share objectives. Under the new DBE Program, may I adopt the Fair Share Objective of another recipient? Yes! Recipients may use the approved fair share objective of another recipient with the same or similar relevant geographic buying market, purchasing the some or similar items. Recipients who normally accept the negotiated fair share objective of the state in which they are located, can continue to do so. This will be done by affirming the acceptance of the fair share objective in the grant terms and conditions. However, they may also elect to negotiate their own fair share objectives. Wow do 1 determine a fair share objective? There are many methods that can be used to formulate a fair share objective. For more information on methods, please refer to the DBE Program Manual which can be found at www.epa.gov/osdbu. 0 0 Region 4 Kentucky Construction 0.70% 7.60% Supplies 3.70% 4.60% Services 1.20% 16.30% Goods/Equipment 1.20% 1.10% ombined I {{ `` C _ {1IfI Florida CEP Construction 9.00% 3.00% Supplies Services Goods/Equipment Combined r J [ ?"' ? 9 ?d? p d€' k111 li i SRS a'" 'Niw D l vi , ., r .W 9s Florida . Construction , . ' sG Ia 4 r 20.00% i 20.00% Hillsborough County Supplies 10.00% 10.00% Services 10.00% 10.00% Professional Services 10.00% 10.00% Combined AmE South Carolina Construction 3.60% 2.40% Supplies 9.00% 9.00% Services 11.00% 11.00% Goods/Equipment 10.00% 10.00% Combined Tennessee Construction 2.60% 2.60% Supplies 5.20% 5.20% Services 5.20% 5.20% Goods/Equipment 5.20% 5.20% Combined Mississippi Construction NonSRF Programs Supplies 7.70% 3.40% Services 1.10% 2.20% Goods/Equipment 6.80% 5.10% Combined Georgia Construction 13.70% 7.00% Supplies 13.70% 7.00% Services 13.70% 7.00% Goods/Equipment 13.70% 7.00% Combined I k'??A` rfF w' '4 i r. 1 d IFA d'ifr. CY? i F 0 0 Region 4 North Carolina Construction 8.00% 5.00% Supplies 7.00% 9.00% Services 7.00% 9.00% Goods/Equipment 7.00% 9.00% Professional Services 4.00% 10.00% t 1i Alabama Construction 5.00% 17.00%0 Supplies 4.00% 11.00% Services 8.00% 30.00% Goods/Equipment 5.00% 20.00% Combined t? 0 MBE/WBE Reporting "Measuring the Effectiveness of the Program" Program Comparison Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program Recipients must report MBE/WBE accomplishments No Change on EPA Form 5700-52A. The following recipients report on an annual basis: No Change • Recipients of Continuing Environmental Program Grants under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart A; • Recipients under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B; • General Assistance Program (GAP) grants for tribal governments and intertribal consortia; and • Institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations receiving financial assistance agreements under 40 CFR Part 30. The following recipients report on a quarterly Recipients who reported quarterly under the old basis: program, now report on a semi-annual basis. • Recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan funds; and • All other recipients not specified as "annual reporters". Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be toward a recipient's accomplishments. counted toward a recipient's accomplishments. What is the Purpose of MBE/WBE Reporting? The purpose of MBE/WBE reporting is to monitor the grant recipient's • Accomplishments in Utilizing MBEs and WBEs; Adherence to the Good Faith Efforts (i.e., outreach to MBEs, WBEs, and other DBEs); and Progress in Achieving MBE and WBE Goals. What are the Grant Recipient's Responsibilities for MBE/WBE Reporting? Complete & submit EPA Form 5700-52A for each reporting period at a frequency specified in the grant agreement, to the appropriate EPA office and personnel as identified in their financial assistance agreement. Submit "negative reports" (e.g., reports where there were 14 MBEs or WBEs utilized, or no procurement expenditures of any kind were made during the reporting period). • l J • Collect and retain/document data on MBE, WBE, and Total Procurement expenditures made for the grant project up to the "Total Assistance Agreement Amount" (i.e., the grantee's total budget). • Report procurement expenditures from gll sources [i.e., the EPA grant recipient, sub- recipients, loan recipients (and the prime contractors of all three entities)]. What are the reporting frequencies and due dates? Annual Reporters: • Recipients of Continuing Environmental Program Grants under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart A; • Recipients under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B; • General Assistance Program (GAP) grants for tribal governments and intertribal consortia; and • Institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations receiving financial assistance agreements under 40 CFR Part 30. • Annual Reporters must submit their completed EPA Form 5700-52A to EPA within 30 days of the end of the annual reporting period (October 30th). Semi-Annual Reporters: • Recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan funds; and • All other recipients not specified as "annual reporters". • Semiannual Reporters must submit their completed EPA Form 5700-52A to EPA within 30 days of the end of the semiannual reporting period (April 30th and October 30th). What must be considered in counting MBE/WBE participation? • MBEs & WBEs must be officially certified as such, in order to claim/report them as MBE/WBE on EPA Form 5700-52A. (See Certification Fact Sheet) • MBEs and WBEs may not act as Brokers or Passive conduits of funds. • A MBE or WBE Trucker must serve a "commercially-useful" function. • The amount counted towards a MBE or WBE Prime Contractor may not exceed 100% of contract value. • To be claimed 100% MBE or WBE, a Prime Contractor who is MBE or WBE may not sub- award more than 49% of its contract value to non-MBE/WBE. MBE/WBE Reporting Under Revolving Loan Programs EPA financial assistance recipients that capitalize Revolving Loan Programs need only report "Total Procurement Dollars" in the amount of loans equal or up to the capitalization grant amount. Entities receiving identified loans must submit their MBE/WBE participation reports/data to the EPA grant recipient (rather than to EPA). EPA financial assistance recipients that capitalize Revolving Loan Programs must ensure that they receive procurement reports from revolving loan recipients in time to meet EPA's MBE/WBE Reporting deadlines. E • MBE/WBE Certification "Maintaining the Integrity of the Program" Program Comparison Old MBE/WBE Program New DBE Program MBEs and WBEs self-certify their status. MBEs and WBEs must be certified by EPA, SBA, DOT, or by state, local, Tribal, or private entities whose certification criteria match EPA's. *States are not required to develop or implement a new certification program. Self-certified MBEs and WBEs can be counted MBEs and WBEs must be certified in order to be toward a recipient's MBE/WBE accomplishments counted toward a recipient's MBE/WBE when reporting on EPA Form 5700-52A accomplishments. What Are DBEs, MBEs and WBEs? • Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) are • entities owned and/or controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individuals as described by Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note) (10% statute), and Public Law 102-389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d) (8% statute), respectively; • a Small Business Enterprise (SBE); • a Small Business in a Rural Area (SERA); • a Labor Surplus Area Firm (LSAF); or • a Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Zone Small Business Concern, or a concern under a successor program. Minority Business Enterprises MBEs are entities that are at least 51 % owned and/or controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual as described by Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note), and Public Law 102- 389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d), respectively. Women's Business Enter rises WBEs are entities that are at least 51 % owned and/or controlled by women (under the 10% and 8% statutes). Who is responsible for certifying MBE and WBE firms? EPA OSDBU Headquarters will be responsible for implementing and processing the certification of MBE/WBE firms. Regional DBE coordinators will assist by providing forms to interested firms and fielding general questions. The states have no responsibility to implement or maintain a certification program for EPA. Does EPA accept other certifications? Yes. Under the new DBE Program entities can no longer self-certify. EPA will accept certifications from: SBA and DOT (with U.S. citizenship); Tribal, State and local governments, as long as their standards for certification meet or exceed our own; and 0 • Independent private organization certifications as long as their standards for certification meet or exceed our own. If and entity holds one of these certifications, it is considered acceptable for establishing MBE or WBE status under EPA's DBE Program, and application for EPA certification is not needed. What are the EPA MBE/WBE certification requirements? • In order to be certified by EPA, an entity must first attempt to be certified by SBA or DOT, or a Tribal, State, or local government, or by an independent private organization, and be unsuccessful in that attempt. • To qualify as a MBE or WBE under EPA's programs an entity must establish that it is at least 51 % owned and/or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who are of good character and are citizens of the United States. • An individual claiming economic disadvantaged status must have an initial and continued personal net worth of less than $750,000. What does the certification process entail? • Applications are filed with EPA OSDBU. Applications can be obtained from EPA OSDBU, from regional DBE Coordinators, and from EPA OSDBU's website, www.epa.gov/osdbu . The application includes the following: o An attestation to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information on the application form by sworn affidavit, or an unsworn declaration executed under penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States. o The application must include evidence demonstrating that the entity is owned and/or controlled by one or more individuals claiming disadvantaged status, along with certifications or narratives regarding the disadvantaged status of such individuals. o The application must include documentation of a denial of certification by a Federal agency, State government, local government, Indian Tribal government, or independent private organization, if applicable. Once applications are filed, EPA OSDBU will advise each applicant within 15 days, whether the application is complete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what additional information or action is required. • EPA OSDBU will make its certification decision within 30 days of receipt of a complete and suitable application package. How does Certification affect a firm's participation in the overall DBE program? • In order for a firm to be counted towards a recipient's Minority Business Enterprise and Women Business Enterprise utilization, a firm must be certified. • Non-certified MBEs and WBEs may be used by recipients for their procurement needs. However, those firms cannot be counted toward their MBE/ WBE accomplishments. 0 DBE Program outreach efforts apply to all DBEs, not just MBEs and WBEs. C? J • ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA City Project No. 05-0022-UT DATE: April 16, 2009 0992-0187 (50) SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 to Plans and Specifications for Morningside Reclaimed Water Project, City Project No. 05-0022-UT, Clearwater, Florida TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as follows: CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Questions shall be submitted in writing to Kelly O'Brien at Kelly.Obrien@myClearwater.com or (727) 562-4755. The last dated to submit questions is Friday April 17, 2009 at 5:00 PM. 2. All sheeting shall be cut 36-inches below grade and left in place. 3. The contractor shall use his discretion on what to base his bid on with regard to the thickness of asphalt pavement replacement which is included in the cost per linear foot of pipe. The actual thickness to be installed will be based on City Index 104. 4. Due to the nature of the work under this contract, the City will allow the sub-contractor work to exceed 50%. However, the City will be exercising its rights outlined in Section II Article 9. This may include the request for an experience statement and evidence of qualifications for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. 5. Does the Progress Energy Allowance Bid Item A 19 include the conduit and wiring service complete to the flowmeter structure? If so, is our electrician to connect to a handhole or transformer provided by Progress Energy? No. This should be included in Bid Item No. All 5 - Flow Control Structure. 6. Colonial Drive intersects McMullen Booth Road South of Drew Street. SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 01040- COORDINATION- Replace this section in it's entirely with the attached Specification 01040. SECTION 15062- DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS- Replace 2.1 (F) in it's entirely with the following, "Ductile-iron fittings shall have the letter "DI" or "Ductile" cast on them. Cast letters and figures shall be on the outside body of the fitting and shall have dimensions no smaller than those shown in ANSI/AWWA C110 and C153." E APPENDIX - Add the attached Pinellas County Utilization Permit #09-0266U to the Project Permits. DRAWINGS: Drawing D9: Replace the drawing with the attached Rev. 1 Drawing. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this Addendum in the Bid Form where so indicated. Proposals submitted without acknowledgment of the Addendum will be considered incomplete. END OF ADDENDUM #1 RECORD DRAWINGS .........IV _IV ....... IV -- _IV CI1T __1IIOlUIIL1. U1IM.'''' e - e ADDENDUM NO. 1 REVISION NCRMAH J. SCldJ,Y, P.L No. 41331 .:M-1<IM&CREED --- ~ ~...,. (7f7)4tt-1121 - - MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEARWA TER HIGH SCHOOL SERVICE DETAIL D9 CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater. Fl 33756 e 97 N 100' 0 ,00' 200' ~........ I SCALE: '".100' CHeri..) .& - - .... TO BE PAIl1ED """"'-!: (P-=) Pft ~ FlTnNC SIZE TO BE AS !HCMN Oil 1H[ Pt...ANS o ~ 'J RCW 01 10 12 OOST. GftADt WELl. !ElMCE ww. liEIM<X ROW lIO' BOIl (TYP. llJ) .& NOlES< 1. AU. /o.BO'.€ GIWl[ PIPE . flTT1NCS TO II[ SOl.'vtNT WElD SOt. eo PvC. PROYlE)! PPt !iUPPClRTS. .. _ TO """""" TWO (2) IIL.Nl fUHGD. WELL CONNECTION IL NOT TO SCALE .... IT QEI ..... ...,..~ IGIL 1-.20' -,.. -... -- CIf'l' __..wi. D. CUUM, ,.I. , J,Jnt .". 0 i SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction efforts. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to coordination of the following: 1. The work of subcontractors. 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 3. The interrelated work with public and private utility companies. 4. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities are required and where existing equipment must remain in operation. 5. The effort of independent testing agencies. B. Work Sequence 1. The Belleair County Club will be repaving their entrance off of Corbett St. As such, the Contractor shall focus his efforts to complete the work within the Belleair County Club first (Shts. C67-C68) followed by the installation of the 8-inch transmission main (Shts. C63-C66). All work required to bring reclaimed water to the Belleair County Club shall be completed within 5-months from the Notice to Proceed. Work within the Belleair County Club shall be coordinated with Andy Neiswender at 727-443- 2127. 2. Subsequently, the Contractor shall construct the 8-inch transmission main starting from the intersection of Hercules Avenue and Rainbow Drive south and eastward to the intersection of Belcher Road and Morningside Drive (Shts. C69-C82). 3. Work at and within the vicinity of Pinellas County Schools shall be constructed during the dates outlined below. 4. Upon completion of the work listed above, the Contractor may construction the remainder of the project within the Morningside neighborhood. C. Pinellas County Schools Work at and in the vicinity of Clearwater High School (C69-C72 & D- 9), Plumb Elementary School (C75-C76 & D-10) and Oak Grove Middle School (C81-C82 & D-10) shall commence during the following time frames: a) 2009 Summer Break June 3, 2009 - August 24, 2009, Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Coordination 01040-1 i ? b) 2009 Thanksgiving Holiday November 23* - 27, 2009 C) 2009 Winter Holiday December 21 *, 2009 - January 1, 2010 * Indicates a Hurricane Make-Up Day and schools may be open to students. Contractor shall verify the schools are closed to students in advance by visiting the School Calendar at http://www.pcsb,org/Infosvcs/. 2. The Contractor and his subcontractors that will be working on Pinellas County School Grounds will be required to meet Level 2 screening requirements as described in § 1012.32 Florida Statues which involves fingerprinting followed by a statewide criminal and juvenile records check through the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE), and federal criminal records check through the Federal Bureau of Investigation. Level 2 screening may also include local criminal records checks through local law enforcement agencies. Visit http://www.gcsb.ora/'Iahome.html for more information including screening appointments and costs. D. Work within the Town of Belleair Right-of-Way (Shts. C63-C67) shall be coordinated with Chip Zimmerman at 727-588-3795 ext. 302. E. Work within FDOT Right-of-Way (Shts. C69-C70) shall be coordinated as required by the Right-of-Way Utilization Permit. F. Work within Pinellas County Right-of-Way (Shts. C81-82) shall be coordinated as required by the Right-of-Way Utilization Permit. G. The Contractor shall provide access to all public and private properties by their Owners when construction is blocking off the accesses to the properties. There shall be no construction work causing service interruptions to utilities customers, unless advance written approval is secured from the affected utility authority. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Coordination 01040-2 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Nancy Bostock Neil Brickfield Calvin D. Harris Susan latvala John Morroni Karen Williams Seel Kenneth T. Welch 131V APR 8 - 2009 McKim & Creed $Y. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Fl. 33756 Attn. David C. Wehner, PE Pinellas County PUBLIC WORKS Utilization Permit #09-0266U April 6, 2009 Re: Utilization Permit for City of Clearwater - Morningside RCW System (05-0022-UT) Dear Mr. Wehner: We are enclosing your approved Utilization Permit covering the proposed construction described below: Install a reclaimed water system on various Pinellas County maintained right-of-ways per attached plans. This letter must be attached to and made part of the approved Utilization Permit, making the following conditions binding to the Permit: 1. It is the responsibility of the engineer of record to procure all necessary permits that are required by the agencies that are affected by the proposed construction. 2. Contact Pinellas County Area Inspector Rick Kelly prior to beginning work in Pinellas County maintained right-of-ways. Before this Permit becomes effective, it will be necessary to contact the Utility Notification Center, "Call Sunshine", (1-800-432-4770) not less than 48 hours or more than five (5) days prior to construction. PubRC-VT6- s Erf6ineering Technician Right-of- ay Utilization Permits Regulat ry Services cc: Highway Department PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO: 440 Court Street Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: (727) 464-3251 Website: www.pinellascounty.org cot Pinellas,County RIGHT OF WAY PERMI Department of Public Works UTILIZATION PERMIT UP ZU0 THE COUNTY OF PINELLAS, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, hereinafter called the Permitter, hereby grants to e City of Clearwater of P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater FL 33758-4748 (Name) (StrestAddress, City, State, Zip) hereinafter called the Permittee, a Permit to construct, operate, maintain, renew and/or remove a reclaimed water transmissions stem on attached sketch along, across, beneath, or over right of way and/or property of Permitter at the following location: County Road No. 501 Name: Belcher Road (Pinellas County ROM Sections 24 Township 29 South Range _ 5 East situated at: Belcher Road C.R. 501 at Mornin side Drive: Crossing County ROW for approximately 8 LF and parallel to Cou ROW south for 675 LF west side of Belcher) Within the City of Clearwater. Florida, subject to the following provisions and conditions: (Address or Street Intersection) 1. Construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not interfere with property and rights of prior occupant. 2. The construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not create obstruction or conditions which are or may become dangerous to the traveling public. 3. All work must be done in keeping with standards of the Florida Department of Transportation Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards for Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways, Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, AASHTO and by the County Director or his agent. 4. All materials and equipment shall be subject to inspection by an Engineer of the County or his agent. 5. The Penmittee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify, pay the cost of defense, and save harmless the Permitter from and against payment of all claims, suits, actions, costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, damages, judgments, or decrees by reason of any person or persons or property being damaged or injured by the Permittee, his employees, agents or sub-contractors or in any way attributable to the performance, prosecution, construction, operation, or maintenance of work herein permitted by Permitter and resulting from negligent acts or omissions of said Permittee in connection with the work herein permitted. 6_ The Permittee shall repair any damage or injury to the road or highway or other County property b. o f the exercise of any of the privileges granted in this Permit, and shall repair the same promptly, within seven (7) days of openi it to a condition at least equal to that which existed immediately prior to the infliction of such damage or injury. (Note: All porti i ht of way other than paved areas disturbed by the construction of this utility will be compacted, grassed and mulched or sodded i.) 7. All overhead installations shall conform to clearance standards of the State Utilities Accommodation anc round crossing installations shall be laid at a minimum depth of 36" below pavement, or at such greater depth as Permitter read rl?Cy 8. In the event of widening, repair or reconstruction of said road, the Permittee shall move or remove said utility ipllatiot?o cost to the Permitter. Tal 9. This permit creates a permissive use only and the placing of facilities upon County property pursuant hereto shall not operate to create or to vest any property rights in said Permittee and is granted in perpetuity subject to termination by the Permitter upon the giving of 30-days notice in writing to the Permittee. 10. The Permittee shall furnish the Permitter with a survey showing the exact locations of all facilities to be installed pursuant to this permit, said survey to be sufficiently detailed to allow location of said installation by reference thereto. The attached sketch, covering details of this installation, shall be a part of this permit. 11. Section corner monuments subject to displacement shall first be referenced and later reset by a Florida Registered Land Surveyor. 12. All activities in accordance with this permit will require conformance to the "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations". (Chapter 316 Florida Statutes) 13. The Permittee's attention is directed to the provisions of the Trench Safety Act (Florida Statutes, Section 553.60 et. seq.) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Excavation Safety Standards (29 C.F.R. Section 1926.650, Subpart P) which shall apply to construction, operation, and maintenance pursuant to this permit. 14. Compaction within right of way to meet Pinellas County Minimum Standards. 15. Highway Department is to be notified a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning work at 4648900, otherwise the Permit will be voided. 16_ If this permit is for a monitor well, copies of all testing reports are to be forwarded to the Pinellas County Highway Department. 17. The Permittee shall commence construction within 60 days from the date of this permit and it shall be completed within 240 days. Permittee or Agent: Ndlg.Add, Phone: 727-442-7196 Date: Rev =7197 Norman Scally, E, McKim & ed, P.A., Agent for The City of Clearwater APPLICATION SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS 1. Description and nature of the proposed installation shall be outlined in the two blank lines on application. 2. The bottom of Application Sheet 1 shall be signed by applicant or his agent.. 3. On the attached plan, the following data shall be supplied: 0 C7A a. The plan sketch shall show the right of way lines and the widths of right of way. The offset distance from the centerline of the proposed installation shall be shown and the scope of the proposed project, with all the distances and sizes clearly indicated. b. Typical cross section shall be furnished showing width of pavement, width of right of way on each side, offset distance from centerline to proposed installation and any pertinent data to sidewalks, curbs and gutters, etc. c. Indicate type of installation on both typical cross section and plan view. d. All pertinent drainage information and calculations or justification for size of pipe and/or grading. 4. All improvements within County maintained right of way shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation requirements and/or Pinellas County Subdivision requirements. 5. All applications for water and sewer lines must be separate applications and countersigned by the utility involved prior to submittal. 6. This form is-to be made out in QUADRUPLICATE with four (4) drawings; one fully executed copy will be returned to you after approval. 7. There is a variable processing fee which must be received prior to the issuance of the permit. Please make check payable to Board of County Commissioners. 8- Due to the extensive work being done in Pinellas County right of way, please provide proof that you meet the following insurance requirements: "Comprehensive General Liability Insurance including, but not limited to, Independent Contractor, Contractual, Premises/Operations, Products/Completed Operation, Explosion, Collapse and Underground, and Personal Injury covering the liability assumed under indemnification provisions of this permit, with limits of liability for personal Injury and/or bodily injury, including death, of not less than $300,000, each occurrence; and property damage of not less than $100,000, each occurrence. (Combined Single Limits of not less than $300,000, each occurrence, will be acceptable unless otherwise stated.) Coverage shall be on an "occurrence" basis, and the policy shall include Broad Form Property a coverage, and Fire Legal Liability of not less than $50,000 per occurrence, unless otherwise stated by exception herein." THE UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER "CALL SUNSHINE" (1-800-432-4770) MUST BE NOTIFIED 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION. Pinellas County Public Works Land Permitting Section 440 Court Street, 4'" Street Clearwater, FL 34616 (813) 464-3670 UTILITY COUNTERSIGN (Name/Tide) TO BE FILLED OUT BY PINELLAS COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS Sod required ['f Yes ? NNp-? Jack and bore ? Yes a- go Open cut ? Yes CYNo Directional bore ? Yes M_ o PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA, A ,of the Board of County Commissioners Date: SEE ATTACHED LETTER FOR or ermitting Section ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO THIS UTILITY PERMIT. 0 0 Good Faith Efforts What is the Purpose of the Good Faith Efforts? The Good Faith Efforts are methods employed by all EPA financial assistance agreement recipients to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises tDBEs) have the opportunity to compete for procurements funded by EPA financial assistance funds. What Are the Good Faith Efforts? ? Ensure DBEs are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal, State and local government recipients, this will include placing DBEs on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources. Make information on forthcoming opportunities available to DBEs and arrange time frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way that encourages and facilitates participation by DBEs in the competitive process. This includes, whenever possible, posting solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of 30 calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date. •:? Consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts couild subcontract with DBEs. For Indian Tribal, State and local Govemment recipients, this will include dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by DBEs in the competitive process. •:• Encourage contracting with a consortium of DBEs when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually. ? Use the services and assistance of the SBA and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. ? If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, require the prime contractor to take the steps in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. What are the New Contract Administration Provisions? When the DBE rule goes into effect, there are a number of new provisions designed to prevent unfair practices that adversely affect DBEs. Those provisions are as follows: :• A recipient must require its prime contractor to pay its subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the recipient. ? A recipient must be notified in writing by its prime contractor prior to any 11 11 termination of a DBE subcontractor for convenience by the prime contractor. If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the recipient must require the prime contractor to employ the Six Good Faith Efforts if soliciting a replacement subcontractor. •:• A recipient must require its prime contractor to employ the Six Good Faith Efforts even if the prime contractor has achieved its fair share objectives. What are the New Forms Associated With the New Contract Administration Provisiions? EPA Form 6160-2 - DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form. This form gives a DBE subcontractor the opportunity to describe the work the DBE subcontractor received from the prime contractor, how much the DBE subcontractor was paid and any other concerns the DBE subcontractor might have. EPA Farm 6140-3 - DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form. This form captures an intended subcontractor's description of work to be performed for the prime contractor and the price of the work submitted to the prime. EPA Form 6100-4 - DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form. This form captures the prime's intended use of an identified DBE subcontractor, and the estimated dollar amount of the subcontract. Form Requirement Provided By Completed By Submitted To EPA Farm. 6100-2 Recipients required Prime Contractors DBE Subcontractors EPA DBE Coordinator to have prime contractors provide form to Subcontractors EPA :Form 6100-3 Recipients required Prime Contractors DBE Subcontractors Recipients as part of to have prime bid or proposal contractors provide package form to Subcontractors EPA Form 6100-4 Recipients required Recipients Prime Contractors Recipients as part of to have prime bid or proposal contractors package co lete the form E A Awl Environmental Protection Agency OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR' PROJECT NAME ADDRESS CONTRACT NO. TELEPHONE NO. EMAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA-funded project reason for termination by prime contractor, late payment, etc.). CONTRACT ITEM NO. ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES RECEIVED FROM THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AMOUNT SUBCONTRACTOR WAS PAID BY PRIME CONTRACTOR Subcontractor Signature Title/Date Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) 0 A Environmental Protection Agency E OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information, adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) 0 6 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form NAME OF SUBCONTRACTORS PROJECT NAME ADDRESS BID/PROPOSAL NO. TELEPHONE NO. E-MAIL ADDRESS PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACT ITEM OF WORK OR DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES BID TO PRICE OF WORK ITEM NO, PRIME SUBMITTED TO PRIME CONTRACTOR Currently certified as an MBE or WBE under EPA's DBE Program? Yes No Signature of Prime Contractor Date Print Name Title Signature of Subcontractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) 0 • OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 A Environmental Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 am' l Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information, and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Performance Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) • i OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 A Environmental Awl Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form BID/PROPOSAL NO. PROJECT NAME NAME OF PRIME BIDDER/PROPOSER E-MAIL ADDRESS ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO. FAX NO. The following subcontractors will be used on this project: COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE TYPE OF WORK TO BE ESTIMATE CURRENTLY NUMBER, AND E-MAIL ADDRESS PERFORMED D DOLLAR CERTIFIED AMOUNT AS AN MBE OR WBE7 I certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. In the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 C:FR fart 33 Section 33.302(c). Signature of Prime Contractor Date Print Name Title 'Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) 0 OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 05/01/2008 Approval Expires: 01/31/2011 A Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average fifteen (15) minutes. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed EPA DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) i 15904 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations which guides the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded that there are no factors in this case that would limit the use of a categorical exclusion under section 2.B.2 of the Instruction. Therefore, this rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph (34)(g), of the Instruction, from further environmental documentation. Under figure 2-1, paragraph (34)(g), of the Instruction, an "Environmental Analysis Check List" and a "Categorical Exclusion Determination" are not required for this rule because it concerns an emergency situation of less than 1 week in duration. List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 165 Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, and Waterways. ¦ For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows: PART 165-REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS ¦ 1. The authority citation for part 165 continues to read as follows: Authority; 33 U.S.C. 1226,1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04---1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat, 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. ¦ 2. Add temporary § 165.T01-0173 to read as follows: § 165.T01-0173 Safety Zone: Longwood Events Wedding Fireworks Display, Boston Harbor, Boston, MA. (a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: All waters of Boston Harbor, from surface to bottom, within a four hundred (400) yard radius of the fireworks launch site located in Boston Harbor at approximate position 42°21'42"N, 071°2'36"W. (b) Effective Date. This rule is effective from 8:45 p.m. through 9:45 p.m. on March 29, 2008. (c) Definitions. (1) Designated representative means a Coast Guard Patrol Commander, including a Coast Guard coxswain, petty officer, or other officer operating a Coast Guard vessel or a Federal, State, or local officer designated by or assisting the Captain of the Port (COTP). (2) [Reserved] (d) Regulations. (1) In accordance with the general regulations in section 165.23 of this part, entry into or movement within this zone by any person or vessel is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port (COTP), Boston or the COTP's designated representative. (2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the COTP or the COTP's designated representative. (3) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone must contact the COTP or the COTP's designated representative to obtain permission by calling the Sector Boston Command Center at 617-223-5761. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the COTP or the COTP's designated representative. Dated: March 12, 2008. Gail P. Kulisch, Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port, Sector Boston, [FR Doc. E8-6149 Filed 3-25-08; 8:45 am] BILLING COPE 4910-15-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Parts 30, 31, 33, 35, and 40 (Docket ID NO. EPA-HO-OA-2002-0001; FRL-8545-9] RIN 2090-AA38 Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Procurement Under Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Financial Assistance Agreements AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: This action will harmonize EPA's statutory Disadvantaged Business Enterprise procurement objectives with the United States Supreme Court's decision in Adarand Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, 515 U.S. 200 (1995). In that case, the Supreme Court extended strict judicial scrutiny to federal programs that use racial or ethnic criteria as a basis for decision making. Remedying discrimination is recognized as a compelling government interest, and this rule is promulgated on the understanding that the statutory provisions authorizing its adoption were enacted for that remedial purpose. This rule sets forth a narrowly tailored EPA program to serve the compelling government interest of remedying past and current racial discrimination through agency-wide DBE procurement objectives. EPA intends to evaluate the propriety of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise program in 7 years through subsequent rulemaking. This rule also revises EPA's Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) program and renames it EPA's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program. EPA is removing existing MBE/WBE specific provisions in regulations for grants and agreements with institutions of higher education, hospitals, and other non- profit organizations; and uniform administrative requirements for grants and cooperative agreements to state and local governments, state and local assistance, and research and demonstration grants, and is consolidating and adding to these provisions in this new regulation. This rule affects only procurements under EPA financial assistance agreements. This rule does not apply to direct Federal procurement actions. If you are a recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement or an entity receiving an identified loan under a financial assistance agreement capitalizing a revolving loan fund, this rule may affect you. DATES: This final rule is effective May 27, 2008. ADDRESSES: EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OA-2002-0001. All documents in the docket are listed on the www.regulations.gov Web site. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically through www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the HQ EPA Docket Center, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20004. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the Office of Environmental Information is (202) 566-1752. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Kimberly Patrick, Attorney Advisor, Office of the Administrator, Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization (OSDBU) by phone at (202) 566-2605, by e-mail at patrick.kimberly®epa.gov, or by fax at (202) 566-0548; or Cassandra Freeman, Deputy Director, Office of the Administrator, OSDBU by phone at • 0 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15905 (202) 566-1968, by e-mail at freeman.cassandra@epa.gov, or by fax at (202) 566-0266. Both can be reached by mail to OSDBU, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW„ mail code 1230T, Washington, DC 20460. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The contents of this final rule are listed in the following outline: Contents of the Final Rule I, General Information A. Does This Rule Apply to Me? B. What are the Statutory Authorities for this Final Rule? II. Background III. Overview of Final Rule IV, Summary of Response to Public Comments V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review B. Paperwork Reduction Act C. Regulatory Flexibility Act D, Unfunded Mandates Reform Act E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health and Safety Risks H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations K. Congressional Review Act 1. General Information A, Does This Rule Apply to Me? If you are a recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement, or an entity receiving an identified loan under a financial assistance agreement capitalizing a revolving loan fund, or a minority-owned, woman-owned, or small business, this rule may affect you. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section. B. What Are the Statutory Authorities for This Final Rule? EPA's primary statutory authorities for this final rule are: 1. Public Law 102-389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d), a 1993 appropriations act ("EPA's 8% statute"), which provides: The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall, hereafter, to the fullest extent possible, ensure that at least 8 per centum of Federal funding for prime and subcontracts awarded in support of authorized programs, including grants, loans and contracts for wastewater treatment and leaking underground storage tanks grants, be made available to business concerns or other organizations owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (within the meaning of section 8(a)(5) and (6) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(5) and (6)), including historically black colleges and universities. For purposes of this section, economically and socially disadvantaged individuals shall be deemed to include women * * *;and 2. Public Law 101-549, Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note) ("EPA's 10% statute"), which states: In providing for any research relating to the requirements of the amendments made by the Clean Air Act Amendments which use funds of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall, to the extent practicable, require that not less than 10 percent of the total Federal funding for such research will be made available to disadvantaged business concerns. Nothing in this title shall permit or require the use of quotas or a requirement that has the effect of a quota in determining eligibility * * * Other legal authorities and Executive Orders regarding this final rule include Public Law 99-499, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; Public Law 100-590, the Small Business Administration Reauthorization and Amendment Act of 1988; Executive Order 12138, "Creating a National Women's Business Enterprise Policy and Prescribing Arrangements for Developing, Coordinating and Implementing a National Program for Women's Business Enterprise," issued May 18, 1979; Executive Order 11625, "Prescribing Additional Arrangements for Developing and Coordinating a National Program for Minority Business Enterprise," issued October 13, 1971; and Executive Order 12432, "Minority Business Enterprise Development," issued July 14, 1983. II. Background EPA's current Minority Business Enterprise/Woman-owned Business Enterprise ("MBE/WBE") program has three major components designed to ensure that minority and women-owned businesses have the opportunity to participate in procurements funded by EPA financial assistance agreements. Those components are as follows: 1. Negotiating Fair Share Goals: The current MBE/WBE program requires all recipients of EPA financial assistance agreements to negotiate goals with the Agency for the utilization of MBEs/ WBEs for procurements funded by EPA financial assistance agreements. The goals are based on disparity studies or availability analyses showing the availability of MBEs or WBEs in the financial assistance recipient's relevant geographic buying market. These goals do not operate as quotas. 2. Using the "Six Positive Efforts" or "Six Affirmative Steps The "Six Positive Efforts" or "Six Affirmative Steps" are measures designed to ensure MBEs and WBEs are considered in a financial assistance recipient's procurement practices, and they contain measures a recipient may undertake to make procurements more open to MBEs and WBEs. 3. Reporting Accomplishments: Under the current MBE/WBE program, recipients of EPA financial assistance agreements are required to report on their accomplishments with the program using EPA Form 5700-52A. Reporting is the tool we use to assess whether or not the program is effective and actually translating into increased opportunities for MBEs and WBEs. EPA's MBE/WBE Program is currently implemented through: (11) Existing MBE and WBE provisions scattered throughout 40 CFR parts 30, 31, 35 and 40; (2) Grant conditions; and (3) The Agency's "Guidance for the Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women's Business Enterprises in Assistance Agreements." In 1995, the Supreme Court's decision in Adarand Constructors, Inc. v, Federico Pena, Secretary of Transportation, 515 U.S. 200 ("Adarand"), extended strict judicial scrutiny to federal affirmative action programs that use racial or ethnic criteria as a basis for decisionmaking, In other words, such programs must be based on a compelling governmental interest, for example, remedying the effects of discrimination, and must be narrowly tailored to accomplish that interest. Following the Adarand decision, in 1996, the Department of Justice (DOJ) began a review of affirmative action programs in the Federal Government. In response to this review, the Department of Transportation (DOT), whose DBE program mirrored EPA's MBE/WBE program, revised its program for participation of DBEs in procurements under DOT's financial assistance agreements to comply with the Adarand decision (See 64 FR 5096). This final rule reflects EPA's efforts to similarly comply. Remedying discrimination is recognized as a compelling government interest, and this rule is promulgated on the understanding that the statutory provisions authorizing its adoption were enacted for that remedial purpose. This • 15906 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations rule sets forth a narrowly tailored EPA program to serve the compelling government interest of remedying past and current racial discrimination through agency-wide DBE procurement objectives. EPA intends to evaluate the propriety of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise program in 7 years through subsequent rulemaking This final rule requires recipients to use race/gender-neutral measures to ensure DBEs have meaningful opportunities to bid on recipient_ sponsored procurements. It does not require recipients to use race/gender- conscious measures. However, if a recipient elects to use such measures, the recipient should satisfy itself that the measure meets all applicable legal requirements, including those established in Adarand. Because this rule only requires race/gender-neutral measures, it should not be subject to strict judicial scrutiny. Even so, we believe this rule is narrowly tailored to achieve a compelling governmental interest consistent with Adarand. EPA worked collaboratively on this rulemaking with various program offices within the Agency, the EPA Office of General Counsel, and the EPA Regions. We also held discussions with other Federal agencies, including SBA and DOT whose DBE programs are in some ways similar to ours, or have undergone changes similar to the ones we are implementing. EPA has also collaborated with the Civil Rights Division of DOJ throughout the rulemaking process. 111. Overview of Final Rule This rulemaking removes all of EPA's current MBE/WBE fair share objectives and good faith efforts regulatory provisions and replaces them with DBE provisions to be codified in the new 40 CFR part 33. In addition, this rule supersedes inconsistent provisions of previous guidance documents for EPA's former MBE and WBE Program, including, but not limited to, EPA's "Guidance for Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women's Business Enterprises in Procurement Under Assistance Agreements" (the 1997 Guidance), 62 FR 45645. There are six substantive changes this rule will make to the way the program currently operates. Those changes involve: (1) Certification of minority and women-owned businesses; (2) the six good faith efforts; (3) contract administration requirements; (4) negotiation of fair share goals; (5) recordkeeping and reporting requirements; and (6) new requirements for Tribal and insular area fair share negotiations. The specific changes are summarized as follows: 1. Certification Under the current MBE/WBE program EPA recognizes Small Business Administration (SBA) certifications, or certifications by a State or other Federal Agency, or self-certifications. EPA currently does not require WBEs to be certified. Under the new DBE program promulgated today, in order to be counted as an MBE or WBE under an EPA financial assistance agreement, an entity will have to be certified as such. EPA will require an MBE/WBE to first seek certification by a federal agency (e.g., the Small Business Administration (SBA), the Department of Transportation (DOT)), or by a State, locality, Indian Tribe, or independent private organization provided their applicable criteria match those under section 8(a) (5) and (6) of the Small Business Act and SBA's applicable 8(a) Business Development Program regulations. EPA will only consider certifying firms that cannot get certified by one of these entities. Requiring firms to first seek certification from other sources is beneficial for the business entity because an EPA certification is limited in that it would only be accepted by EPA. Certifications from other sources have broader applications. Also, requiring firms to first seek certification from other sources reduces the burden on the Agency associated with processing certifications. The creation and implementation of an EPA certification program is necessary because the statutory authority for EPA's program includes classifications of businesses that are not currently certified by other sources. Businesses that fall within these classifications would potentially have no other option for certification to participate in EPA's DBE program. EPA anticipates that the following types of entities will have to be considered for certification by EPA: 1. Disabled American-owned firms; 2. Private and voluntary organizations controlled by individuals who are socially and economically disadvantaged; 3. Women-owned and minority owned-businesses who cannot get certified under DOT or SBA size criteria (EPA does not have size criteria) or by a State Government, local Government, Indian Tribal Government or independent private organization; 4. Businesses owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (note-SBA and DOT require an entity to be owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. However, the statutory authority for EPA's DBE program requires ownership or control, Public Law 102--389); and 5. Women-owned business enterprises. EPA certifications will last for three years as long as the certified entity files an annual affidavit affirming that no changes in circumstances have occurred which affected the entity's status as an MBE or WBE. Appeal procedures are provided for entities denied MBE or WBE certification, or anyone who disagrees with EPA's decision to certify an entity as an MBE or WBE. 2. Six Good Faith Efforts The good faith efforts are activities by a recipient and its prime contractor to increase DBE awareness of procurement opportunities through race/gender neutral efforts. Race/gender neutral efforts are ones which increase awareness of contracting opportunities in general, including outreach, recruitment and technical assistance. For purposes of simplification, EPA has combined the "Six Positive Efforts" of 40 CFR 30.44 (b) applicable to institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations with the "Six Affirmative Steps" of 40 CFR 31.36(e) applicable to State, Local and Indian Tribal Government recipients and renamed them the six "good faith efforts.". 3. Contract Administration Requirements The rule adds additional contract administration requirements which are intended to prevent any "bait and switch" tactics at the subcontract level by prime contractors which may circumvent the spirit of the DBE Program as well as other related requirements. Some of these requirements include provisions intended to ensure that subcontractors receive prompt payment from prime contractors. In addition, this proposal would require a recipient to be notified in writing before its prime contractor could terminate a DBE subcontractor for convenience and then perform the work itself. Furthermore, when a DBE subcontractor is terminated or fails to complete its work under the subcontract for any reason, the recipient must require the prime contractor to make good faith efforts if the prime contractor chooses to hire another subcontractor. A recipient must also require its prime contractor to continue to make the good faith efforts even if the fair share objectives in subpart D of the rule have 0 0 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15907 been met. Finally, this rule provides for three new forms which are required if there are DBE subcontractors involved in a procurement, 4. Negotiation of Fair Share Goals an $250,000 Exemptions) This rule codifies EPA's procedures for negotiating fair share goals with financial assistance recipients. The process for such negotiations is currently implemented through guidance, as well as through terms and conditions incorporated into EPA financial assistance agreements. This rulemaking keeps the current basic approach, with some fine tuning, including a provision which would exempt a recipient of a financial assistance agreement of $250,000 or less for any assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of $250,000 or less in EPA funds in any one year, from the fair share objective negotiation requirement. In addition, eligible program grants which can be included in Performance Partnership Grants to Tribal and Tribal consortia recipients will be exempt from the fair share negotiation requirement due to the nature of these program grants and the unique nature of eligible recipients. Superfund Technical Assistance Grants (TAG's) would be exempt due to the nature of their funding cycles. A recipient under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund, the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, and the Brownfields Clean-Up Revolving Loan Fund is not required to apply the fair share objective requirements to an entity receiving an identified loan in an amount of $250,000 or less. 5. Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements Currently, all financial assistance agreement recipients must report on a quarterly basis, except for recipients of continuing environmental program grants, and institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non- profit organizations receiving financial assistance awards under 40 CFR part 30, who report on an annual basis. This rule will reduce the reporting frequency to semi-annually for all recipients who currently report on a quarterly basis. This rule also requires all financial assistance recipients, and recipients of loans under CWSRF, DWSRF, or BCRLF Programs to create and maintain a bidders list. There is an exemption from this requirement for recipients receiving grants or loans of $250,000 or less for any single assistance agreement or loan, or of more than one financial assistance agreement or loan with a combined total of $250,000 or less in EPA funds in any one year. 6. New Requirement for Tribal and Trust Territory Fair Share Negotiations EPA does not currently negotiate fair share goals with Indian Tribal Government and Trust Territory recipients. This rule will require such recipients to negotiate fair share goals. Therefore, under the rule such recipients will have a three year phase- in period to adjust to the regulatory change. In the interim, they will still have to comply with the other requirements of this rule. IV. Summary of Response to Public Comments Excluding changes in wording to increase clarity, there are only four substantive changes reflected in this final rule. Those changes, along with a breakdown of the number and type of comments received, are below: Number of Comments Received: 126 Primary areas of public concern Number of Percent of comments all comments Certification .............................................................................................................................................................. 23 18 General (wording and clarification) .......................................................................................................................... 16 13 Good Faith Efforts ................................................................................................................................................... 14 11 Subcontracting Provisions ....................................................................................................................................... 12 9 Bidders List .............................................................................................................................................................. 11 9 Major Revisions Based on Public Comment (not including wording or clarification): 1. § 33.105-Enforcement Provisions There were several comments concerning enforcement of the rule. A number of comments stated that there are no "teeth" in the program and that more policing of the program will be needed to insure compliance with the requirements of the rule. While the text of the rule mentions that EPA can take remedial action for non-compliance, it does not clearly state what those actions are. In an effort to show more "teeth," this section has been revised to include some of the remedial measures EPA can take if a recipient fails to comply with the requirements of the rule. 2. § 33.302-Subcontractor Provisions Public comment requested that EPA specify the number of days within which a prime must pay its subcontractor after payment by the recipient. In an effort to curtail the practice of excessively late subcontractor payments, the rule establishes maximum of 30 days by which a prime contractor must pay its subcontractor, after payment by the grant recipient. 3. § 33.501-Bidders List Many comments were received requesting clarification about the contents, purpose and duration of the bidders list. The purpose of the Bidders List is to provide the recipient and entities receiving identified loans who conduct competitive bidding with a more accurate database of the universe of MBE/WBE and non-MBE/WBE prime and subcontractors. The bidders list is intended to be a list of all firms that are participating, or attempting to participate, on EPA assisted contracts. The list must include all firms that bid on prime contracts, or bid or quote on subcontracts under EPA assisted projects, including both MBE/WBEs and non-MBE/WBEs. The bidders list is designed to also aid recipients in their efforts to comply with the "six good faith efforts," by creating a source of MBEs and WBEs that can be relied upon to increase the inclusion of MBEs and WBEs in the recipient's procurement practices. Section 33.501(b) of the rule has been revised to read as follows: A recipient of a Continuing Environmental Program Grant or other annual grant must create and maintain a bidders list. In addition, a recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund also must require entities receiving identified loans to create and maintain a bidders list if the recipient of the loan is subject to, or chooses to follow, competitive bidding requirements. The purpose of a bidders list is to provide the recipient and entities receiving identified loans who conduct competitive bidding with as accurate a database as possible about the universe of MBE/WBE and non-MBE/WBE prime and subcontractors. The list must include all firms that bid or quote on prime contracts or bid or quote on subcontracts under EPA assisted projects, including both MBE/WBEs • 0 15908 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March. 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations and non-MBE/WBEs. The bidders list must be kept until the grant project period has expired and the recipient is no longer receiving EPA funding under the grant. For entities receiving identified loans, the bidders list must be kept until the project period for the identified loan has ended. The following information must be obtained from all prime and subcontractors: (1) Entity's name with point of contact; (2) Entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; (3) The procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and (4) Entity's status as an MBE/WBE or non- MBE/WBE. In response to internal concerns regarding the application of the bidders list requirement, we have created an exemption to this provision. The exemption found at § 33.501(c) is as follows; A recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement in the amount of $250,000 or less for any single assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year, is exempt from the paragraph (b) of this section requirement to create and maintain a bidders list. Also, a recipient under the CWSRF, DWSRF, or BCRLF Program is not required to apply the paragraph (b) of this section bidders list requirement of this subpart to an entity receiving an identified loan in an amount of $250,000 or less, or to an entity receiving more than one identified loan with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year. This exemption is limited to the paragraph (b) of this section bidders list requirements of this subpart, 4, § 33.502--Reporting In response to internal and external comments, this section of the rule has been revised to require semiannual reporting for all recipients who currently report on a quarterly basis. All recipients who report annually will continue to do so. A section-by-section analysis of the rule, addressing public comments in detail, can be found on the public docket for this rule making under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OA-2002- 0001, at www.regulations.gov. V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review Under Executive Order (EO) 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this action is a "significant regulatory action." This rule reflects and raises legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates. This rule has a direct impact on contracting funded by EPA financial assistance agreements. There is substantial public interest concerning programs to ensure nondiscrimination in federally assisted contracting, as well as policy concerns. This rule also affects a wide variety of parties, including all EPA financial assistance programs, and the DBE and non-DBE contractors that perform work under them. As a "significant regulatory action," EPA submitted this action to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review under EO 12866 and any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket for this action. Based on currently available information about costs that may be associated with complying with this rule (e.g., costs to obtain MBE or WBE certification), EPA believes that this rule will not have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. Therefore, EPA did not prepare a regulatory impact statement for this rule. B. Paperwork Reduction Act The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved the information collection requirements contained in this rule under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C 3501 et seq. and has assigned OMB control number 2090-0030. This ICR is for the purpose of ensuring that EPA's statutory DBE procurement goal requirements are implemented in harmony with the United States Supreme Court's decision in Adarand Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, 115 S. Ct. 2097 (1995). The requirements to complete EPA Forms 6100-2-DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form, 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form, and 6100-4-DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form, are intended to prevent any "bait and switch" tactics at the subcontract level by prime contractors which may circumvent the spirit of the DBE Program. The requirements to complete the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1a) (Sole Proprietorship), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1b) (Limited Liability Company), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA 6100-1c) (Partnerships), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1d) (Corporations), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-10 (Alaska Native Corporations), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1f) (Tribally Owned Businesses), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1g) (Private and Voluntary Organizations), the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1h) (Concerns owned by Native Hawaiian Organizations), and the EPA DBE Certification Application (EPA Form 6100-1i) (Concerns Owned by Community Development Corporations), as applicable, would be required to be completed by an entity seeking to be counted as a minority business enterprise (MBE) or women's business enterprise (WEE) under EPA's DBE Program, which cannot get certified as an MBE or WBE by the SBA or DOT under their respective programs or by an Indian Tribal Government or independent private organization consistent with EPA's 8% or 10% statute as applicable. Responses to the collection of information will be mandatory. EPA's legal authorities for the DBE Program are Public Law 102-389, a 1993 appropriations act (42 U.S.C. 4370d) (EPA's 8% statute), and Public Law 101-549, Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note) (EPA's 10% statute). Other legal authorities and Executive Orders include Public Law 99--499, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; Public Law 100-590, the Small Business Administration Reauthorization and Amendment Act of 1988; Executive Order 12138, "Creating a National Women's Business Enterprise Policy and Prescribing Arrangements for Developing, Coordinating and Implementing a National Program for Women's Business Enterprise," issued May 18, 1979; Executive Order 11625, "Prescribing Additional Arrangements for Developing and Coordinating a National Program for Minority Business Enterprise," issued October 13, 1971; and Executive Order 12432, "Minority Business Enterprise Development," issued July 14, 1983. EPA may make available to the public any information concerning EPA's DBE Program where the release of which is not prohibited by Federal law or regulation, including EPA's Confidential Business Information regulations at 40 CFR part 2, subpart B. The total labor burden and costs to MBEs and WBEs for certification under State, Tribal and Insular Area funding programs is estimated to total $8,750,300, with 168,275 burden hours and 6,731 MBE and WBE entities affected for the three-year period of the ICR. The estimated annual burden per response is 25 hours; the number of respondents is estimated at 2,244 at an average annual labor burden and cost per MBE and WBE of $1300. The average annual burden and costs are estimated by spreading the first year cost over the three-year period of the 0 • Federal Register/Vol. 73, No, 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15909 ICR, yielding a total annual average burden of 56,092 hours and $2,916,767 in costs. The total labor burden and costs to all EPA grant and loan recipients that would have to perform an availability analysis to meet the requirements of the proposed rule and other paperwork requirements are estimated to be $16,509,500 with 825,475 burden hours and 3,115 entities affected for the three- year period of the ICR. The estimated annual burden hours for all responses is 275,158, and the annual number of respondents is estimated at 1,038. The annual cost for all respondents would be $5,503,167, The cost per respondent is estimated at $5,250 (each respondent is estimated to perform an availability analysis once every three years) and is estimated to take 265 hours at $20/hour. EPA assumed there were no additional start-up costs or capital expenditures. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9. In addition, EPA is amending the table in 40 CFR part 9 of currently approved OMB control numbers for various regulations to list the regulatory citations for the information requirements contained in this final rule. C. Regulatory Flexibility Act This rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), which generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis for any rule that will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The RFA applies only to rules subject to notice- and-comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) or any other statute. As a grants- related rule, this rule is not subject to the notice and comment requirements of the APA, 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1). Nor is there any other statute which requires EPA to undergo notice and comment for this rulemaking. It is important to note that EPA's DBE Program is aimed at improving contracting opportunities for small businesses owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, among others (e.g., Historically Black Colleges and Universities, etc.). Accordingly, EPA believes that this rule will impact a substantial number of small entities. D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with "Federal mandates" that may result in expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year. Before promulgating an EPA rule for which a written statement is needed, section 205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopts the least costly, most cost- effective or least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least costly, most cost-effective or least burdensome alternative if the Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation why that alternative was not adopted. Before EPA establishes any regulatory requirements that may significantly or uniquely affect small governments, including tribal governments, it must have developed under section 203 of the UMRA a small government agency plan. The plan must provide for notifying potentially affected small governments, enabling officials of affected small governments to have meaningful and timely input in the development of EPA regulatory proposals with significant Federal intergovernmental mandates, and informing, educating and advising small governments on compliance with the regulatory requirements. This rule contains no Federal Mandates (under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector. The UMRA excluded from the definition of "Federal intergovernmental mandate" duties that arise from conditions of federal assistance. Thus, today's rule is not subject to the requirements of section 202 and 205 of the UMRA, Pursuant to section 203 of the UMRA, EPA has also determined that this rule contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments. With the exemptions at the $250,000 level or less from compliance with the fair share objective requirements, EPA believes that there would be minimal impacts on small entities, including small government jurisdictions. Additionally, under this rule, small entity recipients will be able to use appropriate State Agency-negotiated MBE/WBE objectives if such recipients solicit bids/offers from substantially the same relevant geographic market as that State Agency. Therefore, this rule does not meet the threshold test for application of section 203 of UMRA. E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism Executive Order 13132, entitled "Federalism" (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999), requires EPA to develop an accountable process to ensure "meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications." "Policies that have federalism implications" is defined in the Executive Order to include regulations that have "substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government." This rule does not have "federalism implications," as defined in the Executive Order. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. Because this rule conditions the use of federal assistance, it will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Thus, the requirements of section 6 of the Executive Order do not apply to this rule. In the spirit of Executive Order 13132 and consistent with EPA policy to promote communications between EPA i 0 15910 Federal Register/Vol, 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations and State and local governments, EPA specifically solicited comment on the proposed rule from State and local officials. Stakeholders, including representatives from State government agencies, State government organizations and local governments, were given an opportunity to comment on the proposed rule which was published in the Federal Register on July 24, 2003, during the 180-day comment period. Public hearings were also held in several states across the country to discuss the proposed rule and to encourage comment. F. Executive Order 13175 Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments Executive Order 13175, entitled "Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments" (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), requires EPA to develop an accountable process to ensure "meaningful and timely input by tribal officials in the development of regulatory policies that have tribal implications." EPA has concluded that this final rule will have tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs nor preempt tribal law. Those implications are as follows: Tribes receiving an EPA financial assistance agreement of more than $250,000 for any single assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of more than $250,000 in any one fiscal year (excluding Performance Partnership Grant eligible grants to tribes and intertribal consortia under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B) will have to negotiate fair share objectives with EPA unless they choose to adopt MBE and WBE objectives of another EPA recipient consistent with the final rule. Those tribes required to negotiate fair share objectives with EPA will have a phase-in period of up to three years in which to do so; their fair share objectives will remain in effect for three fiscal years after they have been approved by EPA, unless there are significant changes to the data supporting the fair share objectives. Some tribally owned businesses (businesses that a Federally recognized tribal government owns or in which it has a majority share) will not be eligible to be counted towards meeting the MBE/WBE fair share objectives if they do not meet the applicable SBA 8(a) criteria, e.g., see 13 CFR 124.109(b). Of course, tribes may continue to do business with tribally owned or other companies which do not meet the applicable SBA 8(a) criteria, they simply would not count such procurements toward meeting MBE/WBE objectives. In addition, the rule will have the following impacts on tribes/tribally owned businesses: First, a business owned by a federally recognized tribal government would have to file an annual affidavit with EPA certifying no change in its MBE status, pursuant to § 33.210 of this rule. Second, a business owned by a Federally recognized tribal government will have to be recertified every three years as meeting SBA's applicable 8(a) criteria to be eligible to be counted in the future towards meeting the MBE/ WBE fair share objectives, pursuant to § 33.208. Third, a business owned by a federally recognized tribal government, if it is not already certified in accordance with SBA's applicable 8(a) criteria, may have to incur costs to be certified if there is no tribal certifier available and the other certifying entity charges for its services. Fourth, a tribe as a recipient of EPA financial assistance will have to be notified in writing before any termination of a DBE subcontractor for convenience is made by its prime contractor, pursuant to § 33.303(a). Fifth, consistent with other Federal and tribal laws, a tribe will have to require its prime contractor, after the tribe has unsuccessfully sought to apply Indian preference consistent with the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, to employ the good faith efforts described in § 33.301 if a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under a subcontract for any reason and the prime contractor solicits a replacement subcontractor, pursuant to § 33.303(b). Sixth, consistent with other Federal and tribal Laws, a tribe will have to require its prime contractor, after it has unsuccessfully sought to apply Indian preference consistent with the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, to employ the good faith efforts described in § 33.301 even if it has achieved its fair share objectives under subpart D of the rule, pursuant to § 33.303(c). Seventh, a tribe will have to require its prime contractors to provide EPA Form 6100-2-DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form, EPA Form 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form and EPA Form 6100-4-DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form to all of its DBE subcontractors, pursuant to sections 33.303(e), (f) and (g), respectively. Eighth, a tribal recipient that conducts procurements will have to create and maintain a bidders list in accordance with § 33.501(b). The purpose of this list is to provide recipients as accurate a database as possible about the universe of MBE/WBE and non-MBE/WBE prime and subcontractors who seek to work on procurements under EPA financial assistance agreements. The following information must be obtained from all such prime and subcontractors: (1) Entity's name with point of contact; (2) entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; (3) the procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and (4) entity's status as an MBE/WBE or non-MBE/WBE. EPA consulted with tribal officials and/or representatives of tribal governments early in the process of developing this regulation to permit them to have meaningful and timely input into its development. This rule has been under development for the past several years. The meaningful and timely input of Tribal officials and/or representatives into the development of this rule is as follows: On February 2-4, 1999, EPA invited tribal recipients of EPA grants and cooperative agreements to an EPA/State/ Tribal Annual Conference in Albuquerque, New Mexico. During this conference, EPA representatives discussed a number of issues relating to the rule under development with the general audience. In addition, EPA representatives met separately with tribal officials and/or representatives to discuss issues of concern to tribes. EPA posted a staff draft of the proposed rule, dated June 19, 2000, on EPA's Internet Web site to solicit public comment. On June 27-30, 2000, the Agency held its EPA/State/Tribal Annual Conference in Albuquerque, New Mexico. Again, EPA invited tribal recipients of EPA financial assistance agreements to attend. During the June, 2000 conference, agency representatives discussed in detail the June 19, 2000 staff draft of the rule, which had been posted on EPA's Web site. EPA solicited comments on the staff draft of the rule from conference participants. Tribal officials and/or representatives attended that conference as well. As of June 30, 2001, EPA received a total of 17 written comments on the staff draft from Indian tribes. During the development of this rule EPA representatives made a number of oral presentations to the Tribal Operations Committee (TOC) on the rule's progress and solicited input. The TOC is comprised of 19 national tribal representatives from the nine EPA Regions that have federally recognized tribes and EPA Senior Management; its role is to provide input into EPA decision making affecting Indian Country. On November 29, 2000, EPA 0 0 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15911 representatives met with the TOG at the EPA Tribal Caucus Regional Joint meeting in Miami, Florida, to discuss the staff draft rule and to obtain further tribal input into the rulemaking process. Starting in November, 2000, EPA invited tribal recipients of EPA grants and cooperative agreements to participate in outreach sessions held in cities around the country in order to discuss the staff draft rule. EPA further solicited tribal input into the rulemaking at meetings with tribal officials /representatives at the Department of the Interior 2001 Conference on the Environment hosted by the Bureau of Indian Affairs on March 13-15, 2001, in Albuquerque, New Mexico and at the Reservation Economic Summit and American Indian Business Trade Fair (RES 2001) in Anaheim, California, on March 20, 2001. EPA further solicited tribal input in another meeting with the TOC on April 24, 2001, in Miami, Florida. As part of its ongoing tribal coordination on this rule, EPA held meetings with tribal officials to discuss the staff draft rule in Boston, Massachusetts on April 11, 2001 and in Seattle, Washington on May 23, 2001. EPA held further coordination meetings with tribal officials to discuss a draft of this Rule in Ocean Shores, Washington during the week of January 28, 2002. On July 24, 2003, the proposed rule was published in the Federal Register, with a 180-day comment period. After the rule was published in the Federal Register, EPA held 10 tribal meetings across the country to solicit comments and suggestions on the final rule. EPA has considered tribal concerns and written comments in the final rule. A summary of the nature of tribal concerns and EPA's response follows: 1. Applicability of the Rule to Tribes Awards of Grants and Cooperative Agreements to tribes are currently governed by 40 CFR part 31,"Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments." These are government wide requirements that have been in effect since 1988. Among other entities subject to the regulations are governments. The definition of "Government" in 40 CFR 31.3 includes * * * a federally recognized Indian tribal government." Many requirements contained in this rule are not new but rather are the same requirements contained in 40 CFR part 31, with which many tribes already have been complying, For example, the reporting and recordkeeping requirements are already applicable to Indian tribes. In addition, neither EPA's statutory 10% MBE/WBE procurement objective requirements for research relating to the requirements of the Clean Air Act, nor EPA's statutory 8% MBE/WBE procurement objective requirements for all other programs, exempt tribes. Therefore, tribes are not exempt from this rule, because it promotes the utilization of all disadvantaged entities in procurement under EPA financial assistance agreements, including tribally owned businesses and businesses owned by a member(s) of a tribe. 2. Trigger for Fair Share Negotiations The issue of increasing the dollar amount of the trigger requiring compliance with the fair share objective requirements and the corresponding availability analysis was of special concern to tribes awarded General Assistance Program grants. Comments also expressed the view that availability analysis preparation requirements should apply only to tribes spending 90% or more of their grants on outside procurement. Other tribes expressed the view that preparing availability analyses is too costly for them, especially for smaller tribes. In response to concerns raised by tribes, the trigger requiring compliance with the fair share objective requirements has been increased to $250,000 from the $100,000 threshold contained in an earlier draft of the rule. Also because of the nature of eligible program grants which can be included in Performance Partnership Grants (PPGs) to tribes under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B, and the unique nature of eligible recipients, the Agency is exempting PPG eligible program grants to tribes under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B from the fair share negotiation requirements. Accordingly, only tribes receiving an EPA financial assistance agreement of more than $250,000 for any single assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of more than $250,000 in any one fiscal year (excluding PPG eligible program grants under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B), will have to comply with the fair share objective requirements. The Agency believes that this change effectively addresses the concerns by setting a uniform standard applicable to all recipients, including tribes, rather than, for example, setting a standard based on amounts spent by tribes on outside procurement, which could pose implementation difficulties. EPA believes that most tribes will not have to comply with the fair share objective requirements under the final rule because they will fall under the $250,000 exemption or the exemption for PPG eligible program grants under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B. Finally, EPA believes that a number of tribes which otherwise would have to negotiate fair share objectives may elect instead to apply the objectives of another recipient in accordance with the requirements of the rule. The rule will also provide tribes with a three-year phase-in period to comply with the fair share negotiation requirement. 3. Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements Some tribes expressed concerns that keeping records of and reporting purchases for EPA funded grants would impose a heavy burden on tribal governments. Instead, they suggested basing reporting on the amount of money the tribe received rather than on the amount of money it spent on outside supplies and services. EPA considered these concerns and concluded that 40 CFR part 31 already requires tribes to comply with part 31's recordkeeping and reporting requirements, which included MBE/ WBE recordkeeping and reporting. The Agency believes that basing requirements on amounts received rather than on amounts spent would be an inaccurate measurement of MBE/ WBE procurement utilization. EPA currently requires financial assistance recipients to report MBE/WBE accomplishments based on dollars spent on MBE/WBE procurements. Therefore, EPA is not adopting the suggested change. However, because of comments received requesting a reduction in the burden created by quarterly reporting, EPA has reduced the reporting requirement to semi-annually for recipients who currently report on a quarterly basis. Recipients who currently report annually will continue to do so. 4. Compliance With the Good Faith Efforts Requirements One comment objected to having to advertise in newspapers; a comment was also made that EPA should investigate alternative mechanisms that encourage a tribe to seek out MBEs/ WBEs during the procurement process without incurring an unreasonable financial burden. Section 7(b) of the Indian Self- Determination and Education Assistance Act requires tribal governments to solicit tribally-owned businesses and/or businesses owned by a member(s) of a tribe, before undertaking the six good faith efforts. Tribes are currently subject to 40 CFR part 31, which requires them to make 0 9 15912 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations good faith efforts to ensure that DBEs are used whenever possible. EPA is changing this requirement. EPA does not believe that the good faith effort requirements are unduly burdensome. 5. Phase-In Period One comment expressed a concern about the timing of the phase-in period and the maximum amount of time needed for the requirement to be implemented. EPA believes that the three-year phase-in period, which begins after the final rule's effective date, allows tribes sufficient time to prepare for and comply with the requirements of the rule. As required by section 7(a), EPA's Tribal Consultation Official has certified that the requirements of the Executive Order have been met in a meaningful and timely manner. A copy of the certification is included in the docket for this rule. G. Executive Order 13045: (Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks) Executive Order 13045: "Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks" (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) applies to any rule that: (1) Is determined to be "economically significant" as defined under Executive Order 12866, and (2) concerns any environmental health or safety risk that EPA has reason to believe may have a disproportionate effect on children. If the regulatory action meets both criteria, EPA must evaluate the environmental health or safety effects of the planned rule on children and explain why the planned regulation is preferable to other potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives considered by the Agency. EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that are based on health or safety risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of the Order has the potential to influence the regulation. This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks. H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use This rule is not a "significant energy action" as defined in Executive Order 13211, "Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use" (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001)) because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. EPA has concluded that this rule is not likely to have any adverse energy effects. L National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act As noted in the proposed rule, section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 ("NTTAA"), Public Law 104-113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. The NTTAA directs EPA to provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the Agency decides not to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards. This rule does not involve technical standards. Therefore, EPA is not considering the use of any voluntary consensus standards. j. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the United States. EPA has determined that this final rule will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not affect the level of protection provided to human health or the environment. K. Congressional Review Act The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule, to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of the rule in the Federal Register. A Major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the Federal Register. This action is not a "major rule" as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule will be effective May 27, 2008. List of Subjects 40 CFR Part 30 Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs-environmental protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 40 CFR Part 31 Accounting, Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs, Indians, intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 40 CFR Part 33 Grant programs-environmental protection. 40 CFR Part 35 Grant programs-environmental protection, Grant programs-Indians, Hazardous waste, Indians, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 40 CFR Part 40 Research and Demonstration Grants- Projects involving construction. Dated: March 18, 2008. Stephen L. Johnson, Administrator. ¦ For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows: PART 30-[AMENDED] ¦ 1. The authority citation for part 30 continues to read as follows: Authority: 7 U.S.G. 135 et seq.; 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.; 33 U.S.G. 1251 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 241, 242(b), 243, 246, 300f, 300j-1, 300j-2, 300j-3; 1857 et seq.; 6901 et seq., 7401 et seq.; OMB circular A-110 (64 FR 54926, October 8, 1999). § 30.44 [Amended] N 2. Section 30.44 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph (b). PART 31-[AMENDED] ¦ 3. The authority citation for part 31 continues to read as follows: Authority: 7 U.S.G. 136 et seq.; 15 U.S.G. 2601 et seq.; 20 U.S.C. 4011 et seq.; 33 U.S.C. • Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15913 1251 et seq. and 1401 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 300f et seq., 6901 et seq., 7401 et seq., and 9601 et seq. § 31.36 [Amended] ¦ 4. Section 31.36 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph (e). PART 33--[ADDED] ¦ 5. Part 33 is added as follows: PART 33-PARTICIPATION BY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES IN UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY PROGRAMS Subpart A-General Provisions Sec. 33.101 What are the objectives of this part? 33.102 When do the requirements of this part apply? 33.103 What do the terms in this part mean? 33.104 Maya recipient apply for a waiver from the requirements of this part? 33.105 What are the compliance and enforcement provisions of this part? 33.106 What assurances must EPA financial assistance recipients obtain from their contractors? 33.107 What are the rules governing availability of records, cooperation, and intimidation and retaliation? Subpart B-Certification 33.201 What does this subpart require? 33.202 How does an entity qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 8% statute? 33.203 How does an entity qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 10% statute? 33.204 Where does an entity become certified under EPA's 8% and 10% statutes? 33.205 How does an entity become certified by EPA? 33.206 Is there a list of certified MBEs and WBEs? 33.207 Can an entity reapply to EPA for MBE or WBE certification? 33.208 How long does an MBE or WBE certification from EPA last? 33,209 Can EPA re-evaluate the MBE or WBE status of an entity after EPA certifies it to be an MBE or WBE? 33.210 Does an entity certified as anMBE or WBE by EPA need to keep EPA inforined of any changes which may affect the entity's certification? 33.211 What is the process for appealing or challenging an EPA MBE or WBE certification determination? 33.212 What conduct is prohibited by this subpart? Subpart C-Good Faith Efforts 33.301 What does this subpart require? 33.302 Are there any additional contract administration requirements? 33.303 Are there special rules for loans under EPA financial assistance agreements? 33.304 Must a Native American (either as an individual, organization, Tribe or Tribal Government) recipient or prime contractor follow the six good faith efforts? Subpart D-Fair Share Objectives 33.401 What does this subpart require? 33.402 Are there special rules for loans under EPA financial assistance agreements? 33.403 What is a fair share objective? 33.404 When must a recipient negotiate fair share objectives with EPA? 33.405 How does a recipient determine its fair share objectives? 33.406 Maya recipient designate a lead agency for fair share objective negotiation purposes? 33.407 How long do MBE and WBE fair share objectives remain in effect? 33,408 Maya recipient use race and/or gender conscious measures as part of this program? 33.409 Maya recipient use quotas as part of this program? 33.410 Cana recipient be penalized for failing to meet its fair share objectives? 33.411 Who maybe exempted from this subpart? 33.412 Must an Insular Area or Indian Tribal Government recipient negotiate fair share objectives? Subpart E-Recordkeeping and Reporting 33.501 What are the recordkeeping requirements of this part? 33.502 What are the reporting requirements of this part? 33.503 How does a recipient calculate MBE and WBE participation for reporting purposes? Appendix A to Part 33-Terms and Conditions Authority: 15 U.S.C. 637 note; 42 U.S.C. 4370d, 7601 note, 9605(f); E.O. 11625, 36 FR 19967, 3 CFR, 1971 Comp., p. 213; E.O. 12138, 49 FR 29637, 3 CFR, 1979 Comp., p. 393; E.O. 12432, 48 FR 32551, 3 CFR, 1983 Comp., p. 198. Subpart A-General Provisions §33.101 What are the objectives of this part? The objectives of this part are: (a) To ensure nondiscrimination in the award of contracts under EPA financial assistance agreements. To that end, implementation of this rule with respect to grantees, sub-grantees, loan recipients, prime contractors, or subcontractors in particular Slates or locales-notably those where there is no apparent history of relevant discrimination--must comply with equal protection standards at that level, apart from the EPA DBE Rule's constitutional compliance as a national matter; (b) To harmonize EPA's DBE Program objectives with the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in Adarand Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, 515 U.S. 200 (1995); (c) To help remove barriers to the participation of DBEs in the award of contracts under EPA financial assistance agreements; and (d) To provide appropriate flexibility to recipients of EPA financial assistance in establishing and providing contracting opportunities for DBEs. §33.102 When do the requirements of this part apply? The requirements of this part apply to procurement under EPA financial assistance agreements performed entirely within the United States, whether by a recipient or its prime contractor, for construction, equipment, services and supplies. §33.103 What do the terms in this part mean? Terms not defined below shall have the meaning given to them in 40 CFR part 30, part 31 and part 35 as applicable. As used in this part: Availability analysis means documentation of the availability of MBEs and WBEs in the relevant geographic market in relation to the total number of firms available in that area. Award official means the EPA Regional or Headquarters official delegated the authority to execute financial assistance agreements on behalf of EPA. Broker means a firm that does not itself perform, manage or supervise the work of its contract or subcontract in a manner consistent with the normal business practices for contractors or subcontractors in its line of business. Business, business concern or business enterprise means an entity organized for profit with a place of business located in the United States, and which operates primarily within the United States or which makes a significant contribution to the United States economy through payment of taxes or use of American products, materials or labor. Construction means erection, alteration, or repair (including dredging, excavating, and painting) of buildings, structures, or other improvements to real property, and activities in response to a release or a threat of a release of a hazardous substance into the environment, or activities to prevent the introduction of a hazardous substance into a water supply. Disabled American means, with respect to an individual, permanent or temporary physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of such an individual; a record of such an impairment; or being regarded as having such an impairment. • 15914 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations Disadvantaged business enterprise (DBE) means an entity owned or controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual as described by Public Law 102-389 (42 U.S.C. 4370d) or an entity owned and controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual as described by Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 7601 note); a Small Business Enterprise (SBE); a Small Business in a Rural Area (SERA); or a Labor Surplus Area Firm (LSAF), a Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Zone Small Business Concern, or a concern under a successor program. Disparity study means a comparison within the preceding ten years of the available MBEs and WBEs in a relevant geographic market with their actual usage by entities procuring in the categories of construction, equipment, services and supplies. Equipment means items procured under a financial assistance agreement as defined by applicable regulations (for example 40 CFR 30.2 and 40 CFR 31.3) for the particular type of financial assistance received. Fair share objective means an objective expressing the percentage of MBE or WBE utilization expected absent the effects of discrimination. Financial assistance agreement means grants or cooperative agreements awarded by EPA. The term includes grants or cooperative agreements used to capitalize revolving loan funds, including, but not limited to, the Clean Water State Revolving Loan Fund (CWSRF) Program under Title VI of the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1381 et seq., the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Program under section 1452 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300j-12, and the Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund (BCRLF) Program under section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9604. Good faith efforts means the race and/ or gender neutral measures described in subpart C of this part. Historically black college or university (HBCU) means an institution determined by the Secretary of Education to meet the requirements of 34 CFR part 608. HUBZone means a historically underutilized business zone, which is an area located within one or more qualified census tracts, qualified metropolitan counties, or lands within the external boundaries of an Indian reservation. HUBZone small business concern means a small business concern that appears on the List of Qualified HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained by the Small Business Administration. Identified loan means a loan project or set-aside activity receiving assistance from a recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund, which: (1) In the case of the CWSRF Program, is a project funded from amounts equal to the capitalization grant; (2) In the case of the DWSRF Program, is a loan project or set-aside activity funded from amounts up to the amount of the capitalization grant; or (3) In the case of the BCRLF Program, is a project that has been funded with EPA financial assistance. Insular area means the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or any territory or possession of the United States. Joint venture means an association of a DBE firm and one or more other firms to carry out a single, for-profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their property, capital, efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the DBE is responsible for a distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the contract and whose share in the capital contribution, control, management, risks, and profits of the joint venture are commensurate with its ownership interest. Labor surplus area firm (LSAF) means a concern that together with its first-tier subcontractors will perform substantially in labor surplus areas (as identified by the Department of Labor in accordance with 20 CFR part 654). Performance is substantially in labor surplus areas if the costs incurred under the contract on account of manufacturing, production or performance of appropriate services in labor surplus areas exceed 50 percent of the contract price. Minority business enterprise (MBE) means a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) other than a Small Business Enterprise (SBE), a Labor Surplus Area Firm (LSAF), a Small Business in Rural Areas (SERA), or a Women's Business Enterprise (WBE). Minority institution means an accredited college or university whose enrollment of a single designated group or a combination of designated groups (as defined by the Small Business Administration regulations at 13 CFR part 124) exceeds 50% of the total enrollment. Native American means any individual who is an American Indian, Eskimo, Aleut, or Native Hawaiian. Recipient means an entity that receives an EPA financial assistance agreement or is a sub-recipient of such agreement, including loan recipients under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Program, Drinking Water State Revolving Fund Program, and the Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund Program. Services means a contractor's labor, time or efforts provided in a manner consistent with normal business practices which do not involve the delivery of a specific end item, other than documents (e.g., reports, design drawings, specifications). Small business, small business concern or small business enterprise (SBE) means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding, and qualified as a small business under the criteria and size standards in 13 CFR part 121. Small business in a rural area (SBRA) means a small business operating in an area identified as a rural county with a code 6-9 in the Rural-Urban continuum Classification Code developed by the United States Department of Agriculture in 1980. Supplies means items procured under a financial assistance agreement as defined by applicable regulations for the particular type of financial assistance received. United States means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and any other territories and possessions of the United States. Women's business enterprise (WBE) means a business concern which is at least 51% owned or controlled by women for purposes of EPA's 8% statute or a business concern which is at least 51% owned and controlled by women for purposes for EPA's 10% statute. Determination of ownership by a married woman in a community property jurisdiction will not be affected by her husband's 50 percent interest in her share. Similarly, a business concern which is more than 50 percent owned by a married man will not become a qualified WBE by virtue of his wife's 50 percent interest in his share. §33.104 May recipients apply for a waiver from the requirements of this part? (a) A recipient may apply for a waiver from any of the requirements of this part that are not specifically based on a statute or Executive Order, by submitting a written request to the Director of the Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization. (b) The request must document special or exceptional circumstances that make compliance with the 0 Federal Register/Vol, 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15915 requirement impractical, including a specific proposal addressing how the recipient intends to achieve the objectives of this part as described in § 33.101. The request must show that: (1) There is a reasonable basis to conclude that the recipient could achieve a level of MBE and WBE participation consistent with the objectives of this part using different or innovative means other than those that are provided in subparts C or D of this part; (2) Conditions in the recipient's jurisdiction are appropriate for imlementing the request; and l3) The request is consistent with applicable law. (c) The OSDBU Director has the authority to approve a recipient's request. If the OSDBU Director grants a recipient's request, the recipient may administer its program as provided in the request, subject to the following conditions: (1) The recipient's level of MBE and WBE participation continues to be consistent with the objectives of this part; (2) There is a reasonable limitation on the duration of the recipient's modified program; and (3) Any other conditions the OSDBU Director makes an the grant of the waiver. (d) The OSDBU Director may end a program waiver at any time upon notice to the recipient and require a recipient to comply with the provisions of this part. The OSDBU Director may also extend the waiver if he or she determines that all requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section continue to be met. Any such extension shall be for no longer than the period originally set for the duration of the program waiver. §33.105 What are the compliance and enforcement provisions of this part? If a recipient fails to comply with any of the requirements of this part, EPA may take remedial action under 40 CFR parts 30, 31 or 35, as appropriate, or any other action authorized by law, including, but not limited to, enforcement under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and/ or the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.). Examples of the remedial actions under 40 CFR parts 30, 31, and 35 include, but are not limited to: (a) Temporarily withholding cash payments pending correction of the deficiency by the recipient or more severe enforcement action by EPA; (b) Disallowing all or part of the cost of the activity or action not in compliance; (c) Wholly or partly suspending or terminating the current award; or (d) Withholding further awards for the project or program. §33.106 What assurances must EPA financial assistance recipients obtain from their contractors? The recipient must ensure that each procurement contract it awards contains the term and condition specified in Appendix A to this part concerning compliance with the requirements of this part, The recipient must also ensure that this term and condition is included in each procurement contract awarded by an entity receiving an identified loan under a financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund. §33.107 What are the rules governing availability of records, cooperation, and intimidation and retaliation? (a) Availability of records. (1) In responding to requests for information concerning any aspect of EPA's DBE Program, EPA complies with the provisions of the Federal Freedom of Information and Privacy Acts (5 U.S.C. 552 and 552a). EPA may make available to the public any information concerning EPA's DBE Program release of which is not prohibited by Federal law or regulation, including EPA's Confidential Business Information re ulations at 40 CFR part 2, subpart B. 2) EPA recipients shall safeguard from disclosure to unauthorized persons information that may reasonably be considered as confidential business information, consistent with Federal, state, and local law. (b) Cooperation. All participants in EPA's DBE Program are required to cooperate fully and promptly with EPA, EPA Private Certifiers and EPA recipients in reviews, investigations, and other requests for information. Failure to do so shall be a ground for appropriate action against the party involved in accordance with § 33.105. (c) Intimidation and retaliation, A recipient, contractor, or any other participant in EPA's DBE Program must not intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual or firm for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by this part. Violation of this prohibition shall be a ground for appropriate action against the party involved in accordance with § 33.105. Subpart B-Certification §33.201 What does this subpart require? (a) In order to qualify and participate as an MBE or WBE prime or subcontractor for EPA recipients under EPA's DBE Program, an entity must be properly certified as required by this sub art. (b) EPA's DBE Program is primarily based on two statutes. Public Law 102- 389, 42 U.S.C. 4370d, provides for an 8% objective for awarding contracts under EPA financial assistance agreements to business concerns or other organizations owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, including HBCUs and women ("EPA's 8% statute"). Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 7601 note, provides for a 10% objective for awarding contracts under EPA financial assistance agreements for research relating to such amendments to business concerns or other organizations owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals ("EPA's 10% statute"). §33.202 Mow does an entity qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 8% statute? To qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 8% statute, an entity must establish that it is owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who are of good character and citizens of the United States. An entity need not demonstrate potential for success. (a) Ownership or control. "Ownership" and "control" shall have the same meanings as set forth in 13 CFR 124.105 and 13 CFR 124.106, respectively. (See also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). lb) Socially disadvantaged individual. A socially disadvantaged individual is a person who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of his or her identity as a member of a group without regard to his or her individual qualities and as further defined by the implementing regulations of section 8(a)(5) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(5); 13 CFR 124.103; see also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). (c) Economically disadvantaged individual. An economically disadvantaged individual is a socially disadvantaged individual whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system is impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities, as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged and as further defined by section 8(a)(6) of the 0 0 15916 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(6)) and its implementing regulations (13 CFR 124.104). (See also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). Under EPA's DBE Program, an individual claiming disadvantaged status must have an initial and continued personal net worth of less than $750,000. (d) HBCU. An HBCU automatically qualifies as an entity owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. (e) Women. Women are deemed to be socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. Ownership or control must be demonstrated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, which may be accomplished by certification under § 33.204. §33.203 How does an entity qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 10% statute? To qualify as an MBE or WBE under EPA's 10% statute, an entity must establish that it is owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who are of good character and citizens of the United States. (a) Ownership and control. An entity must be at least 51% owned by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual, or in the case of a publicly traded company, at least 51 % of the stock must be owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, and the management and daily business operations of the business concern must be controlled by such individuals. (See also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). (b) Socially disadvantaged individual. A socially disadvantaged individual is a person who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of his or her identity as a member of a group without regard to his or her individual qualities and as further defined by the implementing regulations of section 8(a)(5) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(5); 13 CFR 124.103; see also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). (c) Economically disadvantaged individual. An economically disadvantaged individual is a socially disadvantaged individual whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system is impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities, as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged and as further defined by section 8(a)(6) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(6)) and its implementing regulations (13 CFR 124.104). (See also 13 CFR 124.109 for special rules applicable to Indian tribes and Alaska Native Corporations; 13 CFR 124.110 for special rules applicable to Native Hawaiian Organizations). Under EPA's DBE Program, an individual claiming disadvantaged status must have an initial and continued personal net worth of less than $750,000. (d) Presumptions. In accordance with Title X of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 7601 note, Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian Americans, Women and Disabled Americans are presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. In addition, the following institutions are presumed to be entities owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals: HBCUs, Minority Institutions (including Tribal Colleges and Universities and Hispanic-Serving Institutions) and private and voluntary organizations controlled by individuals who are socially and economically disadvantaged. (e) Individuals not members of designated groups. Nothing in this section shall prohibit any member of a racial or ethnic group that is not designated as socially and economically disadvantaged under paragraph (d) of this section from establishing that they have been impeded in developing a business concern as a result of racial or ethnic discrimination. (f) Rebuttal of presumptions. The presumptions established by paragraph (d) of this section may be rebutted in accordance with § 33.209 with respect to a particular entity if it is reasonably established that the individual at issue is not experiencing impediments to developing such entity as a result of the individual's identification as a member of a specified group. (g) Joint ventures. (1) A joint venture may be considered owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, notwithstanding the size of such joint venture, if a party to the joint venture is an entity that is owned and controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual, and that entity owns 51% of the joint venture. (2) As a party to a joint venture, a person who is not an economically disadvantaged individual, or an entity that is not owned and controlled by a socially and economically disadvantaged individual, may not be a party to more than two awarded contracts in a fiscal year solely by joint venture with a socially and economically disadvantaged individual or entity. § 33.204 Where does an entity become certified under EPA's 8% and 10% statutes? (a) In order to participate as an MBE or WBE prime or subcontractor for EPA recipients under EPA's DBE Program, an entity must first attempt to be certified by the following: (1) The United States Small Business Administration (SBA), under its 8(a) Business Development Program (13 CPR part 124, subpart A) or its Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB) Program, (13 CFR part 124, subpart B); (2) The United States Department of Transportation (DOT), under its regulations for Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in DOT Programs (49 CFR parts 23 and 26); or (3) an Indian Tribal Government, State Government, local Government or independent private organization in accordance with EPA's 8% or 10% statute as applicable. (2) Such certifications shall be considered acceptable for establishing MBE or WBE status, as appropriate, under EPA's DBE Program as long as the certification meets EPA's U.S. citizenship requirement under § 33.202 or § 33.203. (3) An entity may only apply to EPA for MBE or WBE certification under the procedures set forth in § 33.205 if that entity first is unable to obtain MBE or WBE certification under paragraphs (a) (1) through (3) of this section. (b) [Reserved]. §33.205 How does an entity become certified by EPA? (a) Filing an application. In accordance with § 33.204, an entity may apply to EPA's Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization (EPA OSDBU) for certification as an MBE or WBE. EPA's Regional Offices will provide further information and required application forms to any entity interested in MBE or WBE certification. The applicant must attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information on the application form. This shall be done either in the form of an affidavit sworn to by the applicant before a person who is authorized by state law to administer oaths or in the Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15917 form of an unsworn declaration executed under penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States. The application must include evidence demonstrating that the entity is owned or controlled by one or more individuals claiming disadvantaged status under EPA's 8% statute or owned and controlled by one or more individuals claiming disadvantaged status under EPA's 10% statute, along with certifications or narratives regarding the disadvantaged status of such individuals. In addition, the application must include documentation of a denial of certification by a Federal agency, State government, local government, Indian Tribal government, or independent private organization, if nap licable. b) Application processing. EPA OSDBU will advise each applicant within 15 days, whenever practicable, after receipt of an application whether the application is complete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what additional information or action is required. EPA OSDBU shall make its certification decision within 30 days of receipt of a complete and suitable application package, whenever practicable. The burden is on the applicant to demonstrate that those individuals claiming disadvantaged status own or control the entity under EPA's 8% statute or own and control the entity under EPA's 10% statute. (c) Ownership and/or control determination. EPA OSDBU first will determine whether those individuals claiming disadvantaged status own or control the applicant entity under EPA's 8% statute or own and control the applicant entity under EPA's 10% statute. If EPA OSDBU determines that the applicant does not meet the ownership and/or control requirements of this subpart, EPA OSDBU will issue a written decision to the entity rejecting the application and set forth the reasons for disapproval. (d) Disadvantaged determination. Once EPA OSDBU determines whether an applicant meets the ownership and/ or control requirements of this subpart, EPA OSDBU will determine whether the applicable disadvantaged status requirements under EPA's 8% or 10% statute have been met. If EPA OSDBU determines that the applicable disadvantaged status requirements have been met, EPA OSDBU shall notify the applicant that it has been certified and place the MBE or WBE on EPA OSDBU's list of qualified MBEs and WBEs. If EPA OSDBU determines that the applicable disadvantaged status requirements have not been met, EPA OSDBU will reject the entity's application for certification. EPA OSDBU will issue a written decision to the entity setting forth EPA OSDBU's reasons for disapproval. (e) Evaluation standards. (1) An entity's eligibility shall be evaluated on the basis of present circumstances. An entity shall not be denied certification based solely on historical information indicating a lack of ownership and/or control of the firm by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals at some time in the past, if the entity currently meets the ownership and/or control standards of this subpart. (2) Entities seeking MBE or WBE certification shall cooperate fully with requests for information relevant to the certification process. Failure or refusal to provide such information is a ground for denial of certification, (3) In making its certification determination, EPA OSDBU may consider whether an entity has exhibited a pattern of conduct indicating its involvement in attempts to evade or subvert the intent or requirements of the DBE Program. (4) EPA OSDBU shall not consider the issue of whether an entity performs a commercially useful function in making its certification determination. Consideration of whether an entity performs a commercially useful function or is a regular dealer pertains solely to counting toward MBE and WBE objectives as provided in subpart E of this part. (5) Information gathered as part of the certification process that may reasonably be regarded as proprietary or other confidential business information will be safeguarded from disclosure to unauthorized persons, consistent with applicable Federal, State, and local law. (6) To assist in making EPA OSDBU's certification determination, EPA OSDBU itself may take the following steps: (i) Perform an on-site visit to the offices of the entity. Interview the principal officers of the entity and review their resumes and/or work histories. Perform an on-site visit to local job sites if there are such sites on which the entity is working at the time of the certification investigation. Already existing site visit reports may be relied upon in making the certification; (ii) If the entity is a corporation, analyze the ownership of stock in the entity; (iii) Analyze the bonding and financial capacity of the entity; (iv) Determine the work history of the entity, including contracts it has received and work it has completed; (v) Obtain a statement from the entity of the type of work it prefers to perform for EPA recipients under the DBE Program and its preferred locations for performing the work, if any; and NO Obtain or compile a list of the equipment owned by or available to the entity and the licenses the entity and its key personnel possess to perform the work it seeks to do for EPA recipients under the DBE Program. §33.206 Is there a list of certified MBEs and WBEs? EPA OSDBU will maintain a list of certified MBEs and WBEs on EPA OSDBU's Home Page on the Internet. Any interested person may also obtain a copy of the list from EPA OSDBU. §33.207 Can an entity reapply to EPA for MBE or WBE certification? An entity which has been denied MBE or WBE certification may reapply for certification at any time 12 months or more after the date of the most recent determination by EPA OSDBU to decline the application. §33.208 How long does an MBE or WBE certification from EPA last? Once EPA OSDBU certifies an entity to be an MBE or WBE by placing it on the EPA OSDBU list of certified MBEs and WBEs specified in § 33.206, the entity will generally remain on the list for a period of three years from the date of its certification. To remain on the list after three years, an entity must submit a new application and receive a new certification. §33.209 Can EPA re-evaluate the MBE or WBE status of an entity after EPA certifies it to he an MBE or WBE? (a) EPA OSDBU may initiate a certification determination whenever it receives credible information calling into question an entity's eligibility as an MBE or WBE. Upon its completion of a certification determination, EPA OSDBU will issue a written determination regarding the MBE or WBE status of the questioned entity. (b) If EPA OSDBU finds that the entity does not qualify as an MBE or WBE, EPA OSDBU will decertify the entity as an MBE or WBE, and immediately remove the entity from the EPA OSDBU list of certified MBEs and WBEs. (c) If EPA OSDBU finds that the entity continues to qualify as an MBE or WBE, the determination remains in effect for three years from the date of the decision under the same conditions as if the entity had been granted MBE or WBE certification under § 33.205. 0 0 15918 Federal Register/Vol, 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations §33.210 Does an entity certified as an MBE or WBE by EPA need to keep EPA Informed of any changes which may affect the entity's certification? (a) An entity certified as an MBE or WBE by EPA OSDBU must provide EPA OSDBU, every year on the anniversary of the date of its certification, an affidavit sworn to by the entity's owners before a person who is authorized by state law to administer oaths or an unsworn declaration executed under penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States. This affidavit must affirm that there have been no changes in the entity's circumstances affecting its ability to meet disadvantaged status, ownership, and/or control requirements of this subpart or any material changes in the information provided in its application form. Failure to comply may result in the loss of MBE or WBE certification under EPA's DBE Program. (b) An entity certified as an MBE or WBE by EPA OSDBU must inform EPA OSDBU in writing of any change in circumstance affecting the MBE's or WBE's ability to meet disadvantaged status, ownership, and/or control requirements of this subpart or any material change in the information provided in its application form. The MBE or WBE must attach supporting documentation describing in detail the nature of such change. The notice from the MBE or WBE must take the form of an affidavit sworn to by the applicant before a person who is authorized by State law to administer oaths or of an unsworn declaration executed under penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States. The MBE or WBE must provide the written notification within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of the change. §33.211 What is the process for appealing or challenging an EPA MBE or WBE certification determination? (a) An entity which has been denied MBE or WBE certification by EPA OSDBU under § 33.205 or § 33.209 may appeal that denial. A third party may challenge EPA OSDBU's determination to certify an entity as an MBE or WBE under § 33.205 or § 33.209. (b) Appeals and challenges must be sent to the Director of OSDBU at Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Mail Code 1230T, Washington, DC 20460. (c) The appeal or challenge must be sent to the Director of OSDBU (Director) within 90 days of the date of EPA OSDBU's MBE or WBE certification determination. The Director may accept an appeal or challenge filed later than 9o days after the date of EPA OSDBU's MBE or WBE certification determination if the Director determines that there was good cause, beyond the control of the appellant or challenger, for the late filing of the appeal or challenge. (d) No specific format is required for an appeal or challenge. However, the appeal or challenge must include information and arguments concerning why EPA OSDBU's MBE or WBE certification determination should be reversed. For challenges in which a third party questions EPA OSDBU's determination to certify an entity as an MBE or WBE under § 33.205 or § 33.209, the third party must also send a copy of the challenge to the entity whose MBE or WBE certification is being questioned. In addition, the Director shall request information and arguments from that entity as to why EPA OSDBU's determination to certify the entity as an MBE or WBE should be upheld. (e) The Director makes his/her appeal or challenge decision based solely on the administrative record and does not conduct a hearing. The Director may supplement the record by adding relevant information made available by any other source, including the EPA Office of Inspector General; Federal, State, or local law enforcement authorities; an EPA recipient; or a private party. (f) Consistent with Federal law, the Director shall make available, upon the request of the appellant, challenger or the entity affected by the Director's appeal or challenge decision, any supplementary information the Director receives from any source as described in paragraph (e) of this section. (g) Pending the Director's appeal or challenge decision, EPA OSDBU's MBE or WBE certification determination remains in effect. The Director does not stay the effect of its MBE or WBE certification determination while he/she is considering an appeal or challenge. (h) The Director shall reverse EPA OSDBU's MBE or WBE certification determination only if there was a clear and significant error in the processing of the certification or if EPA OSDBU failed to consider a significant material fact contained within the entity's application for MBE or WBE certification. (i) All decisions under this section are administratively final. §33.212 What conduct Is prohibited by this subpart? An entity that does not meet the eligibility criteria of this subpart may not attempt to participate as an MBE or WBE in contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements or be counted as such by an EPA recipient. An entity that submits false, fraudulent, or deceitful statements or representations, or indicates a serious lack of business integrity or honesty, may be subject to sanctions under § 33.105. Subpart C-Good Faith Efforts §33.301 What does this subpart require? A recipient, including one exempted from applying the fair share objective requirements by § 33.411, is required to make the following good faith efforts whenever procuring construction, equipment, services and supplies under an EPA financial assistance agreement, even if it has achieved its fair share objectives under subpart D of this part: (a) Ensure DBEs are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal, State and Local and Government recipients, this will include placing DBEs on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources. (b) Make information on forthcoming opportunities available to DBEs and arrange time frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way that encourages and facilitates participation by DBEs in the competitive process. This includes, whenever possible, posting solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of 30 calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date. (c) Consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with DBEs. For Indian Tribal, State and local Government recipients, this will include dividing total requirements when economically feasible into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by DBEs in the competitive process. (d) Encourage contracting with a consortium of DBEs when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually. (e) Use the services and assistance of the SBA and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. (f) If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, require the prime contractor to take the steps in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. §33.302 Are there any additional contract administration requirements? (a) A recipient must require its prime contractor to pay its subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the recipient. 0 0 Federal Register/Val. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15919 (b) A recipient must be notified in writing by its prime contractor prior to any termination of a DBE subcontractor for convenience by the prime contractor. (c) If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the recipient must require the prime contractor to employ the six good faith efforts described in § 33.301 if soliciting a replacement subcontractor. (d) A recipient must require its prime contractor to employ the six good faith efforts described in § 33.301 even if the prime contractor has achieved its fair share objectives under subpart D of this part. (e) A recipient must require its prime contractor to provide EPA Form 6100- 2-DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form to all of its DBE subcontractors. EPA Form 6100--2 gives a DBE subcontractor the opportunity to describe the work the DBE subcontractor received from the prime contractor, how much the DBE subcontractor was paid and any other concerns the DBE subcontractor might have, for example reasons why the DBE subcontractor believes it was terminated by the prime contractor. DBE subcontractors may send completed copies of EPA Form 6100-2 directly to the appropriate EPA DBE Coordinator. (f) A recipient must require its prime contractor to have its DBE subcontractors complete EPA Form 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form. A recipient must then require its prime contractor to include all completed forms as part of the prime contractor's bid or proposal package. (g) A recipient must require its prime contractor to complete and submit EPA Form 6100-4-DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form as part of the prime contractor's bid or proposal package, (h) Copies of EPA Form 6100-2-DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form, EPA Form 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form and EPA Form 6100--4-DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form may be obtained from EPA OSDBU's Home Page on the Internet or directly from EPA OSDBU. (i) A recipient must ensure that each procurement contract it awards contains the term and condition specified in the Appendix concerning compliance with the requirements of this part. A recipient must also ensure that this term and condition is included in each procurement contract awarded by an entity receiving an identified loan under a financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund. §33.303 Are there special rules for loans under EPA financial assistance agreements? A recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund, such as a State under the CWSRF or DWSRF or an eligible entity under the Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund program, must require that borrowers receiving identified loans comply with the good faith efforts described in § 33.301 and the contract administration requirements of §3.302. This provision does not require that such private and nonprofit borrowers expend identified loan funds in compliance with any other procurement procedures contained in 40 CFR part 30, part 31, or part 35, subpart O, as applicable. §33.304 Must a Native American (either as an individual, organization, Tribe or Tribal Government) recipient or prime contractor follow the six good faith efforts? (a) A Native American (either as an individual, organization, corporation, Tribe or Tribal Government) recipient or prime contractor must follow the six good faith efforts only if doing so would not conflict with existing Tribal or Federal law, including but not limited to the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e), which establishes, among other things, that any federal contract, subcontract, grant, or subgrant awarded to Indian organizations or for the benefit of Indians, shall require preference in the award of subcontracts and subgrants to Indian organizations and to Indian- owned economic enterprises. (b) Tribal organizations awarded an EPA financial assistance agreement have the ability to solicit and recruit Indian organizations and Indian-owned economic enterprises and give them preference in the award process prior to undertaking the six good faith efforts. Tribal governments with promulgated tribal laws and regulations concerning the solicitation and recruitment of Native-owned and other minority business enterprises, including women- owned business enterprises, have the discretion to utilize these tribal laws and regulations in lieu of the six good faith efforts. If the effort to recruit Indian organizations and Indian-awned economic enterprises is not successful, then the recipient must follow the six good faith efforts. All tribal recipients still must retain records documenting compliance in accordance with § 33.501 and must report to EPA on their accomplishments in accordance with § 33.502. (c) Any recipient, whether or not Native American, of an EPA financial assistance agreement for the benefit of Native Americans, is required to solicit and recruit Indian organizations and Indian-owned economic enterprises and give them preference in the award process prior to undertaking the six good faith efforts. If the efforts to solicit and recruit Indian organizations and Indian-owned economic enterprises is not successful, then the recipient must follow the six good faith efforts. (d) Native Americans are defined in § 33.103 to include American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts and Native Hawaiians. Subpart D-Fair Share Objectives §33.401 What does this subpart require? A recipient must negotiate with the appropriate EPA award official or his/ her designee, fair share objectives for MBE and WBE participation in procurement under the financial assistance agreements. §33.402 Are there special rules for loans under EPA financial assistance agreements? A recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement to capitalize revolving loan funds must either apply its own fair share objectives negotiated with EPA under § 33.401 to identified loans using a substantially similar relevant geographic market, or negotiate separate fair share objectives with entities receiving identified loans, as long as such separate objectives are based on demonstrable evidence of availability of MBEs and WBEs in accordance with this subpart. If procurements will occur over more than one year, the recipient may choose to apply the fair share objective in place either for the year in which the identified loan is awarded or for the year in which the procurement action occurs. The recipient must specify this choice in the financial assistance agreement, or incorporate it by reference therein. §33.403 What is a fair share objective? A fair share objective is an objective based on the capacity and availability of qualified, certified MBEs and WBEs in the relevant geographic market for the procurement categories of construction, equipment, services and supplies compared to the number of all qualified entities in the same market for the same procurement categories, adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect the level of MBE and WBE participation expected absent the effects of discrimination. A fair share objective is not a quota. 0 0 15920 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 933.404 When must a recipient negotiate fair share objectives with EPA? A recipient must submit its proposed MBE and WBE fair share objectives and supporting documentation to EPA within 120 days after its acceptance of its financial assistance award. EPA must respond in writing to the recipient's submission within 30 days of receipt, either agreeing with the submission or providing initial comments for further negotiation. Failure to respond within this time frame may be considered as agreement by EPA with the fair share objectives submitted by the recipient. MBE and WBE fair share objectives must be agreed upon by the recipient and EPA before funds may be expended for procurement under the recipient's financial assistance agreement. §33.405 How does a recipient determine Its fair share objectives? (a) A recipient must determine its fair share objectives based on demonstrable evidence of the number of certified MBEs and WBEs that are ready, willing, and able to perform in the relevant geographic market for each of the four procurement categories (equipment, construction, services, and supplies). The relevant geographic market is the area of solicitation for the procurement as determined by the recipient. The market may be a geographic region of a State, an entire State, or a multi-State area. Fair share objectives must reflect the recipient's determination of the level of MBE and WBE participation it would expect absent the effects of discrimination. A recipient may combine the four procurement categories into one weighted objective for MBEs and one weighted objective for WBEs. (b) Step 1. A recipient must first determine a base figure for the relative availability of MBEs and WBEs. The following are examples of approaches that a recipient may take. Any percentage figure derived from one of these examples should be considered a basis from which a recipient begins when examining evidence available in its jurisdiction. (1) MBE and WBE Directories and Census Bureau Data. Separately determine the number of certified MBEs and WBEs that are ready, willing, and able to perform in the relevant geographic market for each procurement category from a MBE/WBE directory, such as a bidder's list. Using the Census Bureau's County Business Pattern (CBP) database, determine the number of all qualified businesses available in the market that perform work in the same procurement category. Separately divide the number of MBEs and WBEs by the number of all businesses to derive a base figure for the relative availability of MBEs and WBEs in the market. (2) Data from a Disparity Study. Use a percentage figure derived from data in a valid, applicable disparity study conducted within the preceding ten years comparing the available MBEs and WBEs in the relevant geographic market with their actual usage by entities procuring in the categories of construction, equipment, services, and su lies. 3? The Objective of Another EPA Recipient. A recipient may use, as its base figure, the fair share objectives of another EPA recipient if the recipient demonstrates that it will use the same, or substantially similar, relevant geographic market as the other EPA recipient. (See § 33.411 for exemptions from fair share objective negotiations). (4) Alternative Methods. Subject to EPA approval, other methods may be used to determine a base figure for the overall objective. Any methodology chosen must be based on demonstrable evidence of local market conditions and be designed to ultimately attain an objective that is rationally related to the relative availability of MBEs and WBEs in the relevant geographic market. (c) Step 2. After calculating a base figure, a recipient must examine the evidence available in its jurisdiction to determine what adjustment, if any, is needed to the base figure in order to arrive at the fair share objective. (1) There are many types of evidence that must be considered when adjusting the base figure. These include: (i) The current capacity of MBEs and WBEs to perform contract work under EPA financial assistance agreements, as measured by the volume of work MBEs and WBEs have performed in recent years; (ii) Evidence from disparity studies conducted anywhere within the recipient's jurisdiction, to the extent it is not already accounted for in the base figure; and (iii) If the base figure is the objective of another EPA recipient, it must be adjusted for differences in the local market and the recipient's contracting program. (2) A recipient may also consider available evidence from related fields that affect the opportunities for MBEs and WBEs to form, grow and compete. These include, but are not limited to: (i) Statistical disparities in the ability of MBEs and WBEs to get the financing, bonding and insurance required to participate; and (ii) Data on employment, self- employment, education, training and union apprenticeship programs, to the extent it can be related to the opportunities for MBEs and WBEs to perform in the program. (3) If a recipient attempts to make an adjustment to its base figure to account for the continuing effects of past discrimination (often called the "but for" factor) or the effects of another ongoing MBE/WBE program, the adjustment must be based on demonstrable evidence that is logically and directly related to the effect for which the adjustment is sought. §33.406 Maya recipient designate a lead agency for fair share objective negotiation purposes? If an Indian Tribal, State or local Government has more than one agency that receives EPA financial assistance, the agencies within that Government may designate a lead agency to negotiate MBE and WBE fair share objectives with EPA to be used by each of the agencies. Each agency must otherwise negotiate with EPA separately its own MBE and WBE fair share objectives. §33.407 How long do MBE and WBE fair share objectives remain In effect? Once MBE and WBE fair share objectives have been negotiated, they will remain in effect for three fiscal years unless there are significant changes to the data supporting the fair share objectives. The fact that a disparity study utilized in negotiating fair share objectives has become more than ten years old during the three-year period does not by itself constitute a significant change requiring renegotiation. 533.408 Maya recipient use race and/or gender conscious measures as part of this program? (a) Should the good faith efforts described in subpart C of this part or other race and/or gender neutral measures prove to be inadequate to achieve an established fair share objective, race and/or gender conscious action (e.g., apply the subcontracting suggestion in § 33.301(c) to MBEs and WBEs) is available to a recipient and its prime contractor to more closely achieve the fair share objectives, subject to § 33.409. Under no circumstances are race and/or gender conscious actions required by EPA. (b) Any use of race and/or gender conscious efforts must not result in the selection of an unqualified MBE or WBE. §33.409 Maya recipient use quotas as part of this program? A recipient is not permitted to use quotas in procurements under EPA's 8% or 10% statute. 0 0 Federal Register/Vol. 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations 15921 933.410 Cana recipient be penalized for failing to meet Its fair share objectives? A recipient cannot be penalized, or treated by EPA as being in noncompliance with this subpart, solely because its MBE or WBE participation does not meet its applicable fair share objective. However, EPA may take remedial action under § 33.105 for a recipient's failure to comply with other provisions of this part, including, but not limited to, the good faith efforts requirements described in subpart C of this part. §33.411 Who maybe exempted from this subpart? (a) General. A recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement in the amount of $250,000 or less for any single assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year, is not required to apply the fair share objective requirements of this subpart. This exemption is limited to the fair share objective requirements of this subpart. (b) Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Program, Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Program, and Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund (BCRLF) Program Identified Loan Recipients. A recipient under the CWSRF, DWSRF, or BCRLF Program is not required to apply the fair share objective requirements of this subpart to an entity receiving an identified loan in an amount of $250,000 or less or to an entity receiving more than one identified loan with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year. This exemption is limited to the fair share objective requirements of this subpart. (c) Tribal and Intertribal Consortia recipients of program grants which can be included in Performance Partnership Grants (PPGs) under 40 CFR Part 35, Subpart B. Tribal and Intertribal consortia recipients of PPG eligible grants are not required to apply the fair share objective requirements of this subpart to those grants. This exemption is limited to the fair share objective requirements of this subpart. (d) Technical Assistance Grant (TAG) Program Recipients. A recipient of a TAG is not required to apply the fair share objective requirements of this subpart to that grant. This exemption is limited to the fair share objective requirements of this subpart. §33.412 Must an Insular Area or Indian Tribal Government recipient negotiate fair share objectives? The requirements in this subpart regarding the negotiation of fair share objectives will not apply to an Insular Area or Indian Tribal Government recipient until three calendar years after the effective date of this part. Furthermore, in accordance with § 33.411(c), tribal and intertribal consortia recipients of program grants which can be included in Performance Partnership Grants (PPGs) under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B are not required to apply the fair share objective requirements of this subpart to such grants. Subpart E-Recordkeeping and Reporting §33.501 What are the recordkeeping requirements of this part? (a) A recipient, including those recipients exempted under § 33.411 from the requirement to apply the fair share objectives, must maintain all records documenting its compliance with the requirements of this part, including documentation of its, and its prime contractors', good faith efforts and data relied upon in formulating its fair share objectives. Such records must be retained in accordance with applicable record retention requirements for the recipient's financial assistance agreement. (b) A recipient of a Continuing Environmental Program Grant or other annual grant must create and maintain a bidders list. In addition, a recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement to capitalize a revolving loan fund also must require entities receiving identified loans to create and maintain a bidders list if the recipient of the loan is subject to, or chooses to follow, competitive bidding requirements. (See e.g., § 33.303). The purpose of a bidders list is to provide the recipient and entities receiving identified loans who conduct competitive bidding with as accurate a database as possible about the universe of MBE/WBE and non-MBE/ WBE prime and subcontractors. The list must include all firms that bid or quote on prime contracts, or bid or quote subcontracts on EPA assisted projects, including both MBE/WBEs and non- MBE/WBEs. The bidders list must only be kept until the grant project period has expired and the recipient is no longer receiving EPA funding under the grant. For entities receiving identified loans, the bidders list must only be kept until the project period for the identified loan has ended. The following information must be obtained from all prime and subcontractors: (1) Entity's name with point of contact; (2) Entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; (3) The procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and (4) Entity's status as an MBE/WBE or non-MBE/WBE. (c) Exemptions. A recipient of an EPA financial assistance agreement in the amount of $250,000 or less for any single assistance agreement, or of more than one financial assistance agreement with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year, is exempt from the paragraph (b) of this section requirement to create and maintain a bidders list. Also, a recipient under the CWSRF, DWSRF, or BCRLF Program is not required to apply the paragraph (b) of this section bidders list requirement of this subpart to an entity receiving an identified loan in an amount of $250,000 or less, or to an entity receiving more than one identified loan with a combined total of $250,000 or less in any one fiscal year. This exemption is limited to the paragraph (b) of this section bidders list requirements of this subpart. §33.502 What are the reporting requirements of this part? MBE and WBE participation must be reported by all recipients, including those recipients exempted under § 33.411 from the requirement to apply the fair share objectives, on EPA Form 5700-52A. Recipients of Continuing Environmental Program Grants under 40 CFR part 35, subpart A; recipients of Performance Partnership Grants (PPGs) under 40 CFR part 35, subpart B; General Assistance Program (GAP) grants for tribal governments and intertribal consortia; and institutions of higher education, hospitals and other non-profit organizations receiving financial assistance agreements under 40 CFR part 30, will report on MBE and WBE participation on an annual basis. All other financial assistance agreement recipients, including recipients of financial assistance agreements capitalizing revolving loan funds, will report on MBE and WBE participation semiannually. Recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan programs must require entities receiving identified loans to submit their MBE and WBE participation reports on a semiannual basis to the financial assistance agreement recipient, rather than to EPA. §33.503 How does a recipient calculate MBE and WBE participation for reporting purposes? (a) General. Only certified MBEs and WBEs are to be counted towards MBE/ WBE participation. Amounts of MBE and WBE participation are calculated as a percentage of total financial assistance r 0 15922 Federal Register/Vol, 73, No. 59/Wednesday, March 26, 2008/Rules and Regulations agreement project procurement costs, which include the match portion of the project costs, if any. For recipients of financial assistance agreements that capitalize revolving loan programs, the total amount is the total procurement dollars in the amount of identified loans equal to the capitalization grant amount. (b) Ineligible project costs. If all project costs attributable to MBE and WBE participation are not eligible for funding under the EPA financial assistance agreement, the recipient may choose to report the percentage of MBE and WBE participation based on the total eligible and non-eligible costs of the project, (c) Joint ventures. For joint ventures, MBE and WBE participation consists of the portion of the dollar amount of the joint venture attributable to the MBE or WBE, If an MBE's or WBE's risk of loss, control or management responsibilities is not commensurate with its share of the profit, the Agency may direct an adjustment in the percentage of MBE or WBE participation. (d) Centro] Purchasing or Procurement Centers. A recipient must report MBE and WBE participation from its central purchasing or procurement centers. (e) Brokers. A recipient may not count expenditures to a MBE or WBE that acts merely as a broker or passive conduit of funds, without performing, managing, or supervising the work of its contract or subcontract in a manner consistent with normal business practices. (1) Presumption. If 50% or more of the total dollar amount of a MBE or WBE's prime contract is subcontracted to a non-DBE, the MBE or WBE prime contractor will be presumed to be a broker, and no MBE or WBE participation may be reported. (2) Rebuttal. The MBE or WBE prime contractor may rebut this presumption by demonstrating that its actions are consistent with normal practices for prime contractors in its business and that it will actively perform, manage and supervise the work under the contract, (f) MBE or WBE Truckers/Haulers, A recipient may count expenditures to an MBE or WBE trucker/hauler only if the MBE or WBE trucker/hauler is performing a commercially useful function. The following factors should be used in determining whether an MBE or WBE trucker/hauler is performing a commercially useful function: (1) The MBE or WBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking/ hauling operation for which it is responsible on a particular contract, and there cannot be a contrived arrangement for the purpose of meeting MBE or WBE ob]'ectives. [2) The MBE or WBE must itself own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the contract. Appendix A to Part 33-Term and Condition Each procurement contract signed by an EPA financial assistance agreement recipient, including those for an identified loan under an EPA financial assistance agreement capitalizing a revolving loan fund, must include the following term and condition: The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract which may result in the termination of this contract or other legally available remedies. PART 35-[AMENDED] Subpart E-[Amended] ¦ 6. The authority citation for part 35, subpart E, continues to read as follows Authority: Secs, 109(b), 201 through 205, 207, 208(d), 210 through 212, 215 through 217, 304(d)(3), 313, 501, 511, and 516(b) of the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S,C, 1251 et seq, § 35.936--7 [Removed] ¦ 7, Section 35.936-7 is removed. § 35.938-9 [Amended] ¦ 8. Section 35.938-9 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph (b)(2). Subpart K-[Amended] ¦ 9. The authority citation for part 35, subpart K, continues to read as follows: Authority: Secs. 205(m), 501(a) and title VI of the Clean Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1285(m), 33 U.S,C. 1361(x), 33 U.S.C. 1381-1387. § 35.3145 [Amended] ¦ 10. Section 35.3145 is amended by removing paragraphs (d) and (e). Subpart L-[Amended] ¦ 11. The authority citation for part 35, subpart L, continues to read as follows Authority: Section 1452 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 300j-12. § 35.3575 [Amended] ¦ 12. Section 35.3575(d) is removed and reserved. Subpart M-[Amended] ¦ 13. The authority citation for part 35, subpart M, continues to read as follows: Authority: 42 U.S.C. 9617(e); sec, 9(g), E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CPR, 1987 Comp., p, 193. § 35.4170 [Amended] ¦ 14. Section 35.4170(b) is removed and reserved, § 35.4205 [Amended] ¦ 15. Section 35.4205(8) is removed. § 35.4240 [Amended] ¦ 16. Section 35.4240(e) is removed and reserved. Subpart 0-[Amended] ¦ 17. The authority citation for part 35, subpart O, continues to read as follows: Authority: 42 U,S.C. 9601 et seq. §35.6015 [Amended] ¦ 18, Section 35.6015(a) is amended by removing the definitions for "Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)" and "Women's Business Enterprise (WBE)". § 35.6550 [Amended] ¦ 19. Section 35.6550(a)(8) is removed and reserved. § 35.6580 [Amended] ¦ 20. Section 35,6580 is removed. §35.6610 [Amended] ¦ 21. Section 35.6610(c) is removed and reserved, § 35.6665 [Removed] ¦ 22. Section 35.6665 is removed. PART 40-[Amended] ¦ 21. The authority citation for part 40 is revised to read as follows: Authority: 7 U.S.C. 136 et seg.; 15 U.S.C. 2609 et seq.; 33 U.S.C. 1254 et seq. and 1443; 42 U,S.C. 241 et seq., 300f et seq., 1857 et seq., 1891 et seq., and 6901 et seq. §40.145-3 [Amended] ¦ 22. Section 40,145-3(c) is removed and reserved. [FR Doc. E8-6003 Filed 3--25-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560--S" 0 0 DAVIS-BACON ACT DOCUMENTS 0 0 10. FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS (Davis-Bacon Act, Copeland Act, and Contract Works Hours & Safety Standards Act) The Project to which the construction work covered by this contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance. A.1.( 1) Minimum Wages. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(x)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer=s payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1)(ii) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii) (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. EPA shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits; therefore, only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and EPA or its designee agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by EPA or its designee to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, employment Standards Administration, U. S. Department of Labor, Washington, D. C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise EPA or its designee or will notify EPA or its designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) ( c) In the event that the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the Classification or their representatives, and EPA or its designee do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designed for fringe benefits, where appropriate), EPA or its designee shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of EPA or its designee, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise EPA or its designee or will notify EPA or its designee within the 30-day period that the additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215- 0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(b) or ( c) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as park of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program. Provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0140.) 2. Withholding. EPA or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees and helpers employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, EPA, or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owners, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such • i violations have ceased. EPA or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of the contractor or subcontractor to the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comptroller General shall make such disbursements in the case of direct Davis-Bacon Act contracts. I( l) Payrolls and Basic Records. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017). (ii)(a) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to EPA or its designee if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owners, as the case may be, for transmission to EPA or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(3)(1). This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215- 0149). (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a Statement of Compliance, signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(3)(1) and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly r wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. ( c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Option Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the Statement of Compliance required by paragraph A. 3(ii)(b) of this section. (d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph A.3(I) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of EPA or its designee or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, EPA or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR Part 5.12. 4.(1) Apprentices and Trainees. (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman=s hourly rate) specified in the contractor=s or subcontractor=s registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the 0 0 registered program for the apprentice=s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with the determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U. S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee=s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program the contract will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3 which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor will insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as EPA or its designee may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contract shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 0 0 7. Contract Termination, Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3 and 5 are herein incorporated by referenced in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and EPA or its designee, the U. S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10.( i) Certification of Eligibility. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor=s firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded EPA contracts or participate in EPA programs pursuant to Executive Order 12549. (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded EPA contracts or participate in EPA programs pursuant to Executive Order 12549. (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S. Criminal Code, 18 U. S. C. 1001. Additionally, U. S. Criminal Code, Section 1010, Title 18, U. S. C., Federal Housing Administration transactions, provides in part Whoever, for the purpose of. ..influencing in any way the action of such Administration ...makes, utters or publishes any statement, knowing the same to be false ...shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than two years, or both. 11. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees. No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable under this contract to his employer. B. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in the paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the contractor and 0 0 any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. EPA or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contract, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act , which is held by the same prime contractor such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this paragraph and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph. C. Health and Safety (1) No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health and safety as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation. (2) The contractor shall comply with all pursuant to Title 29 Part 1926 (formerly pr imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Coi (Public Law 91-54.83 State 96). regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor rt 1518) and failure to comply may result in tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (3) The contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 11. Guidance to Contractor for Compliance with Labor Standards Provisions a) Contracts with Two Wage Decisions If the contract includes two wage decisions, the contractor, and each subcontractor who works on the site, must submit either two separate payrolls (one for each wage decision) or one payroll which identifies each worker twice and the hours worked under each wage decision. One single payroll, reflecting each worker once, may be submitted provided the Contractor uses the higher rate in the wage decisions for each identical job classification. 10 0 However, where a job classification is not listed in a wage decision and is needed for that portion of the work, the classification must be added to the wage decision. A worker may not be paid at the rate for a classification using the hourly rate for that same classification in another wage decision. After the additional classification is approved, the contractor may pay the higher of the two rates and submit one payroll, if desired. b) Complying with Minimum Hourly Amounts 1) The minimum hourly amount due to a worker in each classification is the total of the amounts in the Rates and Fringe Benefits (if any) columns of the applicable wage decision. 2) The contractor may satisfy this minimum hourly amount by an combination of cash and bona fide fringe_ benefits, regardless of the individual amounts reflected in the Rates and Fringe Benefits columns. 3) A contractor payment for a worker which is required by law is not a fringe benefit in meeting the minimum hourly amount due under the applicable wage decision. For example, contractor payments for FICA or unemployment insurance are not a fringe benefit; however, contractor payments for health insurance or retirement are a fringe benefit. Generally, a fringe benefit is bona fide if (a) it is available to most workers and (b) involves payments to a third party. 4) The hourly value of the fringe benefit is calculated by dividing the contractors annual cost (excluding any amount contributed by the worker) for the fringe benefit by 2080. Therefore, for workers with overtime, an additional payment may be required to meet the minimum hourly wages since generally fringe benefits have no value for any time worked over 40 hours weekly. (If a worker is paid more than the minimum rates required by the wage decision, this should not be a problem. As long as the total wages received by a worker for straight time equals the hours worked times the minimum hourly rate in the wage decision, the requirement of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts has been satisfied.) c) Overtime For any project work over 40 hours weekly, a worker generally must be paid 150% of the actual hourly cash rate received, not the minimum required by the wage decision. (The Davis-Bacon and Related Acts only establishes minimum rates and does not address overtime; the Contract Work Hours Act contains the overtime requirement and uses basic rate of pay as the base for calculation, not the minimum rates established by the Davis- Bacon and Related Acts.) d) Deductions Workers who have deductions, not required by law, from their pay must authorize these deductions in writing. The authorization must identify the purpose of each deduction and the amount, which may be a specific dollar amount or a percentage. A copy of the authorization must be submitted with the first payroll containing the deduction. If deducted amounts increase, another authorization must be submitted. If deducted amounts decrease, no revision to the original authorization is needed. Court-ordered deductions, such as child support, may be identified by the responsible payroll person in a separate • document. This document should identify the worker, the amount deducted and the purpose. A copy of the court order should be submitted. e) Classifications Not Included in the Wage Decision If a classification not in the wage decision is required, please advise the owner=s representative in writing and identify the job classification (s) required. In some instances, the State agency may allow the use of a similar classification in the wage decision. Otherwise, the contractor and affected workers must agree on a minimum rate, which cannot be lower than the lowest rate for any trade in the wage decision. Laborers (including any subcategory of the laborer classification) and truck drivers are not considered a trade for this purpose. If the classification involves a power equipment operator, the minimum cannot be lower than the lowest rate for any power equipment operator in the wage decision. The owner will provide forms to document agreement on the minimum rate by the affected workers and contractor. The U.S. Department of Labor (USDOL) must approve the proposed classification and rate. The contractor may pay the proposed rate until the USDOL makes a determination. Should the USDOL require a higher rate, the contractor must make wage restitution to the affected worker(s) for all hours worked under the proposed rate. f) Supervisory Personnel Foremen and other supervisory personnel who spend at least 80% of their time supervising workers are not covered by the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts. Therefore, a wage decision will not include such supervisory classifications and their wages are not subject to any minimums under the Davis-Bacon and Related Act or overtime payments under the Contract Work,Hours and Safety Standards Act. However, foremen and other supervisory personnel who spend less than 80% of their time engaged in supervisory activities are considered workers/mechanics for the time spent engaged in manual labor and must be paid at least the minimum in the wage decision for the appropriate classification(s) based on the work performed. g) Sale Proprietorships / Independent Contractors / Leased Workers The nature of the relationship between a prime contractor and a worker does not affect the requirement to comply with the labor standards provisions of this contract. The applicability of the labor standards provisions is based on the nature of the work performed. If the work performed is primarily manual in nature, the worker is subject to the labor standards provisions in this contract. For example, if John Smith is the owner of ABC Plumbing and performs all plumbing work himself, then Mr. Smith is subject to the labor standards provisions, including minimum wages and overtime. His status as owner is irrelevant for labor standards purposes. If a worker meets the IRS standards for being an independent contractor, and is employed as such, this means that the worker must submit a separate payroll as a subcontractor rather than be included on some other payroll. The worker is still subject to the labor standards provisions in this contract, including minimum wages and overtime. 0 If a contractor or subcontractor leases its workers, they are subject to the labor standards provisions in this contract, including minimum wages and overtime. The leasing firm must submit payrolls and these payrolls must reflect information required to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of this contract, including a classification for each worker based on the nature of the work performed, number of regular hours worked, and number of overtime hours worked. h) Apprentices / Helpers A worker may be classified as an apprentice only if participating in a federal or state program. Documentation of participation must be submitted. Generally, the apprentice program specifies that the apprentice will be compensated at a percentage of journeyman rate. For Davis-Bacon Act purposes, the hourly rate cannot be lower than the percentage of the hourly rate for the classification in the applicable wage decision. If the worker does not participate in a federal or state apprentice program, then the worker must be classified according to duties performed. This procedure may require classification in the trade depending on tools used, or as a laborer if specialized tools of the trade are not used. The contractor may want to consult with the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor located in most large cities regarding the appropriate classification. Presently, no worker may be classified as a helper. As with apprentices not participating in a formal apprentice program, the worker must be classified according to duties performed and tools used. n C? BUY AMERICAN DOCUMENTS Cl BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act states that: "None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used for a project for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless all of the iron, steel, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced in the United States." To meet this requirement, the undersigned hereby certifies that all of the material, equipment and accessories which are to be incorporated into the (Name of Construction Contract) to be partially funded by monies from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, has been manufactured from domestic construction material as defined by 40 CFR 35.936-13(D). Name of Contractor Signature of Authorized Official Date Title Cl BIDDER'S PROPOSAL • PROJECT: MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM (PROJECT #: 05-0022-UT) BID ITEMS UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (1,254) Al MOBILIZATION L5 1 $ $ A2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ $ A3 EROSION CONTROL LS 1 $ $ A4 TREE BARRICADES LS 1 $ $ A5 ROOT PRUNING LF 700 $ $ A6 10" HDPE PIPE (HDD) LF 830 $ $ A7 10" DI R] EA 30 $ $ A8 10" COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS EA 18 $ $ A9 8" C-900 PVC PIPE (OC) LF 1,100 $ $ A10 8" C-900 RJ PVC (HDD) LF 14,500 $ $ All 8" PVC R] EA 250 $ $ A12 8" COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS EA 70 $ $ A13 8" GATE VALVE AND BOX EA 40 $ $ A14 COMBINATION AIR RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY EA 15 $ $ A15 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE LS 1 $ $ A16 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL EXCAVATION CY 100 $ $ A17 SELECT SACKFILL CY 100 $ $ A18 TREE REMOVAL EA 1 $ $ A19 PROGRESS ENERGY ALLOWANCE LS 1 $ 25,000 $25,000 A20 PROGRAMMING SERVICES ALLOWANCE LS 1 $13,000 $13,000 SUBTOTA L (Items Al-A20) $ A21 OWNER'S CONTINGENCY LS 1 $ BASE BID TOTAL RCW TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (Items Al-A21) Section V.doc Page 14 of 16 9/24/200908 F- -I L J BID ITEMS UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (1,254) B1 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $ $ B2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ $ B3 EROSION CONTROL LS 1 $ $ B4 TREE BARRICADES LS 1 $ $ B5 ROOT PRUNING LF 800 $ $ B6 3-INCH ASTM D2241 R7 PVC PIPE (HDD) LF 800 $ $ B7 4" C-900 PVC PIPE (OC) LF 900 $ $ B8 4" C-900 RJ PVC (HDD) LF 21,500 $ $ B9 6" HDPE CASING (HDD) LF 800 $ $ B10 4" PVC RJ EA 380 $ $ B1l 4" COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS EA 100 $ $ B12 4" GATE VALVE AND BOX EA 65 $ $ B13 PERMANENT BLOWOFF ASSEMBLY EA 4 $ $ B14 2" LONG SIDE SERVICE EA 10 $ $ B15 2" SHORT SIDE SERVICE EA 3 $ $ B16 1" LONG SIDE SERVICE. EA 240 $ $ B17 1" SHORT SIDE SERVICE EA 240 $ $ B18 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER SY 100 $ $ B19 CONCRETE SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER SY 100 $ $ B20 CONCRETE CURB REPLACEMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER LF 100 $ $ B21 ASPHALT ROAD REPLACEMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER B21a ASPHALTIC CONCRETE TON 15 $ $ B21b BASE MATERIAL CY 25 $ $ B21c SUB-BASE MATERIAL CY 35 $ $ B22 ASPHALT OVERLAY AS DIRECTED BY OWNER TON 15 $ $ B23 4" FLOW METER ASSEMBLY EA 2 $ $ B24 3" FLOW METER ASSEMBLY EA 2 $ $ B25 IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONNECTION EA 6 $ $ B26 TREE REMOVAL EA 2 $ $ B27 COMPLIANCE WITH ARRA REQUIREMENTS LS 1 $ $ SUBTOTAL (Items Bl-B27) $ B28 OWNER'S CONTINGENCY LS 1 $ BASE BID TOTAL RCW DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Items Bl-B28 ) Section V.doc Page 15 of 17 9/24/200908 0 0 ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ALTERNATE EST. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM C1 8" FUSIBLE C-900 PVC PIPE (HDD) in lieu of Bid Item A10- 8" C-900 RJ PVC (HDD) 14,500 LF $ $ SUBTOTAL (Items Al-A9, A11-A20 & Cl) $ C2 OWNER'S CONTINGENCY I LS $ ALT. BID RCW TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (Items Al-A9, A11-A20 & C1-C2) $ ALTERNATE EST. BID ITEM DESCRIPTION OTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL RECLAIMED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM C3 4" FUSIBLE C-900 PVC PIPE (HDD) in lieu of Bid Item B8- 4" C-900 RJ PVC (HDD) 21,500 LF $ $ SUBTOTAL (Items BI-B7, B9-B27 & C3) $ C4 OWNER'S CONTINGENCY 1 LS $ ALT. 1510 KCW DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (Items B1-B7, B9-B27 & C3-C4) $ SUMMARY Base Bid Reclaimed Water Transmission System Base Bid Reclaimed Water Distribution System Total Base Bid Project Construction Cost Alternate Bid Reclaimed Water Transmission System Alternate Bid Reclaimed Water Distribution System Total Alternate Bid Project Construction Cost CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S BASE BID TOTAL fi (Numbers) Section V.doc Page 16 of 17 9/24/200908 BIDDER'S SASE BID TOTAL (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL SID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE BASED ON THE LOWEST TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT. Section V.doc Page 17 of 17 9/24/200908 f r City of Clearwater, Florida MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM Project #05-0022-UT TABLE OF CONTENTS 11 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 111a SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT # 05-0022-UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.m Clearwater.com/ci ro'ects, ON MARCH 20,2009 ' until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of providing and installing reclaimed water transmission and distribution mains by directional drill and open cut consisting of approximately 830 linear feet of 10- inch, 16,000 linear feet of 8-inch and approximately 22,000 linear feet of 3 and 4-inch diameter pipelines and appurtenances and approximately 490 reclaimed water services lines within the Morningside Neighborhood. Further, the work consists of the construction of a valve control station within a utility easement within the Belleair County Club Golf Course which includes flow meter, control valve, headwall structure, electrical service and telemetry components for remote monitoring and control. A telemetry repeater station is required to be installed at the City's South Tank. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on TUESDAY, APRIL 7, 2009 at 1:30 PM in Room 130 at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 1" Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasini Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 3 Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on FRIDAY, APRIL 24, 2009, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for M_ orningside Reclaimed Water System (05-0022-UT). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of Water & Forcemains with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $3,000,000. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 1 Section 1072708.doc Page 1 of 1 8/27/2008 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION II ................................................................................................................................... i 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 8 Section H 072208.doc i Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.Myclearwater.com/ci1yi2rojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in snaking copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in Section II 072208.doc Page 1 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section IT -- Instructions to Bidders preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 11 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 11 11 11 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Section IT 072208.doc Page 2 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 11 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Section II 072208.doc Page 3 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder ' declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not ' constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the ' City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xl l" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. I 1 Section 11072208.doc Page 4 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 11 Section 11- Instructions to Bidders 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 11.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 16 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically Section IT 072208.doc Page 5 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section If - Instructions to Bidders stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV - Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III - General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSIVENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (S) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. Section II 072208.doc Page 6 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be. requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's. satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.1 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of Section 11 072208.doc Page 7 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section IT -- Instructions to Bidders intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. ' F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (1.0) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% ' of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. ' 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance ' related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s ' 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ' MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining ' water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. Section IT 072208.doc Page 8 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 11 Section II - Instructions to Bidders ' B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. ' NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Management Practices. ' References EPA website Section 11 072208.doc Page 9 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... . 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................... . 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... . 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ....................................................................... . 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ............................................................................................... . 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ........................................................................ . 7 3.1 INTENT .......................................................................................................................... . 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ................................................. . 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ........................................................................................ . 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ........................................................................... . 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES .................................... . 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .......................... 9 5.2 INSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 9 5. 2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 16 5.2.2 PUBLIC L)ABILITYAND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 16 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITT .................................................... 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES .....................................................................12 ' 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 ' 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 15 65 .1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 15 ' 6.5 .2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS ................................... 16 6.9 .................................................................................... SAFETY AND PROTECTION . 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 18 ' 6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 18 Section III .doc i 10/13/2 008 11 6. 11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 18 6 11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 19 6 11.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 21 6 11.4 DELIVERABLES :.................................................................................................... 22 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 22 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................................... 23 7 OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 24 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 24 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 25 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 25 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 26 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 27 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 ' 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 29 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 29 12 13 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 14 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .............................................................................................. 31 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 31 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ......................................... 32 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 32 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 33 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 34 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 35 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 36 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 36 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 37 Section Ill.doc ii 10/13/2008 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 37 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 37 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ............................................................................................. 39 17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 40 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 40 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 40 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 40 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 41 22.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 41 22.2 EXAMPLE ..................................................................................................................... 42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 42 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 42 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 43 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 43 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 43 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 43 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 43 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 44 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 44 Section IIl.doc iii 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions I DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Section IILdoc Page I of 45 10/13/2008 ' Construction Coordinator Section III -General Conditions A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and is ' responsible for the administration of construction documents. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid ' (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any ' Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule-'PM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, ' which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Section Ill.doc Page 2 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Section Ill,doc Page 3 of 45 10/13/2008 ' Section III - General Conditions Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City ' Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. r Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to ' be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be ' responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. 1 Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, Section lll.doc Page 4 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions gases,, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will' be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy Section III.doc Page 5 of 45 10/13/2008 1 Section III - General Conditions ' in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. ' No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.6 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. . 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. The City's Construction Coordinator typically chairs these meetings. Section III.doc Page 6 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. Section Ill.doc Page 7 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. Section IIl.doc Page 8 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract. Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily Section Ill.doc Page.9 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whole a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Section IH.doc Page 10 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted -Aggregate Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Lon shore and Harbor Worker's Corn ensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. Section III.doc Page I I of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. ' Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed ' Section III,doc Page 12 of 45 10/13/2008 11 Section III - General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner. normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. Section Ill.doc Page 13 of 45 10/13/2008 ' Section III - General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents ' by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or ' "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and ' sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a ' proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review ' of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or ' equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 1 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ' Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of ' Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the ' work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. ' .The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. ' All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically ' binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. 1 Section III.doc Page 14 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. Section III.doc Page 15 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions • Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. ' Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to ' furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor ' performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make 'certain that the ' Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for ' all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of ' opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Section III.doc Page 16 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. Section III.doc Page 17 of 45 10/13/2008 Section 1r1- General Conditions 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto,. (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's Section IH.doc Page 18 of 45 10/13/2008 Section Ill - General Conditions review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. Section III.doc Page 19 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 61G17--6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. ' 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described ' above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. .,. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. Section III.doc Page 20 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III -- General Conditions 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 Laver Naminn Dpfinitinnw- GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs Section III.doc Page 21 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahon a,myclearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, Section III.doc Page 22 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or. the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who Section IILdoc Page 23 of 45 10/13/2008 ' Section III - General Conditions shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, ' directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work ' will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, ' the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be ' itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. S OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ' Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly ' and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The ' Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in ' the Article on Tests and Inspections. Section III.doc Page 24 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and. Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection Section 111.doc Page 25 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.6 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall Section III.doc Page 26 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and. Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and Section lll.doc Page 27 of 45 10/13/2008 1 Section III - General Conditions changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable ' Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. ' If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) ' where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and ' agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall ' apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: ' 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes ' Section III.doc Page 28 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A faxed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to Section lll.doc Page 29 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if. (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract 'Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Section IIl.doc Page 30 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. Section IIl.doc Page 31 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and Section Ill.doc Page 32 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Section III.doc Page 33 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site ' marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative ' may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report ' as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE -' Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by ' any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a ' conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and fumisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owenr's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the Section III.doc Page 34 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to the Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Owner Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Owner's Representative may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set- off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Owner's Representative, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: Section III.doc Page 35 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's ' Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's ' Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial 1 Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. ' 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is ' complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch ' list and assign a date for this work to be completed. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Section IH.doc Page 36 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Section Ill.doc Page 37 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the ' difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. ' Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate ' the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): Section III.doc Page 38 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. Section III.doc Page 39 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any ' error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The I I provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. Section IH.doc Page 40 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22,1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/a by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Section III.doc Page 41 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. e are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or y particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. on is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Section Ill.doc Page 42 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"00") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.6 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Section III.doc Page 43 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions ' 23,8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 1 1 F PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT N. CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: Clearwater Q ° _ U 2'-3" .CP 4"x4" P.T E Post (IYP ) C C N ' 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the ' Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. ' It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor ' fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the ' Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Section IH.doc Page 44 of 45 10/13/2008 Section III - General Conditions Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting there from which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. Section III.doc Page 45 of 45 10/13/2008 1 SECTION Ilia 1 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 24 inclusive; are a ' part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the ' Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ' ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED; ' STARTING THE PROJECT 2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 270 calendar days ' after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. ' 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing, manufacturer's checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion: ' a. Final application for payment and final acceptance. 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in ' accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 300 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit ' to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section Ilia 0992-0198 Supplementary General Conditions Ilia - 1 1 In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work and materials, the Work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.8 PERMITS The City has obtained, or will obtain, the appropriate Right-of-Way permits from the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) and Pinellas County and the appropriate Environmental Resource Permit from the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD). These permits are required prior to the commencement of any work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a copy of these permits and for complying with any provisions or requirements which may relate to the conduct of construction activities ARTICLE 9 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below. Kelly O'Brien City of Clearwater Engineering 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727-562-4591 Fax: 727-562-4755 Kelly.Obrien@myClearwater.com END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Ilia 0992-0198 Supplementary General Conditions Ilia-2 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: 1 SCOPE OF WORK .......................................................................................................... . 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ . 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ................................................................................. . 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING ................................................................................................. . 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR .............. . 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ............................................................................ . 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ...................................................................................................... . 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................ . 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS .............................................................................................. . 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ........................................................................................ . 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS .......................................................................... . 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ............................................................... . 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ......................................................... . 6 6 CONCRETE .................................:................................................................................... .7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ......................................... . 7 7.1 EXCAVATION ............................................................................................................... .7 7.2 FORMS .......................................................................................................................... . 7 8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................................. . 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 9 12 DEWATERING .................................................................................................................9 12.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................... 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ................................................................................... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY ........................... 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 14 Section IV.doc i 10/13/2 008 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ............................ 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ........... .................... 14 .................... 14 14 BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ........................................................................................14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................15 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 18 UNDERDRAINS .............................................................................................................15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 16 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16 19 STORM SEWERS ..........................................................................................................16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 16 19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ..............................................................17 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 17 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ....................................................................................... 17 20.1.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................17 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 18 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE .......................................:............................................... 18 20.2.2 FORCE AMINPIPE ............................................................................................. 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 18 20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................................................18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS ...................................................................:.......... 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT .............................................................. ............................... 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ..................................................... - -------------------------------- 79 21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE ............................................................... .......19 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE .................................................................................................................21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 22 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 22 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22 Section 1V.doc ii 10/13/2008 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 22 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 24 23.61 CRACKS ................................................................................................................ 24 23.62 POTHOLES ........................................................................................................... 25 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 25 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 27 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 27 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 27 25.1.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 29 25.1.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ............................................................................................................... 36 25.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 36 25.2.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 41 25.2.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 44 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51 26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 51 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 51 26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 52 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 53 26.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 Section IV.doc iii 10/13/2008 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 55 31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................55 32 33 34 35 36 37 SEEDING ......................................................................................................................... 56 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................ 57 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 57 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57 AUDIOA71DEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 58 37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 59 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 59 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................. 61 U TILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND A PPURTENANCES ....................................................................................................... 64 38 39 40 41 Section IV.doc iv 10/13/2008 41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 64 41.2 MATERIALS ....................................................................................... ..................... 65 41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALSANDFITT.INGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ........................................................................................................... 68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ............................................................................... 69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ................................................................:...................... 70 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 70 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ......................................... 72 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 72 41.4 TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 73 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41.5.2 FL USHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 73 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 73 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74 41.61 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 74 41.62 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41.63 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 75 41.64 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS ................................................................................................................ 75 41.65 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 76 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS ............... 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS .................. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE .......................... 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ............................ 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ................. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE .................. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ........................... 43.2 CL AY TENNIS COURTS ................. 43.2.1 GENERAL .................................. 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ................. 43.2.3 SLOPE ....................................... 43.2.4 BASE CONSTR UCTION............ .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 76 .................................................................... 77 .................................................................... 78 .................................................................... 78 .................................................................... 79 .................................................................... 79 .................................................................... 80 Section IV.doc v 10/13/2008 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ........................................ ............................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE .............................................. ............................................... 80 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER .................................................... ............................................... 80 43.2.8 FENCING .............................................................. ............................................... 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS .................................................. ... .............................................. 81 43.2.10 COURTEQUIPMENT ............................................ ..............................................81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ............................................. .............................................. 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................... .............................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE ............................................................. ..............................................83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING .. .............................................. 83 43.2.15 WATER COOLER ................................................... .............................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ...............................:................ ..............................................84 43.2.17 WARRANTY ............................................................. ..............................................84 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 .44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 86 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTER)ALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 86 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 87 45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORANSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 89 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 90 461.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 90 461.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 90 461.3 SAMPLES .............................................................................................................. 90 461.4 REJECTION .......................................................................................................... 90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 91 463.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .................................................................... 91 Section Mdoc A 10/13/2 008 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 91 463.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 91 464.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 91 46.4.2 - CLEANING AND INSPECTION ........................................................................... 91 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .......................................................... 92 464.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 92 464.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 92 464.6 UNDERDRATN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 92 464.7 BACK-FILLING ..................................................................................................... 93 464.8 POINT REPAIR ..................................................................................................... 93 464.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 93 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ...................... 93 47.1 SCOPE ...................................................... ............................................................... 93 47.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 93 47.3 PIPE ...................:.......................................................................................................... 93 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 94 47.5 FITTINGS ..................................................................................................................... 94 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................ 94 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 94 48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 94 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 95 48.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 95 48.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................... 95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING .......................................................................................................96 48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................96 48.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ......................................................................................... 97 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 97 48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 97 48.17 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 98 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT .......................................................................... 49.2 PAYMENT ............................................................................................. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ..................................................... 49.3.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................... 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION ............................................. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ......................... 49.4.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................... 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ................................................................. ....................... 99 ....................... 99 ....................... 99 ....................... 99 ..................... 100 ..................... 100 ..................... 101 ..................... 101 Section IV.doc vii 10/13/2008 49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 101 49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 101 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 102 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 102 49.11.2 MIXING ............................................................................................................... 103 49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 103 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 103 49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 103 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 104 49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 104 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 106 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 108 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................108 51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................109 51.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................109 51.2.3. COURT PATCH BINDER MIX ........................................................................... 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 110 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 110 51.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... 110 51.7 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 110 51.8 LIMITATIONS ......................................................................................................... ]in 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................111 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL ...................................................111 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL :...............................................113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ................................................................................................114 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................114 53.2 PERFORMANCE .......................................................................................................114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................115 54.1 SCOPE .................................................................................:...................................... 115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 115 54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 116 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ........................................................................116 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ...........................................................................116 54.4 LITTER .......................................................................................................................116 .54.5 VISUAL CHECK ........................................................................................................ 116 Section IV.doc viii 10/13/2008 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 116 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 116 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 117 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION ...........................:.............................................................. 117 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 117 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 117 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 117 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..................................................... 117 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 117 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 118 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 118 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 118 54.21. SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 118 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................119 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 119 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 119 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 120 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 120 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 120 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 121 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................121 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 57 RIPRAP .........................................................................................................................121 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 122 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................122 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................123 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 Section IV.doc ix 10/13/2008 62 TREE PROTECTION ..................................................................................................124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 125 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ..............................................................................................126 ' 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 126 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ......................... ............................................ 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 127 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ............................................................................................ 127 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................127 ' 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 127 Section IV.doc x 10/13/2008 1 I SCOPE OF WORK Section IV - Technical Specifications 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Morningside Reclaimed Water System Project Number: 05-0022-UT Scope of Work: The work for which proposals are invited consists of providing and installing reclaimed water transmission and distribution mains by directional drill and open cut consisting of approximately 830 linear feet of 10-inch, 16,000 linear feet of 8-inch and approximately 22,000 linear feet of 3 and 4-inch diameter pipelines and appurtenances and approximately 490 reclaimed water services lines within the Morningside Neighborhood. Further, the work consists of the construction of a valve control station within a utility easement within the Belleair County Club Golf Course which includes flow meter, control valve, headwall structure, electrical service and telemetry components for remote monitoring and control. A telemetry repeater station is required to be installed at the City's South Tank. The Contractor shall provide portable project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provide at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 300 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS 1 Section IV.doc Page 1 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Morningside Reclaimed Water System Project Number: 05-0022-UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 ® Scope Of Work 2.1 ® Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 ? Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The City 3 Definition Of Terms 4 Order And Location Of The Work 5 ? Excavation For Underground Work 6 ® Concrete 7 Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 ® Reinforcement 9 ® Obstructions 10 Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ® Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 Dewaterin 13 ? Sanitary Manholes 14 Backfill 15 ® Street Crossin s, Etc. 16 Raisin Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 Unsuitable Material Removal 1$ Underdrains 19 Storm Sewers 20 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 Drainage 22 ® Roadwa Base And Sub grade 23 Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ® Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 General Planting Specifications 26 Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pipe Linha 27 Plant Mix Driveways 28 ? Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 Concrete Curbs 30 ® Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways - 31 Sodding 32 Seeding 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ® Material Used 35 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 ® Street Signs 37 Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas 38 Erosion And Siltation Control _L9_ Utility Tie In Location Markin Section IV.doc Page 2 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 40 Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ® Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 Gas System Specifications 43 ? Tennis Courts 44 Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ? Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46 ? Specifications for Polyethylene Sli linin 47 El I Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe _T8 Gunite Specifications 49 Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 ® Project Information Signs 51 In-Line Skating Surfacing System 52 Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 Gabions and Mattresses 54 ? Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 Milling Operations 56 ® Clearing and Grubbing 57 Ri ra 58 Treatment Plant Safet 59 ® Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ® Signing And Markin 61 Roadway Lighting 62 _ Tree Protection 63 Project Web Pages 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 1 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the I Section IV.doc Page 3 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and. Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute Section IV.doc Page 4 of 127 . 10/13/2008 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I I Section IV.doc Section IV - Technical Specifications APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Page 5 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 - ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid Section IV.doc Page 6 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, ' excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. ' 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest ' editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK I . 7.1 . EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon ' which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry". ¦ 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or ' springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel ' A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the Section IV.doc Page 7 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot;,sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Section IV.doc Page 8 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. 'Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 1 RAL 12.1 GENE ' Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity ' underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. r th ll i t t t b ff i t h t l t l l i d f th W n sys ems mus e e ic en enoug o owe e wa er eve n a vance o e po e excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and ' the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. ' The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. ' The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. I 1 Section IV.doc Page 9 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City _Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification Failure to follow the above procedure will result in a Violation and a Stop Work Order will be placed on the project. Depending on the severity of the Violation, the City's Engineering Department may be required to notify the Department of Environmental Protection for enforcement action. The following procedure will be followed: 1 st occurrence - Stop Work Order 2nd occurrence - Notification to FDEP It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every, six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit Section IV.doc Page 10 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/l 10.0 mg/l PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury - by Method 1631E 0.012 µg/l 0.025 pg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/l 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/l 2.9 µg/l Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/l 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/l 86.0 µg/l Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/l 50.0 µg/l Benzene 1.0 µg/l 1.0 µg/l Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/l If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); Section IV.doc Page 11 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. Section 1V.doc Page 12 of 127 10/13/2008 Section rV - Technical Specifications The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail 4302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 - Asphaltic Concrete - Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. Section IV,doc Page 13 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be. bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. Section IV.doc Page 14 of 127 10/13/2008 ' 16 Section IV -- Technical Specifications RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. ' 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined ' in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454E or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure Section IV.doc Page 15 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide. and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Section IV.doc Page 16 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Section IV.doc Page 17 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV --'Technical Specifications 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter Section IV.doc Page 18 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 0 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot. per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. ' Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. ' Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Section IV.doc Page 19 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and. an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. Section IV,doc Page 20 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design ' shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use ' of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with ' Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in ' accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements ' are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Section IV.doc Page 21 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES -- PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons Section IV.doc Page 22 of 127 10/13/2008 Section rV - Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: I . Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum _of_24 hours in advance of the 12lacement of all as halt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S-1 Type S--I with Type S--III Top Layer Type S-III FC-3 Type S-III with FC-3 Top Layer Type S-I with FC-3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 St 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 I 1%2 1%z Section 1V.doc Page 23 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2 1'/a '/a * 1 1 2%z 1'4 1'4 1 %2 1 1 %2 1 3 1 %2 1 %2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: I. Type S-111 shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-111 per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC -3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. Section IV.doc Page 24 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of.A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ' 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. ' Section IV.doc Page 25 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. Section IV.doc Page 26 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -'T'echnical Specifications ' 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and ' measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and ' incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. ' 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwI l .myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be Section IV.doc Page 27 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be Section IV.doc Page 28 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the ' public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY ' A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or ' faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS ' 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: Section IV.doc Page 29 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2%" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1. pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent.shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a V inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. Section 1V.doc Page 30 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and LNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #18101.5 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek 4182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flush ing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE ' A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. ' Section IV.doc Page 31 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25,1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS Section IV.doc Page 32 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. ' D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., . Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or. clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. ' G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract 1 Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. I I Section IV,doc Page 33 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. 1. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than % in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. Section IV.doc Page 34 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV -"Technical Specifications i C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. ' E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 1 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: Section IV.doc Page 35 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications L After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement maybe installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having Section IV.doc Page 36 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. ' B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, ' plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the ' landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors ' under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. ' B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the ' Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. ' D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1.970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape ' Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is ' built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. Section IV.doc Page 37 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: C.W. SPR.: ST. TR.: MIX.- GAL.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. Straight trunk. Minimum. Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. ' Section IV.doc Page 38 of 127 10/13/2008 1 r Section IV - Technical Specifications DL4.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. r D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: i h d d i b ove gra e, s x nc es a Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measure larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. r B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. r PPP: Plants per pot. r FG: Field grown. r STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: r To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: r Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: r Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. r 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS r A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If r plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have r been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or sterns, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. ' Section IV-doe Page 39 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. Section IV.doc Page 40 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon 1 award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in,order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in ' the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in ' leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant ' materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). ' Section IV.doc Page 41 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. Section IV.doc Page 42 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. ' C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/a" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfiill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or Section IV.doc Page 43 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - %i feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1,2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas Section IV.doc Page 44 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. 1 B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, ' the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - %2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. ' 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of 1 Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release ' fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas ' adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the sail to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf 1 flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. ' Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. Section IV.doc Page 45 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2,1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building. foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: Section IV.doc Page 46 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each Y2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. ' G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant ' a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the ' soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made ' to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface ' edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. ' D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the ' application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. Section IV.doc Page 47 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 26.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly. with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. Section IV.doc Page 48 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION ' A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under I I Section IV.doc Page 49 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No Section IV.doc Page 50 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS ' Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, ' from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: 11 11 11 Material Pro e ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Section IV.doc Page 51 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. C=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. Section IV.doc Page 52 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ' Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method ' and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be ' resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local I' system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. ' 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour ' period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. ' 26.9 PAYMENT ' Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center ' of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ' New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the I' exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. I I Section IV.doc Page 53 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not Section IV.doc Page 54 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall. be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the Section IV.doc Page 55 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES INLETS CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. Section IV.doc Page 56 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 - MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIOIVIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. Section IV.doc Page 57 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear, pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. Section IV.doc Page 58 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL ' The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of ' the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. ' 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. ' within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. ' 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items ' provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ' No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent ' vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. I I Section IV.doc Page 59 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Section IV.doc Page 60 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section N - Technical Specifications ' Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream ' crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of ' excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. ' 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: ' a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast ' to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. Section IV.doc Page 61 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City 'Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 reinspection fee 3rd occurrence - $80 reinspecion fee 4th occurrence - Stop work order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. Section IV.doc Page 62 of 127 10/13/2008 1 U W U N a H Op W? O W O 3 Q ? WW a c? U OO UW W ? H ? z~o w ? z w o o z?? U W ??x w w ? ? w w s o 0 0 O O W Q N CD i G CI] W U a .G Aq? rl ? N N ? N n `D n ? w ? U N O ,? V P61 TWTA? Vl a O V p U F V ? A v 0.0 V ? a ? a A = W O D CE R. Vr p C . v 3 0 fd 7, cq 0.575 w bb? Wl U U b U N C4 w u O IL?I L^ O O Q a Cjt F z p? a a . A 00 0 Q N (?1 O n N w 0 a v 0 ?a 7 U Section IV - Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape, and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 - AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. Section IV.doc Page 64 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern. design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to ' centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. ' Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE ' Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. ' Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: I 1 Section IV.doc Page 65 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge AXG solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C I53/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Section IV.doc Page 66 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be. operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. Section IV.doc Page 67 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: L All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. Section IV.doc Page 68 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. ' All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent ' movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ' Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. .,. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: Section IV.doc Page 69 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. Section IV.doc Page 70 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used 1 by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. h e As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and t pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with ' approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth f th i l t th i d i h e p pe. s o es o e ax t ang en at r g Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. ' No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. I I Section IV.doc Page 71 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet I of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 1.0-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Section IV,doc Page 72 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41 .6.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or " Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. Section IV.doc Page 73 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system. is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system Section IV.doc Page 74 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS ' 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT ' Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. ' 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT ' The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more ' than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AW WA C 110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust Section IV.doc Page 75 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of V leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of V of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will Section IV.doc Page 76 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV -- Technical Specifications ' be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled. or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. ' 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. ' All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and ' date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION ' 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. ' Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with ' manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled ' or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications ' of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's ' directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. ' The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. ' The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES ' forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. ' Section IV.doc Page 77 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. Section IV.doc Page 78 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section 1V - Technical Specifications ' 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an ' area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bird will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. I I Section 1V.doc Page 79 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.8.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. Section IV.doc Page 80 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in ' width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. ' 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support I I Section IV.doc Page 81 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV -- Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration. from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (I each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum. Section IV.doc Page 82 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section rV - Technical Specifications ' 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana ' Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: Section rV.doc Page 83 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. Section IV.doc Page 84 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. ¦ 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, ' bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: ' • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. ' • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). ' 0 Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. ¦ The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall ' be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ' Section IV.doc Page 85 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2,1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. Section IV.doc Page 86 of 127 10/13/2008 ' Section IV - Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. ' 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING ¦ 45.1 INTENT ' It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand Section IV.doc Page 87 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORIINSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequaliflcation. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. Section IV.doc Page 88 of 127 10/13/2008 ' Section IV - Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear ' picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ' Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by ' the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, ' excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT ' Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of ' manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 1 Section IV.doc Page 89 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. Section IV.doc Page 90 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE I Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid . cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. Section IV.doc Page 91 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. Section IV.doc Page 92 of 127 10/13/2008 Section N - Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. Section IV.doc Page 93 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type 1. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. Section IV.doc Page 94 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete ' which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering; and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28=day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the ' American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C 150 for Portland Cement, Type 1. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. ' Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. ' Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. 1 Section IV.doc Page 95 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled .first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the Section IV.doc Page 96 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if. 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. Section IV.doc Page 97 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Camp. Cap Win) . Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 15/8 15/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 21/2 21/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). Section IV.doc Page 98 of 127 10/13/2008 I ' Section IV - Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ' 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in ' accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion ' protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 1 49.2 PAYMENT ' Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the ' pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions ' and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. Section IV.doc Page 99 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. Section IV.doc Page 100 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM G-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Section IV.doc Page 101 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and Section IV.doc Page 102 of 127 10/13/2008 1 .. Section IV - Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill. any large voids with quick setting patching mix. ' 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a ' cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. t 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. ' 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING ' For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING ' Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. Section IV.doc Page 103 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Section IV.doc Page 104 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi ' 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING ' Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in ' and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 ' Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) at 100% RH at 50% RH Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 8.1x10 Ilcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: I Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 His 7 Days 28 Days Section IV.doc Page 105 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 X0.06 X0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs I Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10-20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Section IV.doc Page 106 of 127 10/13/2008 1 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. 1 (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6: Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. ' NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiflbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. Section IV.doc Page 107 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEANUP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the. manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 - PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the Section IV.doc Page 108 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave 0 2 Coats of Plexiflor Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix Section IV.doc Page 109 of 127 10/13/2008 Section N -- Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all, containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch. code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. Section IV.doc Page 110 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ' 53.7 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge ' 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating ' shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. ' The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC ' coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire ' shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be ' permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1.200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a I' minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite Section IV.doc Page 1 I 1 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. - 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM: D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 200.0 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC 1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3. ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. Section IV.doc Page 112 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications ' 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: ' 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. ' 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. ' 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. ' 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12% Section IV.doc Page 113 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications + Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire,. used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening, along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. Section IV.doc Page 114 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be tilled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. Section IV.doc Page 115 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. Section 1V.doc Page 116 of 127 10/13/2008 Section rV - Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in I advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. ' 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a ' less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across ' the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. I I Section IV.doc Page 117 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 4$ hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. Section IV.doc Page 118 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section IV - Technical Specifications ' 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. ' 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, ' invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked ' vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its ' own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. ' 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line ' and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. ' 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for t Section IV.doc Page 119 of 127 10/13/2008 1.1 Section IV - Technical Specifications superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. Section IV.doc Page 120 of 127 10/13/2008 , Section IV - Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to ' restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. .56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP ' The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). 1 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ' The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. ' Section IV.doc Page 121 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, Section IV.doc Page 122 of 127 10/13/2008 Section N - Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. ' All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, ' shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. ' All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans ' and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work. RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. ¦ 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. ' Section IV.doc Page 123 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by Section IV.doc Page 124 of 127 10/13/2008 1 Section 1V - Technical Specifications ' construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, ' Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. ' B, Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) ' inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is ' feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any ' root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter ' from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be ' done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. ' Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any ' excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root ' pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. ' 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified ' arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. Section IV.doc Page 125 of 127 10/13/2008 11 Section IV - Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the WX Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ httl2://www.section508.gov / In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. Section IV.doc Page 126 of 127 10/13/2008 ' Section IV - Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics ' should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.6 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. Section IV.doc Page 127 of 127 10/13/200$ SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLES 1-63 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded ' by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ' ARTICLE 18,19 & 20 Articles 18, 19 and 20 for Underdrains, Storm Sewers, and Sanitary ' Sewers and Forcemains respectively shall be used as required to restore existing utilities that have been impacted during the installation of the reclaimed water mains. ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Add the following: Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1-1/2 hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications IVa -1 For concrete joints: A. General: :Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 1/4 IN. B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars where indicated. C. Weakened plane joints: 1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete. Groove dimensions: 3/$1N at surface and 1/4 IN at root. D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked. E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with polyurethane sealant. Finishing concrete: A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade so that consolidation. and finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain uniform ridge full width. B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination. C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish. E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions. Curing concrete: A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions. Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during entire curing period. B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab, to subgrade. C. Curing compound: Spray on white-pigmented membrane forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT/GAL. Concrete surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications IVa-2 eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is to be bonded. Cold and hot weather concreting: 1. Cold weather (comply with ACT-306). a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F. b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates, 150° F. C. When average daily temperature is below 500 F provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days. d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete. e. Never use salt or other antifreeze. 2. Hot weather (comply with ACI-305). a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature cannot be maintained under 90° F. b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or water spray. C. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS 9 Revise the 5th sentence to read, Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL 14 Replace the 3`a and 4th paragraphs with the following: Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ' ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test). 1 ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications IVa-3 1 Backfill for structures shall be in accordance with Division 02200 IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 22 - ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22 Add the following: When in Pinellas County ROW: roadway base and subgrade, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County, Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plant Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. When in FDOT ROW: roadway base and subgrade, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT. ARTICLE 23 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 23 Add the following: When in Pinellas County ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County, Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plant Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. When in FDOT ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT. ARTICLE 38 -EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38 Add the following: See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications IVa-4 38.9 Add the following: No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, ' destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and ' mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas. ARTICLE 41- WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.2 Article 41.2.2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15062 ' in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall be superseded by ' either Division 15063 or Division 15068 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.3 Fittings and Joints shall be superseded by Division 15062, 15063 and 15068 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.4 Restraint shall be superseded by Division 15062, 15063 and 15068 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ¦ Article 41.2.4 Valve Boxes: All valve boxes within roadway right-of- way shall have heavy duty load rating meeting highway traffic loads ' (16,000 lb wheel loads). Article 41.3.2.1 Alignment and Grade: The depth of cover over the main shall be a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60" below finished grade, except where approved by the Owner to avoid conflicts and obstructions. I Article 41.3.2.2 Installation: For push-on joint connections, cut ends shall be ground smooth and beveled. I Article 41.3.3.4 Anchorage: See restrained joint table in drawings for length of pipe to be restrained. Article 41.4.1 Hydrostatic Tests shall be superseded by Division 15062, 15063, 15065 & 15068 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. 1 ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications IVa-5 Article 41.5.2 Flushing shall be superseded by Division 15062, 15063, 15065 & 15068 in Section IVa.Supplcmcntal Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 44 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.2 Add the following: Right of Way (ROW) Utilization Permits with approved MOT plans and details for FDOT and Pinellas County ROW have been or will be received by the City. The contractor will be required to abide by the stipulations in the FDOT and Pinellas County ROW Utilization Permits and approved MOT plans when working within the respective ROW. The contractor is responsible for the MOT requirements within City ROW. See Section IV Article 44.4. 44.5 Article 44.5 shall be superseded by the following: The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. ARTICLE 56 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING 56 Add the following: Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main root system. Stockpile topsoil where directed. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water and seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. Borrow topsoil to be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds and roots. Disposal of waste materials shall require the removal of all waste materials from site. Do not burn combustible materials on site or bury organic matter on site. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va , 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications /Va - 6 The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01040 Coordination ............................................................................................... 01040-1 - 2 01045 Cutting and Patching .................................................................................... 01045-1 -2 01050 Field Engineering ........................................................................................ 01050-1 - 2 01300 Submittals ................................................................................................... 01300-1 - 4 01500 Temporary Facilities ................................................................................... 01500-1 - 2 01505 Mobilization ................................................................................................ 01505-1 2 01630 Measurement and Payment ......................................................................... 01630-1 - 20 01640 Quality Control ....................... .... 01640-1 - 3 01650 Testing Laboratory Services ....................................................................... 01650-1 -3 01670 Substitutions and Product Options .............................................................. 01670-1 - 4 01700 Contract Closeout ....................................................................................... 01700-1 - 3 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK ' 02010 .. Subsurface Investigation 02010-1-1 02071. :.......................................................................... Directional Boring . .. 02071-1 -6 02210 Excavation and Trenching .......................................................................... 02210-1 -11 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading ......................:........................................ 02220-1- 2 02250 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates .................................................. 02250-1 - 7 ' DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09900 Painting and Coatings ................................................................................. 09900-1 -6 09902 Pipe Painting ............................................................................................... 09902-1 -1 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13100 Controls and Instrumentation ...................................................................... 13100-1-21 13330 Software Services ....................................................................................... 13300-1 -2 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ..................................................................... 15062-1 -8 15063 PVC Pipe ..................................................................................................... 15063-1 -7 15065 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe ................................................... 15065-1 - 9 ' 15066 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape ................................................................. 15066-1 2 15068 Fusible PVC Pipe ........................................................................................ _ 15068-1 12 151.00 Valves and Appurtenances .......................................................................... 15100-1-8 ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications /Va - 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical Basic Requirements .................................................................... 16010-1-14 16050 Materials and Methods ................................................................................ 16050-1 - 5 1611.1. Conduit and Raceway ................................................................................. 16111-1-11 16115 Underground Conduit MH and HH ............................................................ 16115-1-10 16120 Wire and Cable ........................................................................................... 16120-1-7 16450 Grounding and Bonding ............................................................................. 16450-1- 4 16475 Safety Disconnect Switches ........................................................................ 16475-1- 3 16671 Transient voltage Surge Suppression .......................................................... 16671-1-6 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Supplementary Technical Specifications lVa-8 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction efforts. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to coordination of the following: 1. The work of subcontractors. 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 3. The interrelated work with public and private utility companies. 4. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities are required and where existing equipment must remain in operation. 5. The effort of independent testing agencies. B. Work Sequence 1. The Belleair County Club will be repaving their entrance off of Corbett St. As such, the Contractor shall focus his efforts to complete the work within the Belleair County Club first (Shts. C67-C68) followed by the installation of the 8-inch transmission main (Shts. C63-C66). All work required to bring reclaimed water to the Belleair County Club shall be completed within 5-months from the Notice to Proceed. Work within the Belleair County Club shall be coordinated with Andy Neiswender at 727-443- 2127. 2. Subsequently, the Contractor shall construct the 8-inch transmission main starting from the intersection of Hercules Avenue and Rainbow Drive south and eastward to the intersection of Belcher Road and Morningside Drive (Shts. C69-C82). 3. Upon completion of the work listed above, the Contractor may construction the remainder of the project within the Morningside neighborhood. C. Work within the Town of Belleair Right-of-Way (Shts. C63-C67) shall be coordinated with Chip Zimmerman at 727-588-3795 ext. 302. D. Work within FDOT Right-of-Way (Shts. C69-C70) shall be coordinated as required by the Right-of-Way Utilization Permit. E. Work within Pinellas County Right-of-Way (Shts. C81-82) shall be coordinated as required by the Right-of-Way Utilization Permit. F. The Contractor shall provide access to all public and private properties by their Owners when construction is blocking off the accesses to the properties. There Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Coordination 01040-1 shall be no construction work causing service interruptions to utilities customers, unless advance written approval is secured from the affected utility authority. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Coordination 01040-2 SECTION 01045 W CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 - DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to: B. Make the several parts fit properly. C. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contact Documents. D. Rework existing items to provide for new construction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Engineer's written direction. B. Codes and standards for work of this section shall be the same as for the pertinent sections of this specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Request for Engineer's Consent: 1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written permission prior to proceeding. B. Notice to the Engineer: Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Engineer's observation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used in the replacement of existing work and the construction of work in conjunction with cutting and patching shall be new unless prior approval from the Engineer has been obtained to re-use existing materials. 2.2 FABRICATION A. The materials and methods used in the fabrication of items required under this section shall comply with the individual sections of this specification that have to do with new construction. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching. 2. After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of the new Work. B. Discrepancies: 1. If uncovered conditions. are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Engineer and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent Sections of these Specifications. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Cutting and Patching 01045-2 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and grades and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.2 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. Survey monuments, benchmarks or other reference points, which must be disturbed by construction operations, shall be witnessed, removed and replaced by a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM), registered in the State of Florida. B. Basic horizontal and vertical control points are indicated on the plans. These points shall be used as datum for the Work. All additional survey, layout, and measurement Work shall be performed by Contractor as a part of the Work. The contractor shall provide, install and maintain construction stakes for grades and measurements necessary for execution and control of the work. C. Contractor shall provide an experienced instrument man, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the survey, layout and measurement Work. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent men from his force and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Owner may require in establishing or designating control points, or in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by Contractor. Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.3 LAYOUT DATA ' A. The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Owner with the record drawings for the project. 1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES A. The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the Drawings were taken from the available records. The actual locations of the 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Field Engineering 01050-1 11 existing underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings. B. The Drawings may not show existing underground electrical conduits, small piping, or other piping and structures. Prior to starting excavations for structures or the installation of underground piping, conduits, and other facilities the Contractor shall thoroughly examine the proposed locations and routes for possible conflict. C. The Contractor, shall excavate and expose all existing underground piping, conduit, or other structures which may conflict with the new facilities or other improvements. The locations, both horizontally and vertically, of all such existing facilities shall be shown on the record drawings. D. After completion of the subsurface investigations the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any possible conflicts between the existing and new facilities. The Contractor, Owner, and the Engineer will then confer and resolve the potential conflicts prior to the start of the installation of the new facilities. 1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall keep one set of Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Modifications and Shop Drawings at the site in good order, and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. Record drawings shall be up-to-date as the project progresses, will be subject to review on a monthly basis by the Owner, and, subject to the review, be a basis for monthly payments. B. These documents shall be available at any time to the Owner and, together with copies of all survey notes, be delivered in final form to the Owner upon completion of the project. C. The location, both horizontally and vertically, of all underground piping, conduit, and other structures shall be shown on the record drawings. All fittings, valves, and other appurtenances shall be located and shown on the record drawings in accordance with Section 6.11.2 "As-Built Drawings" in the General Conditions. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Field Engineering 01050-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. At or before the preconstruction conference, Contractor shall submit for review a preliminary schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, structures, or facilities. Within 10 days after receipt of the Owner's comments, the Contractor shall submit an updated Construction Progress Schedule. B. An updated schedule shall be submitted with each application for progress payment, or at least every 30 days, to reflect changes in the progress of the work. C. If the progress of the work falls behind schedule, the Contractor shall submit a report which includes sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, the factors' effect on the construction schedule and the Contractor's proposed corrective actions. Any work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. The Owner may require the Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any time during the construction period. 1.2 PROGRESS REPORTS A. A progress report shall be furnished to Owner with each application for progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit additional ' progress reports at such intervals as Owner may request. B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. C. Each progress report shall also include three prints of the accepted graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. ' 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. After review of the tentative schedule at the preconstruction conference, and ' before submission of the first application for payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner a schedule of values covering each lump sum item. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be ' acceptable to Owner before any application for payment is prepared. B. The sum of the lump sum items, plus the extended unit price items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the contract price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be listed separately in the schedule of Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Submittals 01300-1 1 values, provided the amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. C. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment to the Contractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. Final acceptance by Owner shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT A. Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish to Owner a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 1.5 SURVEY DATA B. All field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the work shall be available to Owner for examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be submitted to Owner with the other documentation required for final acceptance of the Work. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials that will become a permanent part of the work under this Contract shall be submitted to Owner, or the Owner's representative, for review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. B. All submittals regardless of origin, shall be reviewed, dated, stamped, approved, sealed (if required) and signed by the Contractor prior to submission. Each submittal shall be identified with the name and number of this Contract, the Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and/or Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to the Owner and the Engineer that the Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the Contract Documents. D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section lVa ' 0992-0198 Submittals 01300-2 the Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. E. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted by the Owner and/or the Engineer have been addressed. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to account for exceptions previously noted, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions. F. Resubmittals shall be made within 30 days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 days the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining the Owner's and/or the Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of the Engineer to return any submittal within 14 days after its receipt in Engineer's office. H. The Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter, the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer in the amount of $200.00 for review of the second resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmittals. The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications. The Engineer's review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device or item shown. The Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. J. Eight (8) copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.), to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. K. When the drawings and data are returned marked AMEND AND RESUBMIT or REJECTED, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer and eight (8) corrected copies resubmitted. L. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. M. When the drawings and data are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN, or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED, no additional copies need be furnished. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Submittals 01300-3 11 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Included in Bid shall be the cost of furnishing competent and experienced manufacturer's representatives who shall represent the manufacturer on products furnished, assist the Contractor to install products in conformity with the Contract Documents, and provide owner training and maintenance instruction. 1.8 LAYOUT DATA A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data shall be furnished to the Owner's Project Representative for use in checking B. Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with other records upon completion of the Work. 1.9 SUBMITTAL AND RFI LOGS A. Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs. These logs are due no later than two (2) weeks from the Preconstruction Conference and are to be updated and brought to each Progress Meeting. The Submittal log should be a complete list of all proposed submittals required for the project. The RFI log will serve to ensure timely response to all Requests for Information. 1.10 SUBMITTALS FOR COLOR SELECTION A. The following is a list of items which must be submitted together for color , selection. No single item on this list will be approved without the submittal of all other items. 1. Exterior package: Paint for aboveground piping, valves, valve box , covers, meter box covers, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS. (NOT USED) ' PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION t Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Submittals 01300-4 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary accommodations (to include ' portable toilets) for employees and official site visitors, to comply with the requirements and regulations of the State of Florida, the County Health Department and/or other regulatory agencies. ' B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least one toilet will be ' furnished for each 20 men. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. ' 1.2 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to ' traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. ' B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such -as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and 1 lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction area. C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other ' protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. ' D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during adverse weather conditions. 1.3 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, ' driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards and parkings, shall be restored to their original condition, whether ' within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Temporary Facilities 01500-1 11 1.4 PARKING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all ' construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal ' vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or construction activities. 1.5 DUST CONTROL A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water. Dusty materials in I piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. B. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be ' adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. ' C. Contractor shall employ best management practices as specified in Section IV Article 38. 1.6 SWEEPING A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from the pavement at the end of each ' workday. 1.7 POLLUTION CONTROL ' A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or watercourse. ' 1.8 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide sign(s) for the Contract identifying the project and identifying the ' participants in the development of the project The Project Sign shall be provided and erected in accordance with Section I I I Article 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) ' END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Temporary Facilities 01500-2 SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE A. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, compliance with the General Conditions outlined in Section III and the following principle items: 1. Indemnification 2. Preconstruction meeting 3. Move onto the site all Contractor's plant and equipment required for first month operations. 4. Install temporary construction power, water supply, wiring, and lighting facilities. 5. Establish fire protection plan and safety program. 6. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified. 7. Arrange for, and erect, Contractor's work and storage yard and employees' parking facilities. 8. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 9. Obtain all required permits. 10. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, SWFWMD, Department of Labor, and all other required notices. 11. Have Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time. 12. Erect project sign(s) as specified in Section III Article 23. 13. Submit storm water management/dewatering plan, schedule of values, list of shop drawings, and detailed construction schedule acceptable to Owner. 14. Provide audio-video recording of existing conditions in accordance with Section IV Article 37. 15. Notify residences in accordance with Section III Article 22. 16. Demobilization 17. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 18. Construct, maintain, and restore any temporary access and haul roads. I' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Mobilization 01505-1 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Mobilization 01505-2 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under the Contract. 1.2 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. B. The Contractor shall not make claim for an item not identified within the bid item descriptions but should include this cost within the most appropriate Bid Item. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. See Section IV, Article 3 - Definition of Terms 1.4 EXCAVATION A. The lump sum price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.6 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.6 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement. 1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Also see Section III Article 14 for other requirements. B. Schedule of Bid Items 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Measurement and Payment 01630-1 11 1. Lump Sum Bid Items a) The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as , shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for ' each item and shall be pro-rated for the actual work completed based on an approved schedule of values detailing work to be completed under the specific item. t C) Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for ' elsewhere in the bid form. d) Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the ' following: 1) Excavation (excluding unsuitable soil excavation) 2) Shoring and bracing ' 3) Dewatering 4) Backfill (excluding select backfill) 5) Compaction ' 6) Maintaining traffic 7) Appurtenant work and materials as required for a complete and operable system , 8) Testing, balancing, and adjusting including any material and equipment required for the tests 9) Submittals ' 10) Equipment Startup 11) Operation and Maintenance Training by Manufacturers' Representative. 12) Painting ' 13) Restoration 14) Cleanup 2. Unit Cost Bid Items ' a) The work for each Unit Cost bid item shall be constructed as ' shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment for Unit Cost bid items shall be paid for each unit installed and accepted by the Owner. ' C) See Section III Article 11.3. 3. The Contractor shall not make a claim for an item not identified within the , bid item descriptions but should include this cost within the most appropriate Bid Item. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section 1Va ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-2 C. Description of Bid Items: Reclaimed Water Transmission System (For this Project, the transmission system is defined as all pipe, valves and fittings 8-inch in diameter or greater.) 1. Bid Item No. Al - Mobilization a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for the mobilization related to the installation of the reclaimed water transmission mains. b) The lump sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include the items noted in Section 01505 as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. C) Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Allowable Percent Contract Amount of the Lump Sum Earned Price for the Item 5 25 10 50 25 75 50 90 100 100 d) This item covers all mobilization necessary for completion of this project related to the transmission main. e) Bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 3.5% of the total amount for the reclaimed water transmission system. 2. Bid Item No. A2 - Traffic Control a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for the traffic control related to the installation of the reclaimed water transmission mains. b) The lump sum Bid Price for traffic control shall include preparation of a Maintenance of Traffic Plan consistent with the Contractor's schedule and any changes thereto during the performance of the Work, obtaining permits, abiding by the stipulations in the FDOT and Pinellas County Right-of-Way Utilization Permits and approved MOT drawings, and coordination through the Owner's Representative with the Road and Street Department/Traffic Control Section. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any necessary detour facilities; the providing of necessary facilities for access to residences, businesses, etc., along the project; the furnishing, installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during construction, including the placement and removal of temporary pavement markings, and signs; the control of dust, temporary wheel chair ramps, and any other 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Measurement and Payment 01630-3 11 special requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as may be called for on the drawings. The term Traffic Control shall include all of such facilities, devices and operations as are required for the safety and convenience of the public as well as for minimizing public nuisance. C) Payment for Traffic Control will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 3. Bid Item No. A3 - Erosion Control a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for construction of temporary and permanent erosion control features to protect the work areas and adjacent property related to the installation of the reclaimed water transmission mains. b) The lump sum to be paid for under this item, furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative shall include artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, cleanouts, baled hay and straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier, staked silt fence, and seeding. The lump sum price includes furnishing and installing material, routine maintenance and removal of temporary erosion control features upon completion of construction. C) Payment for erosion control will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Allowable Percent of Percent of Original the Lump Sum Price Contract Amount Earned for the Item 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 Allowable Percent of Percent of Original the Lump Sum Price Contract Amount Earned for the Item 50 50 Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-4 1 60 60 1 70 70 80 80 90 90 ' 100 100 4. Bid Item No. A4: Tree Barricades ' a) The lump sum to be paid for under this item shall include tree barricade equipment furnished and installed as outlined in the Contract Documents. The lump sum price includes furnishing and 1 installing barricade material, routine maintenance and removal of tree barricades upon completion of construction as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Payment for tree barricades will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 5. Bid Item No. A6- Root Pruning Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for root pruning of trees associated with the installation of reclaimed water transmission mains by open cut excavation. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the linear feet in which tree roots are acceptably pruned by (or supervised by) an ISA certified arborist as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement will be horizontally above the centerline of the pipe from beginning to end of root pruning activities in the trench as determined by the Owner's Representative. G) Payment will be according to the linear feet of trench in which tree roots are acceptably pruned as set forth on the Proposal. The unit bid price includes the services of a certified arborist, cutting the roots, cutting equipment, plastic barrier, painting with tree pruning compound, and any other measures necessary to prune the tree roots as specified until the work is accepted by the Owner. 1 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Measurement and Payment 01630-5 11 6. Bid Item No. A6 - 10-inch HDPE pipe by Directional Bore a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 10-inch 1 HDPE pipe furnished and installed by directional bore. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe , acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement will be horizontally, above the centerline of the pipe, ' and includes the length of any valves or fittings. C) The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all pipe by ' directional boring and by incidental open cut at launching and receiving pits including all labor, machinery, construction equipment, directional boring equipment, bentonite clay slurry , seal, launching and receiving pits, exploratory pits; dewatering, bracing, shoring, sheeting, bedding and backfill; adjusting, supporting or replacement of existing utilities; HDPE to DI ' transition fittings and restraint; incidental 10" DI pipe used between fittings, hydrostatic testing; pigging; flushing; tracer wire; all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains ' and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete operable pipeline. 7. Bid Item No. A7 - 10-inch Restrained Joint for DI Pipe ' a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 10-inch , retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets used in installing restrained joints on DI pipe and associated ductile iron fittings. b) Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item is the ' number of retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets acceptably furnished and installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. ' C) Payment will be according to the number of restrained joints acceptably furnished and installed, as set forth on the proposal ' The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all restraining devices along the pipeline alignment and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to properly install the restrained joint. ' 1 8. Bid Item No. A8 - 10-inch Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 10" ' compact ductile iron pipe fittings used in the construction and adjustment of reclaimed water mains. This bid item includes, but is not limited to 10" bends, tees, crosses, plugs, caps and ' reducers. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section iVa , 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-6 b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 10" compact ductile iron fitting installed and accepted by the Owner or Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all fittings and materials along the pipeline alignment and all other related and necessary materials, including polyethylene wrapping, required to install the fitting. 9. Bid Item No. A9 - 8-inch C-900 PVC Pipe by Open Cut a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8-inch C- 900 PVC pipe furnished and installed by open cut. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement will be horizontally, above the centerline of the pipe, and includes the length of any valves or fittings. C) The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all pipe by open cut including all labor, machinery, construction equipment, exploratory pits; dewatering, bracing, shoring, sheeting, bedding and backfill; adjusting, supporting or replacement of existing utilities; disposal of spoil; hydrostatic testing; pigging; flushing; tracer wire; alarming tape; all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete operable pipeline. 10. Bid Item No. A10 - 8-inch C-900 RJ PVC by Directional Bore a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8-inch C- 900 non-metallic RJ PVC (polyvinyl chloride) pipe furnished and installed by directional boring. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement will be horizontally, above the centerline of the pipe, and includes the length of any valves or fittings. C) The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all pipe by directional boring and by incidental open cut at launching and receiving pits including all labor, machinery, construction equipment, directional boring equipment, bentonite clay slurry seal, launching and receiving pits, exploratory pits; dewatering, bracing, shoring, sheeting, bedding and backfill; adjusting, supporting or replacement of existing utilities; PVC restrained joints with nylon splines, hydrostatic testing; pigging; flushing; 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 099,E-0198 Section lVa Measurement and Payment 01630-7 11 tracer wire; all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and ' under drains and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete operable pipeline. 11. Bid Item No. A11 - 8-inch Restrained Joint for PVC Pipe a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8-inch ' retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets used in installing restrained joints on PVC pipe and associated ductile iron fittings. b) Measurement, The quantity to be paid for under this item is the number of retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets acceptably furnished and installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Certa-Lok PVC restrained joints used for directional drilling are included in the directional bore Bid Items. C) Payment will be according to the number of restrained joints acceptably furnished and installed, as set forth on the proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all restraining devices along the pipeline alignment and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to properly install the restrained joint. 12. Bid Item No. A12 - 8" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8" compact ductile iron pipe fittings used in the construction and adjustment of reclaimed water mains. This bid item includes, but is not limited to 8" bends, tees, crosses, plugs, caps and reducers. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 8" compact ductile iron fitting installed and accepted by the Owner or Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all fittings and materials along the pipeline alignment and all other related and necessary materials, including polyethylene wrapping, required to install the fitting. 13. Bid Item No. A13 - 8-inch Gate Valve and Box a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8-inch gate valves, valve boxes, and concrete valve pads for reclaimed water pipelines. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the number of valves acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 8" gate valve and box installed and accepted by the Owner. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-8 c) Payment will be according to number of gate valves and boxes furnished and installed, as set forth on the proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing valves, valve boxes and covers, concrete collar, concrete valve pad per City details, extension stems, painting of valve covers and incidental construction associated with these Items. 14. Item No. A14 --Combination Air Release Valve Assembly a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing combination air release valve assemblies on proposed reclaimed water mains. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the number of combination air release valve assemblies acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owners Representative. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each combination air release valve assemblies installed and accepted by the Owner. C) Payment will be according to the size or type of air release valve assembly, and the operation to be performed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing the tap, corporation stop, curb stop, isolation valve and valve box, automatic air release valve, enclosure cover, testing, and miscellaneous pipe, tubing, valves, fittings, all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and incidental items required to install a new assembly. 15. Bid Item No. A16 - Flow Control Structure a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for the Flow Control Structure as depicted in the Drawings and specified herein. b) The lump sum to be paid for under this item shall include furnishing and installing all pipe within 5-ft of the concrete pad/headwall, valves, meter, concrete slab, concrete headwall, electrical systems (exclusive of Progress Energy's work), instrumentation and control systems, all required work at the repeater station, and all accessories required for a complete system as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. C) Payment will be lump sum for the Control Valve Structure installed complete and functioning according to the Contract Documents. 16. Bid Item No. A16 - Unsuitable Material Excavation Below Grade a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for additional material excavated below the normal trench depth, as directed by the Owner's Representative. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-9 b) Measurement shall be the volume in cubic yards of material removed as determined by field dimensions or survey. 1 C) Payment will be for each cubic yard of material removed as set forth on the Proposal. The unit bid price includes labor, equipment, excavation, hauling, disposal, dewatering, and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 17. Bid Item No. A17 - Select Backfill Below Grade a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for select backfill below grade, ordered by the Owner's Representative in writing. b) Measurement shall be the volume in cubic yards of material placed and compacted as determined by field dimensions or survey. C) Payment will be per cubic yard of material placed and compacted, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes labor, equipment, excavation, hauling, disposal, dewatering, and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 18. Bid Item No. A18 -Trees Removal a) This bid item describes measurement and payment to remove trees associated with the installation of reclaimed water pipelines. b) Measurement shall be for each tree removed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be for each tree removed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all material necessary for a complete and successful tree removal. 19. Bid Item No A19: Progress Energy Allowance a) This allowance is to be used for payment to Progress Energy for providing the new single phase electrical service to the new control valve station. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of work with Progress Energy. Receipt of payment by Contractor will be required for compensation by City. 20. Bid Item No A20: Programming Services Allowance a) This bid item refers to payment for program services as identified in Section 13330- Software Services. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of the work. 21. Bid Item No. A21 - Owner's Contingency a) Description: The work covered by this item consists of unforeseen ' items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-10 accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra work as approved by the Owner, or additional items over and above those specified or shown on the drawings. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner or his authorized representative prior to starting this additional work. b) The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%) of the following: The subtotal of the Bid Items 1 through 20 rounded up to the nearest cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidder's part, the Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to 10% of this subtotal. Reclaimed Water Distribution System (For this Project, the distribution system is defined as all pipe, valves and fittings less than 8-inch in diameter.) 1. Bid Item No. B1 - Mobilization a) Same as Bid Item Al except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system and service lines. 2. Bid Item No. B2 - Traffic Control a) Same as Bid Item A2 except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system. 3. Bid Item No. 133 -- Erosion Control a) Same as Bid Item A3 except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system. 4. Bid Item No. 134 Tree Barricades a) Same as Bid Item A4 except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system. 5. Bid Item No. B5- Root Pruning a) Same as Bid Item AS except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system. 6. Bid Item No. 136 - 3-inch ASTM D2241 RJ PVC Pipe by Directional Bore a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 3-inch ASTM D2241 non-metallic RJ PVC (polyvinyl chloride) pipe furnished and installed by directional boring. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Measurement and Payment 01630-11 11 b) Measurement will be horizontally, above the centerline of the pipe, I and includes the length of any valves or fittings. c) The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all pipe and required PVC fittings by directional boring and by incidental open cut at launching and receiving pits including all labor, machinery, construction equipment, directional boring equipment, bentonite clay slurry seal, launching and receiving pits, exploratory pits; dewatering, bracing, shoring, sheeting, bedding and backfill; adjusting, supporting or replacement of existing utilities; PVC restrained joints with nylon splines, hydrostatic testing; pigging; ' flushing; tracer wire; all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete operable pipeline. 7. Bid Item No. 137 - 4-inch C-900 PVC Pipe by Open Cut ' a) Same as Bid Item A9 except 4-inch C-900 PVC pipe shall be provided. ' 8. Bid Item No. B8 - 4-inch C-900 RJ PVC Pipe by Directional Bore a) Same as Bid Item A10 except 4-inch C-900 RJ PVC pipe shall be ' provided. 9. Bid Item No. B9 - 6-inch HDPE Casing Pipe by Directional Bore , a) Same as Bid Item A10 except 6-inch HDPE Casing Pipe shall be provided. ' 10. Bid Item No. B10 - 4-inch Restrained Joint for PVC Pipe a) Same as Bid Item All except 4-inch restrained joints for PVC ' pipe shall be provided. 11. Bid Item No. 811 - 4" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings ' a) Same as Bid Item A12 except this Bid Item applies to 4" compact ' ductile iron fittings. 12. Bid Item No. B12 -- 4-inch Gate Valves and Boxes ' a) Same as Bid Item A13 except 4-inch gate valves and boxes shall be provided. , 13. Bid Item No. B13 -- Permanent Blowoff Assembly Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section lVa ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-12 a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing permanent blowoff assemblies on the reclaimed water mains. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each permanent blowoff furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be for each permanent blowoff assembly installed as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price shall include furnishing and installing the blowoff, testing, excavation, backfill, bracing, shoring, sheeting, dewatering, sod, pavement and concrete restoration, and incidental materials and construction. The blowoff assembly shall include 4-inch ductile iron pipe, 4-inch gate valve and box, 4-inch ductile iron 900 bend, 4-inch ductile iron riser with flange on one end, 4-inch ductile iron flanged cap, joint restraints, PVC or HDPE or cast iron meter box and all appurtenances. 14. Bid Item No. B14 - 2-inch Long Side Service a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing 2" long side RCW services on proposed reclaimed water mains. A service shall be considered a long side service if the length of the service is equal to or greater than one half of the right-of-way where the installation is occurring. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 2" long side RCW service acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to each service installed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes excavation, backfill, furnishing and installing the 2" tapping saddle and corporation stop; 2-inch HDPE service line within 4-inch HDPE or PVC casing installed by directional drill under roadways and sidewalks; and 2- inch HDPE service line by open cut in all other locations; 2" curb stop, meter box and cover; testing, all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and incidental items required to install a new assembly. 15. Bid Item No. B16 - 2-inch Short Side Service a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing 2" short side RCW services on proposed reclaimed water mains. A service shall be considered a short side service if the length of the service is less than one half of the right-of-way where the installation is occurring. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 2" short side RCW service acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. I' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Measurement and Payment 01630-13 11 C) Payment will be according to each service installed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes excavation, backfill, furnishing and installing the 2" tapping saddle and corporation stop; 2-inch HDPE service line within 4-inch HDPE or PVC casing installed by directional drill under sidewalks; and 2-inch HDPE service line by open cut in all other locations; 2" curb stop, meter box and cover; testing, all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and incidental items required to install a new assembly. 16. Bid Item No. B16 - 1-inch Long Side Service a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing 1" long side RCW services on proposed reclaimed water mains. A service shall be considered a long side service if the length of the service is equal to or greater than one half of the right-of-way where the installation is occurring. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each V long side RCW service acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to each service installed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes excavation, backfill, furnishing and installing the 1" tapping saddle and corporation stop; 1-inch HDPE service line within 2-inch HDPE or PVC casing installed by directional drill under roadways and sidewalks, and 1- inch HDPE service line by open cut in all other locations; 1" curb stop, meter box and cover; testing, all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and incidental items required to install a new assembly. 17. Bid Item No. 617- 1-inch Short Side Service a) This Bid Item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing 1" short side RCW services on proposed reclaimed water mains. A service shall be considered a short side service if the length of the service is less than one half of the right-of-way where the installation is occurring. b) Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 1" short side RCW service acceptably installed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to each service installed, as set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes excavation, backfill, furnishing and installing the 1" tapping saddle and corporation stop; 1-inch. HDPE service line within 2-inch HDPE or PVC casing Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-14 installed by directional drill under sidewalks; and 1-inch HDPE service line by open cut in all other locations; 1" curb stop, meter box and cover; testing, all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and incidental items required to install a new assembly. 18. Bid Item No. B18 - Concrete Driveway Replacement as Directed by the Owner's Representative a) This bid item includes construction of concrete driveway replacement as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the area, in square yards, acceptably furnished and installed as directed by the owner or the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to the area in square yards of concrete driveway as set forth in the Proposal. Payment for this bid item includes formwork, concrete, reinforcing, and finishing. d) No payment shall be made for the installation of concrete driveway where existing driveways are disturbed by the Contractor away from the alignment of the new pipeline, service lines and meter boxes unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. 19. Bid Item No. B19 - Concrete Sidewalk Replacement as Directed by the Owner's Representative. a) Same as Bid Item No. B18, except concrete sidewalks shall be provided. 20. Bid Item No. B20 - Concrete Curb Replacement as Directed by the Owner's Representative a) This bid item includes construction of concrete curb replacement as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the length, in linear feet, acceptably furnished and installed as directed by the Owner's Representative. c) Payment shall be according to the length of feet of concrete curb installed, as set forth in the Proposal. Payment for this bid item includes soil and base preparation, formwork, concrete, reinforcing, and finishing. d) No payment will be made for the installation of concrete curb I where existing curb is disturbed by the Contractor away from the alignment of the new pipeline unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-15 21. Bid Item No. B21 - Asphalt Road Replacement as Directed by the Owner's Representative ' a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for pavement restoration as directed by the Owner's Representative. ' b) Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item is the area in square yards of asphaltic concrete paving acceptably furnished and installed as directed by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to the area in square yards of pavement replaced and the type of paving material as set forth on ' the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing asphaltic concrete, temporary and permanent thermoplastic markings, base material, sub-base material, compaction, , miscellaneous equipment and materials, testing and incidental work items. d) No payment will be made for the installation of asphalt paving ' where existing asphalt is disturbed by the Contractor away from the alignment of the new pipeline and service lines unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. ' 22. Bid Item No. B22 - Asphalt Overlay as Directed by the Owner's Representative ' a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for asphalt pavement overlay placed as directed by the Owner's , Representative. b) Measurement The quantity to be paid for under this item is the area in square yards of asphaltic concrete paving acceptably ' furnished and installed as directed by the owner or the Owner's Representative. C) Payment will be according to the area in square yards of pavement overlay and the type of paving material as set forth on the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing ' asphaltic concrete, surface asphalt milling, miscellaneous equipment and materials, testing and incidental work items. d) No payment will be made for the installation of asphalt paving overlay where existing asphalt is disturbed by the Contractor away from the alignment of the new pipeline unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. 23. Bid Item No. B23 - 4-inch Flow Meter Assembly a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for 4-inch , Flow Meter Assemblies as depicted in the drawing details and specified herein. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-16 b) The lump sum to be paid for under this item shall include furnishing and installing all components and accessories required for a complete system as shown on the drawing details and specified herein. The 4-inch flow meter will be provided and installed by the Owner' Representative. C) Payment will be lump sum for each 4-inch Flow Meter Assembly installed complete and functioning according to the Contract Documents and accepted by the Owner' Representative. 24. Bid Item No. B24 - 3-inch Flow Meter Assembly a) Same as Bid Item B23 except a 3-inch flow meter assembly shall be provided. 25. Bid Item No. B25 - Irrigation System Connection a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for connection to the existing Pinellas County School irrigation system as depicted in the drawing details and specified herein. b) The lump sum to be paid for under this item shall include furnishing and installing all components and accessories required to make the connection as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. C) Payment will be lump sum for each irrigation system connection installed complete and functioning according to the Contract Documents and accepted by the Owner. 26. Bid Item No. B26 - Tree Removal a) Same as Bid Item A18 except that this Bid Item applies to the installation of the reclaimed water distribution system. 27. Bid Item No. B27 - Owner's Contingency b) Same as Bid Item A21 except that this Bid Item applies to the reclaimed water distribution system (Items 131-1326). Alternate Bid Item- Reclaimed Water Transmission System 1. Bid Item No. C1- 8" Fusible C-900 PVC Pipe (Directional Bore) a) This bid item describes measurement and payment for Fusible PVC pipe installed by directional bore. b) Measurement will be horizontally, above the centerline of the pipe, and includes the length of any valves or fittings. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Measurement and Payment 01630-17 C) The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing all pipe by directional boring and by incidental open cut at launching and receiving pits including all labor, machinery, construction equipment, directional boring equipment, bentonite clay slurry seal, launching and receiving pits, exploratory pits; dewatering, bracing, shoring, sheeting, bedding and backfill; adjusting, supporting or replacement of existing utilities; fusion of pipe, hydrostatic testing; pigging; flushing; tracer wire; alarming tape; all restoration including removal and replacement of sod, asphalt pavement, driveways, sidewalks, curb, gutter and under drains and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete operable pipeline. 2. Bid Item No. C2- Owner's Contingency a) Same as Bid Item A21 except that this Bid Item applies to the alternate bid reclaimed water transmission system (Items Al-A9, All-A20 & Cl). Alternate Bid Item- Reclaimed Water Distribution System Bid Item No. C3- 4" Fusible C-900 PVC Pipe (Directional Bore) a) Same as Bid Item No. Cl except 4" Fusible C-900 PVC pipe shall I be used. 2. Bid Item No. C4- Owner's Contingency a) Same as Bid Item A21 except that this Bid Item applies to the alternate bid reclaimed water distribution system and service lines (Items 61-137, B9-B26 & C3). Other Items Sod Replacement for Installation of all Pipelines a) No additional payment will be made for sod placement for pipeline installation regardless of installation method, but all costs associated with this item shall be included in the unit prices bid for the linear feet of reclaimed water pipes installed. b) Sod replacement shall include soil preparation furnishing and installing sod, rolling, watering, and any other measures necessary to establish and maintain a healthy stand of grass until the work is accepted by the Owner. New sod shall be installed where existing lawn areas are disturbed by the operations of the Contractor. Sod type shall match existing sod removed and/or disturbed. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-18 C) Installation of sod shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of ' the Contractor, and all costs associated therewith shall be included in the unit prices for reclaimed water pipes installed. d) Asphalt Pavement, Concrete Driveway, Concrete Sidewalk, and Concrete Curb and Gutter Removal and Replacement for Installation of all Pipelines. e) No additional payment will be made for asphalt pavement, concrete driveway, concrete sidewalk and concrete curb and gutter removal and replacement; but all costs associated with ' these items shall be included in the unit prices bid for the linear feet of reclaimed water pipes or service lines installed. f) Asphalt paving removal and replacement shall include removal and disposal of existing asphalt; furnishing and installing new asphalt, base material, sub-base material, compaction, miscellaneous equipment and materials, testing and incidental work items. g) Concrete driveway removal and replacement shall include removal and disposal of existing concrete; furnishing and installing new formwork, steel reinforcing, concrete, and finishing. h) Concrete sidewalk removal and replacement shall include removal and disposal of existing concrete; furnishing and installing new formwork, steel reinforcing, concrete, and finishing. i) Concrete curb and gutter removal and replacement shall include removal and disposal of existing concrete; furnishing and installing new formwork, steel reinforcing, concrete, and finishing. END OF SECTION ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Measurement and Payment 01630-19 SECTION 01640 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 01650 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEICONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids. B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner's Project Representative before proceeding. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Quality Control 01640-1 C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference I document. 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by Owner's Project Representative. 1.6 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been accepted by Owner's Project Representative. 1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Owner. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner, Contractor, and the Engineer, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Owner and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Owner. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa ' Quality Control 01640-2 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. Submit qualifications of observer to Owner's Project Representative 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Owner. B. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. C. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Owner's Project Representative for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Wa 0992-0198 Quality Control 01640-3 11 SECTION 01650 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Laboratory responsibilities. C. Laboratory reports. D. Limits on testing laboratory authority. E. Contractor responsibilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.4 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM E329 and ANSI/ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the state in which Project is located. C. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Submittals: The contractor shall submit the name, address and qualifications of selected laboratory for Owner's approval prior to application for first payment. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Testing Laboratory Services 01850-1 E. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.6 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner's Project Representative. 1.7 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to Owner and to Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Results of tests, 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. C. When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of test results. 1.8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. Morningslde Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-2 1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. C. Notify Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. D. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-3 SECTION 01670 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General This section covers furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and performing all work and services for furnishing, submission, processing and handling of requests for substitution and product options. See items as indicated on drawings and as specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General Conditions for additional information. B. Procedure For equipment and materials which are listed in the proposal, observe procedures outlined in Information for Bidders. 2. For products, equipment, and materials which are named in drawings or specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe procedures outlined in these specifications. C. Cost incurred by requester in providing information, catalogs, and samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or Engineer. D. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. E. All communication with the City during bidding phase shall be in writing, either by e-mail or fax, and shall be directed to the City's Engineering Department at: City of Clearwater, Engineering Department ATTN: Kelly O'Brien 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 Fax: (727) 562-4755 E-mail: Kelly. Obrien@MyClearwater.com F. All communication with the City during construction shall be through the City's Construction Services Department. The City's Project Representative shall be introduced at the pre-construction meeting. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Substitutions and Product Options 01670 - 1 11 1.2 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated, unless specifically noted as such. C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed upon by Owner prior to letting of Contract. E. Conditional bids will not be accepted. 1.3 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION A. After the bid date and prior to award of the Contract, the Engineer will consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. Requests must be received by Engineer within ten calendar days after the date of bid opening. All requests for substitution shall be completed as specified below. B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items unless specifically approved otherwise. C. Submit four (4) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which request for substitution is initiated. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 3. For products: a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including manufacturer's name. b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered: 1) Product Description. 2) Performance and test data. 3) Reference standards. 4) Difference in power demand. 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section iVa 0992-0198 Substitutions and Product Options 01670 - 2 C. Submit samples, full size if so required. Engineer reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. Engineer is not responsible for loss of or damage to samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data on installation. D. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 7. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in contract time or amount. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product, materials, systems or other items, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product, materials, systems or other items specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include but not be limited to the following: a. Building and structure modifications as necessary b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change c. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation changes d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project E. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for alternative consideration will be given within two weeks after request is received. G. In the event the acceptance of an alternate results in a change in contract price or time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an alternate does not result in a change in Contract price or time, a field order shall be issued. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Substitutions and Product Options 01670 - 3 H. Rejection of alternates: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or building spaces. 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this specification section. 1.4 SUBSTITUTION AFTER CONTRACT AWARD A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are only reasons for substitution after Contract award. B. Notify Owner in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.3 C above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section lVa 0992-0198 Substitutions and Product Options 01670 - 4 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final cleaning B. Adjusting C. Project record documents D. Warranties 1.2 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of all applicable warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cloth cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record information concurrent with construction progress as indicated in specifications. See Section III Article 6.11.2 for As-Built requirements. B. Record work with minority/women owned businesses as required in Southwest Florida Water Management District Contract Form Exhibit E as follows: I ' Skycrest Reclaimed Water Syste- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0198 Section /Va Contract Closeout 01700-1 11 wrn m ? V ? L O O d _y z p OV 5 C 4 ? O U) C Z 0) W d w w 4 r.+ o av C N LL' ? .Q Z me O F- N cc ? ?w _j (D U) U) a a w 'L C Z o w C m N 10 N yj r- C7 m ? o aa)) XU) ?•c m w OL + dN C) G 'N W O c N ul) O ? c? Z w N N Lu a) 7-?a0 N a CL M 0 9+ a=' 0M O c (n z o o ,5 Lo ?% -0 "Q cod Q ce) w OS b 0 ° o d •3U y} c 0 A- E t5 c m m ?.O 22 N Q O O 4 N O W F z D J z O AMERICAN WOMAN W NATIVE AMERICAN Q ? ASIAN/HAWAIIAN AMERICAN M L) w ? ? O HISPANIC AMERICAN m z AFRICAN AMERICAN U AMERICAN WOMAN O I W W ? m g NATIVE AMERICAN H W ASIAN/HAWAIIAN AMERICAN ? } w HISPANIC AMERICAN U 0 AFRICAN AMERICAN w U p SMALL BUSINESS W O U E Section 288.703(1)F.S, w W U V z w NON-MINORITY Cn m i m ? a z D O O ?? < W N ? F_ O o ? ~ Z V O? U z CD U p z E z Q O W U o a) N E a O a CL L Z? U ¢ Q O H .Q C cc N w z c CIL 2 m cc r_ O) U) N O ti o~p O A O 4 a V V O !0 'O v7 C c CD 4 y (? PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION I' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Contract Closeout 01700-3 11 SECTION 02010- SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Soils investigation reports have been prepared for the project by Nodarse and Associates, Inc., hereafter referred to as the Geotechnical Engineer, dated September 26, 2008 and February 3, 2006. The soils-investigation reports are included in the Appendix of this Invitation for Bid package. B. The report dated February 3, 2006 includes information on areas that are "Not in Contract" as identified on Construction Drawing G-3. C. This report was obtained only for the Engineer's use in design. The report is available for bidder's information, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, bidders may at their cost, make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be performed under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ? 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Subsurface Investigation 02010-1 SECTION 02071 - DIRECTIONAL BORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and installing underground utilities using the horizontal directional drilling (HDD) method of installation, also commonly referred to as directional boring or guided horizontal boring. This work shall include all services, equipment, materials, and labor for the complete and proper installation, testing, protection of existing underground utilities and environmental protection and restoration. B. The overall work scope shall include, but not be limited to steerable directional boring equipment, boring pits and equipment, sheeting, location signs as required, miscellaneous appurtenances to complete the entire Work as shown on the Contract Drawings, and restoration, including irrigation system replacement. Directional boring operations shall be performed within the right-of-way and/or easements shown on the Drawings. C. The equipment used in directional boring shall be of adequate commercial size and satisfactory working condition for safe operation, and may be subject to approval by the Owner at the discretion of the Engineer. Such approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for making a satisfactory installation meeting the criteria set forth herein. Only workmen experienced in directional boring operations shall be used in performing the Work. D. Provide all structures, safety equipment, and professional services required to provide for the health and safety of the general public and of personnel involved in directional boring work in accordance with the requirements of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. E. Take all measures necessary to protect surrounding public and private property, adjacent buildings, roads, drives, sidewalks, and appurtenances from damage due to directional boring work. Responsibility and payment for correction of such damage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. ' F. The project schedule shall be established on the basis of working a normal work schedule including five days per week, single shift, and eight hours per day or four days per week, single shift, ten hours per day. G. The Owner shall be notified 48-hours (minimum) in advance of starting the drilling work. The Directional Bore procedure shall not begin until the proper ' preparations (see work plan) for the operation have been completed. H. The Directional boring operation is to be operated in a manner to eliminate the discharge of water, drilling mud, and cuttings to the waterways or to the land areas involved during the construction process. 1 Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Directional Boring 02071 - 1 1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. American Water Works Associations (AWWA). 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Directional boring and pipe installation shall be done only by an experienced Contractor specializing in directional boring and whose key personnel have at least 5 years experience in this work, and the installation of similar size pipe. B. All personnel shall be fully trained in the respective duties as part of the directional drilling crew and in safety. A supervisor thoroughly familiar with the equipment and type of work to be performed shall be in direct charge and control of the operation at all times. The supervisor shall be present at the job site during the actual directional bore operation. The contractor shall have a sufficient number of competent workers on the job at all times to insure the directional bore procedure shall be made in a timely and satisfactory manner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide a description of typical HDD procedures for this project, including drilling procedures, reaming operations, and pullback procedures. Included with the description will be a list of major equipment used and supervisory personnel resumes. B. Prior to beginning work, the contractor shall submit to the Owner a work plan ' detailing the procedure and schedule to be used to properly execute the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIRECTIONAL BORING EQUIPMENT ' A. The directional boring equipment shall be suitable for installing pipe sizes shown on the Contract Drawings for the soil conditions presented in the geotechnical report. B. The directional boring equipment shall be steerable by means of an electronic ' tool directional system with walkover receiver, and shall provide bentonite clay slurry to completely seal around the installed carrier pipe. C. Steel casing pipe shall not be required. D. The contractor shall provide and maintain instrumentation necessary to ' accurately locate the pilot hole (both horizontal and vertical displacements), measure pilot string torsional and axial and measure drilling fluid discharge rate and pressure. The Owner shall have access to instrumentation and readings at t all times during operation. E. The Contractor shall provide all materials for completing the installation and for adequate protection of the work. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Directional Boring 02071-2 F. The carrier pipe shall be HDPE for the 10-inch transmission main bore and the 2" and 1" services. PVC pipe casing and C-900 RJ PVC pipe shall be used for the 8", 6" and 4" distribution lines. 1 2.2 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND C-900 PVC PIPE A. HDPE Pipe- See Section 15065 B. PVC Pipe. See Section 15063 (joint coupled) or 15068 (fusible) 2.3 DRILLING PIPE A. Drill pipe shall be API steel drill pipe, range 2, premium class or higher, Grade S- 135 in a diameter sufficient for the torque and longitudinal loads and fluid capacities required for the work. 2.4 BENTONITE DRILLING MUD A. Bentonite technical criteria shall be as described in API Specification 13A, "Specification for Oil Well Drilling Fluids Material for fresh water drilling fluids. B. Any modification to the basic drilling fluid involving additives must describe the type of material to be used and be included in Contractor's drilling plan presented to the Owner. The Owner retains the right to sample and monitor the waste drilling mud, cuttings and water. 2.5 PIPE TRACING WIRE A. All pipe installed by directional boring shall be provided with tracing wire in accordance with Section 15066. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The directional boring equipment shall be operated by individuals trained by the manufacturer as experienced operators. B. The directional boring equipment shall produce a stable, clay sealed tunnel with a minimum burial depth of 18" for casing pipe installation and 36" for carrier pipe installation. C. The directional boring equipment shall employ a fluid cutting technique. The soil shall be cut by small diameter, high pressure jets of liquefied clay. The jets shall cut the soil in advance of the boring tool, impregnating and lining the tunnel wall with clay. The clay shall be totally inert and pose no environmental risk. A pilot hole shall be drilled with an appropriately sized drill pipe. The pilot hole will then be increased to the appropriate diameter by a reaming operation. The boring tool will then be connected to the pipe, and the boring tool shall pull the carrier pipe through the clay lined tunnel as it traverses under the surface being crossed. The pulling strength of the boring equipment shall not exceed pipe 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Directional Boring 02071-3 11 I safety pull strength as per manufacturer's recommendations. Surface excavations shall be limited to small launching and receiving pits. Pits shall be ' no larger than that required for launching and receiving. Adequate "pit-tail" lengths of service connection piping shall be provided at both the launching and receiving ends to facilitate service connection assembly. 3.2 REAMING A. Upon approval of the pilot hole location by the Project Representative, the hole ' opening or enlarging phase of the installation shall begin. The borehole diameter shall be increased to accommodate the pullback operation of the pipe. The type of hole opener or back reamer to be utilized in this phase shall be determined by ' the types of subsurface soil conditions that have been encountered during the pilot hole drilling operation. The reamer type shall be at the Contractor's discretion. ' 3.3 PIPE PULLBACK OPERATION A. The pipes shall be laid out as shown in the Drawings, and assembled in a ' manner that does not obstruct adjacent roads, public or private activities adjacent to the layout areas except as shown otherwise. B. The Contractor shall provide adequate support/rollers along the stringing area to support the required length of the carrier pipe for each bore. Such support/rollers shall be comprised of a non-abrasive material arranged in a manner to provide support to the bottom and bottom quarter points of the pipeline allowing for free movement of the pipeline during pullback while preventing overstressing or buckling. C. Each length of pipe shall be inspected and cleaned as necessary to be free of debris immediately prior to joining. D. Cuts, gouges or holes that penetrate the pipe wall thickness by more than 10 percent shall not be acceptable and shall be cutout and discarded. Before pipe installation, the Contractor shall be responsible for carefully inspecting the assembled pipeline to insure that no vandalism or improper acts have occurred to render the new pipeline defective. E. The maximum pull (axial tension force) exerted on the pipe shall be measured continuously and limited to the maximum allowed by the pipe manufacturer so that the pipe or joints are not overstressed. F. A swivel shall be used to connect the pipe and copper location wire to the drill pipe to prevent torsional stresses from occurring in the pipe. G. The pipelines shall be fed from coils or otherwise adequately supported during installation so as to prevent buckling, kinking or overstressing. H. The Contractor shall at all times handle the pipe in a manner that does not overstress the pipe. Vertical and horizontal curves shall be limited so that wall stresses do not exceed 50% of yield stress for flexural bending of the pipe. If the pipe is buckled or otherwise damaged, the damaged section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall take Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Directional Boring 02071 - 4 1 appropriate steps during pullback to ensure that the pipe will be installed without ' damage. 1. During the pullback operation, the Contractor shall monitor roller operation and ' sidebooms if required to assist movement of the pipe. Surface damage shall be repaired by Contractor before pulling operations resume. J. The lead end of the pipe shall be closed during the pull back operation. ' K. After the carrier pipe is completely pulled through the tunnel, a sufficient relaxation period, as recommended by the specified pipe manufacturer, shall be r provided prior to the final pipe tie-in. L. The Contractor shall install, maintain, and leave in place any sheeting, underpinning, cribbing, and other related items (other than that required for the boring and receiving pits) to support any structure or facility affected by the boring operations. The Project Representative, depending upon existing conditions, may. require that additional sheeting for the excavation be left in ' place. M. Contractor shall hydrostatically test each line according to the Owner's required ' test procedures and these Technical Specifications. Pressure and temperature shall be monitored with certified instruments during the test. The requirements for testing shall be met. ' 3.4 HANDLING DRILLING FLUIDS AND CUTTINGS A. During the drilling, reaming, or pullback operations, the Contractor shall make ' adequate provisions for handling the drilling fluids, or cuttings at the entry and exit pits. These fluids must not be discharged into the waterways. When the Contractor's provisions for storage of the fluids or cuttings on site are exceeded, these materials shall be hauled away to a suitable legal disposal site. After completion of the directional drilling work, the entry and exit pit locations shall be restored to original conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all permit ' provisions. 3.6 WATER A. The Owner will furnish a water meter and backflow prevention device required for the connection to the fire hydrant(s) for use in the HDD operations. The Owner will deliver and install the device after receiving payment/set-up account upon 48 ' hours notice. The Owner will remove and retain ownership of the device following HDD operations. The Contractor shall bear the cost of all water used for HDD operations. ' 3.6 NEARBY UTILITIES A. The drawings show existing buried utilities that are believed to be near the ' directional drill alignment. There is no guarantee that these utilities are located as shown or that other utilities may not be present. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate all nearby utilities or other subsurface obstructions that I , may interfere with the work by excavating windows on the pipeline alignment or other means. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Directional Boring 02071-5 B. The Contractor shall identify locations of existing sewer service laterals, water services, and stormwater underdrains prior to beginning drilling operations and shall avoid damaging the laterals, services and underdrains. Any damage caused by the Contractors work shall be replaced for repaired at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the steerable, clay lined directional drilling operation. Any noticeable surface defects resulting from operation of this boring equipment shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. 3.8 SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION A. The Contractor shall be considered as having completed the requirements of any directional boring when he has successfully completed the work and tested the pipe to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Directional Boring 02071-6 SECTION 02210 - EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers excavation and trenching work as required; the handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgrades; pumping and dewatering as necessary or required; protection of adjacent property; backfilling; pipe embedment; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant work. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearance for the work to be performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut for extended footings. B. Subgrade surfaces shall be clean and free of loose material of any kind when concrete is placed thereon. C. Except where exterior surfaces are specified to be dampproofed, monolithic concrete manholes and other concrete structures, or parts thereof, which do not have footings and extend beyond the outside face of exterior walls, may be placed directly against excavation faces without the use of outer forms, provided that such faces are stable and also provided that a layer of polyethylene film is placed between the earth and the concrete. D. Excavations for manholes and similar structures constructed of masonry units shall have such horizontal dimensions that not less than 6 inches clearance is provided for outside plastering. E. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Engineer. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any backfill, fill, or embankment. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Clearing and Grubbing -- See Section IV, Article 56 B. Soils Conditions: Detailed soils explorations to determine further soils conditions, including the extent of any unsuitable materials, are the responsibility of the Contractor. Coordinate all soils exploration with the Owner prior to performing the work. C. Unsuitable Material: All unsuitable materials found during excavation, which are not suitable for backfill or bedding, shall be completely removed and replaced with suitable soils, at no additional cost to the Owner. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 1 1 1.4 BLASTING A. Blasting with any type of explosive is permitted only when approved by the City. 1 1.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION ' A. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, all materials excavated below the bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and ' foundations shall be replaced, by and at the expense of the Contractor, with concrete placed at the same time and monolithic with the concrete above. 1.6 DEWATERING ' A. See Section IV, Article 12 1.7 SHEETING AND SHORING ' A. Except where banks are cut back on a stable slope, excavation for structures and ' trenches shall be sheeted, braced, and shored as necessary to prevent caving or sliding. 1.8 STABILIZATION A. Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud and muck; and ' sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. B. Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms, which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. The stabilizing material shall be spread and compacted to a depth of not more than 4 inches; if the required depth exceeds 4 inches, the material shall be furnished and installed as specified for granular fills. Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. C. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades for concrete structures shall not be above subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings. 1.9 EARTH FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS A. To the maximum extent available, excess suitable material obtained from structure and trench excavations shall be used for construction of fills and embankments. Additional material shall be provided as required. B. Wherever a trench passes through a fill or embankment, the fill or embankment material shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Wa ' 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 2 1.10 GRANULAR FILLS A. Granular fills shall be placed on suitably prepared subgrades and compacted by vibration. Granular fill material shall be crushed rock or gravel, shall be free from dust, clay, or trash, and shall be graded to the requirements of FDOT section 901 No. 57 aggregate. Granular fill shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent relative density as determined by ASTM D698-70, Method C. Granular fills under concrete slabs shall be compacted with a minimum of 3 passes of a vibratory steel drum or plate type compactor. 1.11 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. See Section IV, Article 5 - Excavation for Underground Work B. No more trench shall be opened in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work. 400 feet shall be the maximum length of open trench on any line under construction. C. Except where tunneling is indicated on the drawings, is specified, or is permitted by the Engineer, all trench excavation shall be open cut from the surface.. 1.12 ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND MINIMUM COVER A. Pipe shall be laid and maintained at the required lines and grades with fittings, ' valves and appurtenances at the described locations. All pipe shall be laid to the depth as shown on the plans. Grade lines shall be set by the Contractor. The tolerance of such grades shall not be more than that specified on the drawings. ' When no tolerance is indicated a tolerance of 0.5 foot shall be used. All other realignments must be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have suitable surrey equipment on the site at all times. B. The work shall at all times progress with caution so as to prevent damage to underground obstructions both known and unknown. Should an obstruction not shown on the plans be encountered the Engineer shall be immediately notified ' and he shall be responsible for alteration to the plan should realignment be necessary. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer far enough in advance to allow the realignment to be accomplished by deflection in the pipe joints. ' 1.13 LIMITING TRENCH WIDTHS A. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working ' space and sidewall clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. Trench widths shall be as shown on the drawings. B. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth load to prevent sliding and caving shall be done only in areas where the increased trench width will not interfere with surface features or encroach on construction limits. ' C. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Overdepth excavation shall be backfilled with ' Class I material. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 3 1.14 MECHANICAL EXCAVATION , A. The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. B. Mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of a type, design, and ' construction, and shall be so operated that pipe, when accurately laid to specified alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to ' obtain clearance will not be permitted. 1.15 EXCAVATION BELOW PIPE SUBGRADE 1 A. Except where otherwise required, pipe trenches shall be excavated per the detail in the plans. , 1.16 ARTIFICIAL FOUNDATIONS IN TRENCHES A. Whenever unsuitable or unstable soil conditions are encountered, trenches shall ' be excavated below grade and the trench bottom shall be brought to embedment grade with suitable material. 1.17 BELL HOLES A. Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in ' installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. 1.18 EMBEDMENT MATERIALS A. General: Use soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater than 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter. 1 1.19 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM. A. Symbols and descriptions for groups of soils classified by the Unified Soil ' Classification System, ASTMD-2487, are listed below: Group Symbols Group Description ' CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. CL Inorganic clays of low to medium, plasticity, gravelly clays, ' sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays. GC Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures. GM ' Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures. GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 4 GW MH ML OH OL PT SC SM SP SW 1.20 CLASSIFICATION Well-graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceour fine sands or silts, elastic silts. Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands. Organic clays of medium to high. plasticity. Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity. Peat, muck, and other highly organic soils. Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures. Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures. Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. Well-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. A. For the purpose of this specification, soils to be used as fill material are grouped into five classes according to soil properties and characteristics. 1. Class I - Granular Material - angular bedding material well graded crushed stone meeting the requirements of ASTM D448 size No. 67. 2. Class II - Coarse sands and gravels with maximum practical size of 44 ' mm (1-1/2 in.), including variously graded sands and gravels containing small percentages of fines, generally granular and non-cohesive, either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, and SP are included in this class. 3. Class III - Fine sand and clayey gravels, including fine sands, sand-clay mixtures, and gravel-clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM, and SC are included in this class. 4. Class IV - Silt, silty clays, and clays, including inorganic clays and silts of medium to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML, CH, and CL are included in this class. These materials are not recommended for bedding, haunching, or initial backfill. 5. Class V - This class includes the organic soils, OL, OH, and PT as well as soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks, larger than 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) in diameter, and other foreign materials. These materials are not allowed for bedding haunching or initial backfill. 1.21 TRENCHING A. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Overdepth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 5 1.22 DEPTH A. Trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Where elevations are not shown, trench to a depth sufficient to provide at least 36 inches of cover above the top of pipe, unless otherwise specified. Grade trenches to provide a constant slope free of sags and high spots. 1.23 TRENCH BRACING A. Properly brace, sheet and support trench walls in strict conformance with all pertinent laws and regulations. Provide adequate bracing and shoring to protect adjacent improvements. 1.24 BEDDING, HAUNCHING AND INITIAL BACKFILL A. Tamp subgrade to provide firm, even bedding. Excavate bedding material to match the shape of the bottom of the pipe and bell, as detailed in the Drawings. Place haunching material so as to provide full bearing around the bottom of the pipe. Place bedding, haunching and initial backfill as specified below. 1.25 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. If no backfill is required after initial trench excavation, undisturbed earth may be suitable for bedding in cover less than 12 feet deep. Excavate to match bottom of pipe and bell. Provide Class I material as bedding for pipe cover greater than 12 feet. Class I, II or SM, SC soil for haunching to pipe springline. Class II or III material and soil types SM and SC shall be used as initial backfill to 12-inches above top of pipe. 1.26 BACKFILL A. Backfill the remainder of the trench with soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks ' and lumps greater then 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter compact to a minimum 95 percent ASTM D698 density. 1.27 COMPACTION TESTING AND CONTROL ' A. Moisture density relations required for all materials that are to be compacted to be as established by Engineer. ' B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with specifications. ' C. Give adequate notice to Geotechnical Engineer when ready for compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. Minimum of 24 hour advance notice to be given. ' D. Should any moisture density test fail to meet specification requirements, perform corrective work as necessary. ' E. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing tests. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa , 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 6 1 1 1.28 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Per form compaction of soils and all work associated with that effort with equipment designed for and suitable to provide the compaction requirements. ' B. Obtain approval of Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. ' C. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. D. Remove frozen loose, wet or soft material and replace with suitable material as required by Engineer. E. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as required by Engineer. F. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the requirements 1. Sitework: Location Under Paved Areas and Sidewalks: Cohesionless Soils Less than 10% by weight finer than No. 200 sieve: Unpaved Areas: Pipe trench 2. Structures: Location Inside of structures under foundations, under equipment support pads, under slabs on grade. 3. Specific areas: Location Outside structures under equipment support foundations Comoaction Densi 95% ASTM D602 100 percent ASTM D698, for last lift 75 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 85 percent ASTM D698 As shown on the drawing trench details Compaction Density 98 percent ASTM D698 Com action Density 98 percent ASTM D698 ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 7 1 1.29 FLOWABLE FILL A. Where shown on the Plans, or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall backfill a void area or an excavation with flowable fill. Flowable fill may be shown, or ordered, to fill abandoned pipes, abandoned underground steel storage tanks, trench backfill, washout area under structural slabs or behind walls, or other similar locations. B. Pipe trenching across roadways and driveways shall be backfilled and compacted as soon as pipe is installed. In areas where settlement shall occur, the Owner shall require the backfllling operations to incorporate the installation of color-coded °Flowable Fill", a lean 750 PSI rated concrete mix and which shall be poured immediately following pipe installation. Open trenches near traffic shall have the proper protective barricades, signage and traffic control personnel provided by the contractor. C. Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered to the site. Placing of flowable fill shall be by chute, pumping, or other approved methods. Flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damage caused by hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. Flowable fill shall not be used for pipe bedding and backfill in the zone from the bottom of a pipe to 12 inches above the top of pipe. D. Flowable fill shall consist of materials conforming to DOT-SSRBC Sections as follows: 1. Cement (Type I or II) Section 921 2. Fly ash (Type F) Section 929 3. Fine aggregate (sand) Section 902 4. Water Section 923 E. The Contractor shall submit a proposed design mix that will produce a flowable fill meeting the strength requirements specified herein, using the following materials: Pounds Der cubic vard 1. Cement (Type I or 11) 50 - 200 2. Fly ash (Type F) 0 - 2,000 3. Fine aggregate (sand) 2,500 - 3,000 4. Water 325 - 550 Note: 6-inch to 10-inch slump F. Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28-day compressive strength approximately as follows: Pounds Der sauare inch 1. Pipe trench backfill 50 - 150 2. Fill abandoned pipes or tanks 30 - 150 3. Under slabs, behind walls 300 - 1,000 Note: Density in place 115 to 145 pounds per cubic foot Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa , 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 8 G. Not more than 60 minutes shall elapse between the start of moist mixing and the placement of the Fowable fill. H. Flowable fill placed on slopes shall have a reduced slump with a reduction in water, and shall be able to be shaped as required. 1. The Contractor shall place the Fowable fill in such a manner as to eliminate all cavities. J. Flowable fill shall not be placed in salt water. When within a tidal area, the Fowable fill shall be placed immediately after the salt water has receded. K. When Fowable fill is used adjacent to ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall be polyethylene encased. 1.30 TESTS A. All tests to ensure that embedment, fill, and backfill materials and their placement comply with specified requirements shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor. 1.31 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Trenches across roadways, driveways or other trafficways adjacent to drainage ditches or water shall be constructed on the upstream side of the trafficway to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. 1.32 PROTECTION OF TRENCH BACKFILL IN DRAINAGE COURSES A. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfill shall be protected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds one percent, ditch checks shall be installed. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. 1.33 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise permitted, all excess excavated materials shall be disposed of in on-site areas as directed by Owner's Representative. Excavated rock, debris encountered in excavation work, and other similar waste materials shall be disposed of away from the site of the work. 1 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 9 11 1.34 SETTLEMENT A. The Contractor shall embankments which General Conditions. be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and 1 may occur within the correction period stipulated in the B. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 10 days after notice from the Engineer or Owner. 1.36 PROTECTION OF TREES A. See Section IV, Article 62 1.36 BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR INSTALLATION OF HDPE AND PVC PIPE BY OPEN I CUT A. Backfilling and compaction shall be conducted in a manner to preclude subsequent settlement and shall provide adequate support for the surface treatment, pavement, pipelines, or structures to be placed thereon. See details of installation on Construction Plans. B. Backfill material shall be common fill material, free from organic matter, muck or marl, and rocks exceeding 2 Y2-inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar materials. C. The backfilling procedures outlined below shall be for pipe mains and related structures. The backfilling shall be done in three stages as follows: First Stage: The contractor shall provide adequate suitable material fill to be compacted beneath the haunches of the pipe, using mechanical tampers. This compaction also applies to the bedding material placed in layers above the pipe. 2. Second Stage: The contractor shall obtain a well-compacted bed and fill and compact along the sides of the pipe and then to a point of at least 1- foot above the top of the pipe. The width of backfill and compaction to be done under this second stage shall be the width of the portion of the trench having vertical sides, or when no portion of the trench has vertical sides, it shall be to a width at least equal to three times the outside diameter of the pipe. Fill material shall be placed in 12-inch compacted thickness layers, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6-inch compacted thickness layers. 3. Third Stage: The remainder of the trench up to grade shall be backfilled with suitable material fill in layers not to exceed 1-foot in thickness and compacted, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6-inch compacted thickness layers. D. The contractor shall adopt compaction methods which will produce the degree of compaction specified herein without damage to the new or existing facilities. The degree of compaction specified below shall be considered the minimum allowable. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210 - 10 1. Compaction Density: For paved and unpaved roadways and traffic areas, from right-of-way line to right-of-way line, including all structures and railroad crossings, shall be 98% of the maximum density as determined by American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) T-180 (ASTM D1557 - Modified Proctor) with a minus 3% tolerance. For outside of the right-of-way, but within dedicated utility maintenance easements, shall be 95% of the maximum density as deter- mined by AASHTO T-180 (ASTM D1557 - Modified Proctor) with a minus 3% tolerance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Excavation and Trenching 02210-11 1 1 SECTION 02220 - TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all topsoiling and finished grading, as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Location of work: All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading which are disturbed in the course of the work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish grading tolerance: 0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Project data: Test reports for finished topsoil. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil, if necessary to complete work. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Original surface soil typical of the area, capable of supporting native plant growth. 1. Use existing topsoil stockpiled. 2. If amount of topsoil stockpiled is less than amount necessary for the work, furnish all additional topsoil required. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Topsoiling and Finished Grading 02220-1 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW A. Rough grading reviewed by Owner. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Correct, adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 4. Bring all sub-grades to specified contours, even and properly compacted. B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN, minimum. C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. B. Spread topsoil to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. C. Make finished surface free of stones, sticks, or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. D. Make finished surface smooth and true to required grades. E. Restore areas occupied by stockpiles to condition of rest of finished work. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of topsoiling, obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. B. Make test holes where directed, to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Topsoiling and Finished Grading 02220-2 SECTION 02250 -POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)-COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ' A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all PVC- coated chain link fence and gates as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. ' 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices ' incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. ' 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Chain Link Manufacturers Institute's "Standard Guide for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) - Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric" except as otherwise indicated. B. Reference standards: 1. ASTM A90/A90M - Test for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc Alloy Coatings 2. ASTM A370 -- Mechanical Testing of Steel Products 3. ASTM D1499 - Practice for Operation Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc-Type) for Exposure of Plastics 4. ASTM D1729 - Visual Evaluation of Color Differences of Opaque Materials 5. ASTM F668 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 6. ASTM F934 - Standard Colors for Polymer Coated Chain Link Fence Materials. 7. ASTM F1043 - Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 8. ASTM F1664 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Tension Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence 9. ASTM F1665 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Barbed Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence 10. ASTM G23 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon- Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 11. ASTM G26 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials C. Installer qualifications: Skilled and experienced mechanics. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-1 11 D. Comply with National Electric Code or code of local agency having jurisdiction. If conflict occurs between these codes, the more stringent shall be adopted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. In shop drawings include fence layouts, post locations, gates, details illustrating fence height, location and sizes of posts, rails, braces, footings, hardware list and erection procedures. C. All material is subject to testing. Submit mill certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furnish and erect fence and gates of the types designated, in reasonable close conformance with lines and grades as shown on the plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Provide a rigid, taut fence. B. Provide fence produced by one manufacturer. C. Provide fence and gate(s) 6.0 FT overall in height with a fabric height of 6.0 FT. D. Gates: 1. Single pedestrian swing gate shall be provided with 3 Ft clear opening. E. Use only new materials. Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. Roll form section sizes are nominal outside dimensions. Steel "H" section sizes are outside dimensions. Open seam material not allowed. F. The material for fence fittings shall be manufactured and coated to meet the requirements of Specification F626. G. Manufacture: 1. Class 1 PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. 2. Class 2a PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded and adhered to wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum- coated by the hot-dip method. 3. Class 2b PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating fused and adhered to a primer that is thermally cured onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc-coated by the electrolytic process, or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa , 0992-0198 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-2 H. Use only one width fabric, unless modified on the plans. Chain link fabric: Provide woven 2 IN mesh of No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, galvanized after fabrication. Minimum tensile strength of wire, 90,000 psi after galvanizing. J. Chain link fabric: Provide woven 2 IN mesh No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, hot-dipped aluminum-coated before weaving. K. Steel line posts: Provide 2.375 IN o.d.pipe weighing 3.65 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. L. Steel top rail: Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing 2.27 LBS per lineal FT or 1.625 x 1.25 IN x 1.35 LB/Ft roll form section. Fit rails with expansion couplings of outside sleeve type. Rails continuous for outside sleeve type for full length of fence. M. Steel terminal, corner and pull posts, referred to herein as terminal posts: Install 2.875 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 5.79 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. N. Post braces: Provide for each gate corner, pull, and terminal post, and first adjacent line post. Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 2.27 LBS per lineal FT. 0. Gate posts: Install round steel pipe not less than size and weight given below: 1. 4 IN o.d.weighing 9.10 LB/FT. P. Tension (stretcher) bars: Provide 1/4 IN x 3/4 IN minimum steel bar. Install one piece for full height of fabric. Q. Ties and clips: Provide either No. 9 gage aluminum wire aluminum traps, for securing fabric to line posts and rails. Space bands not greater than 15 IN o.c.for attachment to line posts and 24 IN o.c.for top rail attachment. R. Post tops: Install steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap, one cap per post. S. PVC Coating: The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.015 inches and a maximum of 0.025 inches for Class 1 and Class 2a material. The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.006 inches and a maximum of 0.010 inches for Class 2b material. The PVC coating shall not be cracked or peeling from the metallic-coated steel wire. T. Color of PVC Coating: The PVC coating shall be green in color, and meet ASTM Specification F 934 for standard colors and testing method D1499. U. Bottom tension wire: when specified, install marcelled (spiralled or crimped) No. 7 gage (0.177 IN) aluminum-coated, steel wire with 0.40 OZ per SO FT of uncoated wire surface. Attach to fence fabric at 24 IN o.c.;with No. 11 gage galvanized steel hog rings. I Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-3 11 V. Concrete: Furnish portland cement complying with ASTM C150 Type I ' aggregates complying with ASTM C33. Use clean water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi. Use not less than 4 sacks of cement per CU YD, 1 IN maximum size aggregate, 3 IN minimum ' slump, and 2 to 4 percent entrained air. W. Swing Type Gates: Gates to be swing type complete with latches, stops, ' keepers, hinges, with provisions for three strands of barbed wire above the fabric. 1. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d.and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. When barbed wire top is specified, extend the end members of the gate frames 1 FT above the top horizontal member to which 3 strands of barbed wire, ' uniformly spaced and attach with bands, clips or hooked bolts. a. Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or ' twist. b. Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or ' over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. 2. Hinges: Install pressed or forged steel or malleable iron to suite gate ' size, of non-lift-off heavy duty type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair for each leaf over 6 FT nominal height. ' 3. Latches for single and double gates: Install heavy duty automatically engaging, lockable latch. Latches for double gates with automatic engaging lockable latch on one leaf and drop rod type latch on other leaf. ' Furnish drop rod complete with suitable casting set in concrete to hold gate leaf in place when drop rod is engaged. 4. Keepers: Provide keepers for all gages to automatically engage gate leaf , and hold it in open position until manually released. X. Double Rolling Gates 1 1. Provide rolling gates with materials as specified in the following paragraphs. ' 2. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d.and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. ' a. Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b. Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. , Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-4 C. All steel parts to be galvanized and PVC coated. 3. Weld members together forming rigid one-piece frame integral with top track. Provide two truck assemblies with each gate leaf. 4. Each rolling gate shall have one gate leaf, covering 12 feet of the opening. Each 12 foot leaf shall have a cantilever support overhang of 6'- 07W . 5. The chain link fence fabric shall be installed with hook bolts and tension bars on all four sides. The fabric shall be attached to the gate frame at the spacing of no more than 15 inches on center. 6. Top Track Rail. Enclosed combination one-piece track and rail withstanding a reaction load of 2,000 pounds. 7. Truck Assembly. Swivel type, zinc die cast, with four sealed lubricant ballbearing rollers, 2 inches in diameter by 9/16 inch in width, and two side rolling wheels to ensure truck alignment in track. Mount trucks on post brackets using 7/8 inch diameter ball bolts with 1/2 inch shank. Design truck assembly to withstand same reaction load as track. 8. Gate Hangers, Latches, Brackets, Guide Assemblies and Stops. Malleable iron or steel, galvanized and green PVC coated after fabrication. Provide positive latch with provisions for padlocking. 9. Bottom Guide Wheel Assemblies. Each assembly shall consist of two, 4 inch diameter rubber wheels, straddling bottom horizontal gate rail, allowing adjustment to maintain gate frame plumb and in proper alignment. Attach one assembly to each guide post. 10. Gate Posts. Galvanized steel 4 inch OD Schedule 40 pipe, green PVC coated. Provide one latch post and two support posts for single-slide gates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify suitability of areas to accept installation. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 3.2 ERECTION A. Do not start fence installation before final grading is complete and finish elevations are established. B. Install fence in true and correct alignment with posts vertical. C. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, not less than 3 IN deeper than bottom of posts. I Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-5 11 D. Set all posts in concrete footings with crowned, steel troweled tops of following minimum dimensions: 1. For line posts: 10 IN diameter. 2. For all other posts up to 6 IN diameter: 12 IN diameter. 3. For posts over 6 In diameter: 18 IN diameter by 48 IN deep. E. Install fence tight, free of sags and bulges. F. Place fence with bottom edge of fabric 1 IN above grade. Correct minor irregularities in earth to maintain maximum 2 IN clearance. G. Space line posts at equal intervals not exceeding 10 fT on center. H. Install terminal posts at ends of runs, changes in bracing assemblies between terminal posts and line posts adjacent to terminal posts. 1. Provide. expansion couplings in top rails at not more than 20 FT fittings. J. Anchor top rails to main posts with appropriate wrought or malleable fittings. K. Install bracing assemblies at all end and gate posts and both sides and corner and pull posts. 1. Locate compression members at mid-height of fabric. 2. Extend diagonal tension members from compression members to bases of posts. 3. Install so that posts are plumb when under correct tension. L. Pull fabric taut and secure to posts and rails. 1. Install fabric on outside of fence. 2. Secure so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. 3. Secure to posts at not over 15 IN on center, and to rails at not over 24 IN on center, and to tension wire at not over 24 IN on center. 4. Use U-shaped wire conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. 5. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. M. Construct gate frames with heavy wrought or malleable fittings or by welding, to produce rigid and weatherproof joints and rigid nonsagging, nontwisting gate. 1. Coat weld with a suitable rust preventive paint. Color to match pipe. 2. Use fabric same as fence fabric, similarly attached. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-8 N. Remove and replace all damaged improperly installed fencing components to satisfaction of Owner's Project Representative at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 02250-7 1 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. ' B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to finish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Section 09902 - Pipe Painting 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the Contractor shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are limited to the following: 1. Ameron - Corrosion Control Division 2. Carboline Company 3. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 4. Indurall Coatings, Inc. 5. Koppers Company, Inc. 6. Mobil Chemical Company 7. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 8. Royston Laboratories, Inc. 9. Rust-Oleum Corporation 10. Tnemec Company, Inc. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Painting and Coatings 09900 - 1 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated colors will be selected by the Engineer from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work, 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon in order that dust-free and neat work be obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: 1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va , 0992-0198 Painting and Coatings 09900 - 2 I 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish-coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2. Shop-fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop-primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat and finish coat shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. 2.2 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; CONCRETE AND STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) ' A. System B-1. For use on exterior exposed piping, equipment, structural and miscellaneous steel, - non-submerged, not exposed to splash, spray or corrosive atmosphere. 1. Surface Preparation: Commercial blast bare metal according to the SSPC-SP-6. On bituminous coated cast iron pipe, clean and spot prime ' bared areas. Ductile iron surface prep- NAPF 500-03-04. 2. Prime: Modified Aromatic Polyurethane Tnemec Series 1 Purple Prime or 1 equal, min. 3.0 mils DFT. 3. Intermediate: Tnemec Series 66 at 3.0-4.0 mils DFT. ' 4. Finish: Tnemec Series 73 at 2.5-3.0 mils DFT. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section lVa 0992-0198 Painting and Coatings 09900 - 3 For bituminous shop coated ductile iron pipe - prime with Tnemec Series 66 or , equal at minimum 3.0 mils DFT. Allow bituminous coating to bleed through prime coat. Apply second coat of Tnemec Series 66 or equal at minimum 3.0 mils DFT. For outside areas, apply finish coat of Tnemec Series 73 or equal, at 2.5-3.0 mils 1 DFT. 2.3 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M-1. For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. , 1. Surface Preparation: Mechanically abrade floor to achieve a medium grip sandpaper profile. ' 2. First Coat: One coat of clear epoxy floor sealer, minimum 10 mils DFT, Tnemec 201 Epoxoprime, or Equal. 2.3 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surfaces. ' 2.4 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.2 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the Engineer. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va ' Painting and Coatings 09900 - 4 1 C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. 3.3 D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application of rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the Engineer. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. Morningside Reclaimed Wafter System Section IVa 0992-0198 Painting and Coatings 09900 - 5 TABLE 09900-1 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. EXTERIOR PIPE AND VALVES 1. Exposed ductile iron and steel pipe, valves, valve boxes, meter boxes, fittings, and supports- System B-1. B. FLOW CONTROL STATION 1. Miscellaneous concrete equipment pads and pipe supports - System M-1. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section wi 0992-0198 Painting and Coatings 09900 - 6 SECTION 09902 - PIPE PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes pipe painting and identification as required for this project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Exposed piping shall be painted. Seal coats shall be used over bitumen coated surfaces as applicable. Plastic pipe shall be painted in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2 PIPE PAINT COLORS A. Reclaimed Water: Purple (Pantone 522C). PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section iVa 0992-0198 Pipe Painting 09902-1 SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the work of this section as it relates to other sections of the specification. Particularly: 13300 - Software Services 2. 15100 - Valves and Appurtenances 3. Section 16 - Electrical 1.2 DESCRIPTION of WORK A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall have total system responsibility for all instrumentation, controls, services, and systems, as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in the single source responsibility from the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. C. The Contractor shall provide the services of an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, who shall be responsible to provide all of the SCADA equipment, controls and instrumentation, hardware, software, testing, startup, calibration and training required to provide a complete and working system as described herein. Work described in this section, and related sections, and shown in the contract drawings shall be provided by an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR who shall be a direct subcontractor of the Contractor. ' D. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall furnish all wiring diagrams, detailed designs, control panels, instrumentation, installation, materials, labor, equipment, hardware, software, training, and incidentals, required to provide various portions of the controls and instrumentation as described herein. ' E. The City of Clearwater as part of the Morningside Reclaimed Water System will construct an outfall facility to provide reclaim water to the Belleair Country Club ' Reservoir. This location shall include a remote telemetry unit (RTU) for remote monitoring and control of the outfall. F. The Belleair Country Club Outfall RTU shall communicate to the Marshall Street plant via the City of Clearwater South Elevated Tank Repeater site. The Marshall Street plant is an existing master communication site. The Belleair County Club Outfall RTU and the repeater site are to be provided as part of this project. All I' sites shall communicate utilizing Allen-Bradley DF1 protocol via spread spectrum radios. G. The Radio telemetry slave station shall be implemented at the Belleair remote ' site, and shall communicate data, via radio telemetry links, to the Marshall Street Master site. The remote / repeater sites shall receive new PLC/Telemetry cabinets and equipment, as described herein. Remote site equipment shall be ' located as shown in the contract drawings. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Controls and Instrumentation 13100-1 11 H. The Belleair Country Club shall include a local control valve which shall be hydraulically controlled. A float-type level control system, located at the pond, shall control the opening and closing of the valve, to maintain the pond level. A separate float-type sensor shall be installed at the outfall structure and shall serve as an indication of a high pond level alarm and connected to the local PLC. An electrically-operated solenoid valve shall be plumbed into the control valve control circuit, and shall serve as a master enable/disable control. When energized, the solenoid valve will open, enabling valve control from the pond level float control. When de-energized, or when site power is lost, the solenoid valve will close forcing the control valve to close, over-riding the pond level float control. All control and status will be fed through the local PLC, and shall interface with the Marshall Street Plant SCADA system. This valve is specified under Section 15100 and provided with a control circuit as noted in the drawings. 1. A separate flow meter structure will include a propeller flow sensor with local totalizer and transmitter as specified herein. 1.3 CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. Work of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall include but not be limited to the following: Provide all instruments and related equipment, regardless of manufacturer, and apply total SYSTEMS INTEGRATION ENGINEERING to assure that each component is appropriate for the service intended, and that it is applied and utilized in keeping with the recommended standards of practice designated by the manufacturer. B. If additional hardware is required to achieve proper interface, or systems operation, (i.e. signal converters, signal re-transmitters, interposing relays and similar items) these shall be provided and installed by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR as part of the total systems responsibility, at no additional cost to the Owner, to form a total system which is well ordered and complete. C. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for providing equipment, equipment installation, interconnections, radio configuration, and telemetry path tuning, as required, to facilitate communication between the telemetry master site, the new remote slave site through the repeater station. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall perform PLC system programming, as required, to test and demonstrate all PLC 1/0 and communication links. 1. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR WILL NOT be responsible for the PLC control programming, SCADA HMI programming, SCADA tagname dictionary development, or SQL data handling algorithm development. These functions will be performed by others. 2. At the Marshall Street plant, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for integrating the new remote slave sites into the existing radio telemetry master station system, and for providing any required modifications to the existing system to facilitate the new remote sites. 3. The existing telemetry master system shall be modified as required to , provide for stable and acceptable paths to the new remote sites, without adversely affecting the existing telemetry links. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 0992-0198 13100-2 D. Prior to beginning any site work, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall conduct ' radio telemetry path testing for the remote sites described herein, to confirm acceptable path performance, as specified herein, and to finalize antenna height requirements. These tests shall include but not limited to, modifying the hopping patterns within the radio configuration software to ensure reliable communications. Test results and proposed antenna heights shall be provided for review and approval, prior to beginning any site work. ' E. After all permanent radio telemetry links are installed, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall conduct signal strength tests and provide documentation, to verify the final radio telemetry configuration and performance. If the ' modifications potentially will affect the existing Clearwater Country Club remote then the testing shall include the existing links in addition to the new links being provided in this contract. The Clearwater Country Club must remain functional ' after this project is complete. Any modifications that affect this site, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR will be responsible for correcting the communication issues. This documentation shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. ' F. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide the services of one or more trained and highly qualified service technician(s) who shall provide all of the necessary services relative to installation, calibration, wiring, coordination, programming, startup, troubleshooting, and training for all of the equipment and systems involved in the control systems. The qualified service technician(s) shall remain on site during the major installation and startup events to verify and certify that all equipment and systems are properly installed, wired, calibrated, and made ' operational. G. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide training for all systems and ' equipment provided as part of this project. Training shall address operation, interconnection, maintenance, and trouble-shooting, for all equipment. Particular emphasis shall be placed on PLC hardware and radio system diagnostics, ' including the use of software tools provided with the equipment. A minimum of 4 hours of training. The schedule and training requirements shall be coordinated with OWNER. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AVAILABLE SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS: A single sub-contractor shall be designated as the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. This supplier shall be responsible ' for all of the specialized controls and instrumentation for the project. The instrumentation SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide all engineering, equipment, materials, and hardware, as well as assuring proper installation, ' adjustment, calibration, and startup of all systems, regardless of manufacture. B. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be a company, which is regularly engaged in the business of instrumentation and radio telemetry systems integration, in the ' state of Florida, in the water and wastewater industry. C. The Contractor, with the Owneras concurrence, shall select the SYSTEMS ' INTEGRATOR from one of the names listed below, or an approved equal. 1. Curry Controls, Lakeland, Florida 2. DCR Engineering Services, Florida 3. Revere Controls, Birmingham, Alabama Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Iva Controls and Instrumentation ' 0992-0198 13100-3 4. Lord & Company, Rock Hill, South Carolina 5. Rocha Controls, Tampa, Florida 1.5 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. The shop drawing submittals shall provide detailed information specific to the project requirements as outlined below: B. Catalog cuts and Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual component, device, system or subsystem supplied as a component of this project. Catalog cuts shall include catalog information, descriptive literature, and application information, operating ranges, accuracy statements, wiring diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. C. All options or accessories shall be marked with dark arrows so that the exact model, configuration, and accessories are clearly delineated. Each catalog cut shall be accompanied with an appropriate component data sheet which shall summarize the job-specific data which describes each component supplied, with specific data including manufacturer, model number, scale, range, set-points, options included, and materials of construction, mounting hardware, power requirements and accessories. D. A Bill of Materials shall be provided, which shall list all of the instruments, equipment, panels and devices supplied in this project, grouped by remote location designations, and identified by code numbers consistently and systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name and model, the code number, a description, options and accessories provided, and the quantities. E. Panel drawings shall be provided for each enclosure, control panel, or system schematic provided. Drawings shall be clearly legible, and shall include front panel elevation and layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, subpanels, component cut-outs, panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends. F. Control diagrams shall be provided, in ladder and loop schematic form, showing all wiring details, including all devices, electrical connections, wire numbering, ' terminal strip numbering, wire color code and termination designations at each device. G. The LOOP DIAGRAMS shall meet the minimum requirements of the latest ISA ' 55.4. The physical location of each component shall be clearly designated, both in the panel and in the field. H. Field wiring diagrams shall be provided showing all wiring interconnections 1 between equipment, panels, junction boxes, field-mounted devices. The diagrams shall identify each cable and conductor by size and type (i.e. gage, ' THHN, twisted, shielded, fiber optic, etc.), as well as color code per NFPA and numbering. Termination details shall be included at the panel, at the field device termination point, as well as any intermediate connections required. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 13100-4 I. Installation Details shall be provided for each field mounted device, which shall ' include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections, pilot tube routing, materials and accessories and other necessary details required for proper equipment installation. ' J. All documentation shall be provided in 11" x 17" format. All information depicted shall be clearly legible. 1.8 OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to installation of any equipment onsite, preliminary O&M manuals shall have ' been submitted and approved. No installation of equipment shall be permitted without the Contractor maintaining an updated version of these preliminary O&M manuals onsite for the Owner's and Engineer's use. B. After all field changes or corrections made during installation and field check out have been completed, then all system supplier documentation, including drawings, shall be revised to reflect the "as installed, corrected and accepted" condition of the ' system and final record copies of O&M manuals for the system shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer for approval. C. Final system documentation shall be provided in 3-hole type binders of archival quality (e.g. slant D or elliptical binding, vinyl with metal hinge or extra heavy weight vinyl, etc.) with a binding no larger than 3". Materials shall be printed on 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" tear resistant paper or ring reinforced paper where tear resistant is not available. Drawings shall be either folded to fit within an 8.5" x 11" binder or in an 11" x 17" 3-hole binder. Each binder shall include fifteen percent (15%) spare space for the addition of future material. Tear resistant paper shall be Xerox Never Tear or equal. D. Where electronics documentation is available, either by purchase through the manufacture or via Internet download, it shall be organized and provided on CD. All CAD drawings and word processing documents prepared by the System Integrator shall be organized and provided on CD. Electronic documentation formats shall Adobe pdf, AutoCAD, and Microsoft Office documents, HTML, or as approved by the Engineer or Owner. E. All electronic media (i.e. software, electronic documentation, configuration files/reports, device backups, etc.) shall be provided with two (2) backup copies, each organized into a separate binder. Media storage binders shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Table of contents 2. Archival media holders (e.g. CD, DVD, floppy, tape disk, etc.) 3. Support contacts (i.e. company, phone, internet link, etc.) 4. Software system requirements and installation instructions ' F. Laminated or waterttear resistant copies of all applicable instrumentation and control system drawings shall be supplied in drawing pocket of each control enclosure after "as installed, corrected, and accepted" revisions have been made to the enclosure. 1 Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-5 G. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer standard O&M manuals for all equipment and software furnished. 2. Custom O&M information describing the specific configuration of equipment ¦ and software, and the operation and maintenance requirements for this particular project. ' 3. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed drawings, wiring diagrams and instructions necessary for installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. ' 4. All modifications to manufacturer standard equipment and/or components shall be clearly identified and shown on the drawings and schematics. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the equipment ' furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. 5. A functional description of the entire system, with references to drawings and instructions. ' 6. A complete "as built" set of all approved shop drawings, which shall reflect all work required to achieve final system acceptance. 7. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges ' and pertinent data. 8. Full specifications on each item. ' 9. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. 10. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly , defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. 11. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name, address and telephone ' number of the local supplier. 12. References to manufacturers' standard literature where applicable. 13. Warning notes shall be located throughout the manual where such notes ' are required to prevent accidents or inadvertent misuse of equipment. 14. The operating instructions shall clearly describe the step by step procedures ' that must be followed to implement all phases of all operating modes. The instructions shall be in terms understandable and usable by operating personnel and maintenance crews and shall be useful in the training of such personnel. , 15. The maintenance instructions shall describe the detailed preventive and corrective procedures required, including environmental requirements during equipment storage and system operation, to keep the System in ' good operating condition. All hardware maintenance documentation shall make reference to appropriate diagnostics, where applicable, and all necessary wiring diagrams, component drawings and PCB schematic ' drawings shall be included. 1.7 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 0992-0198 13100-6 1 A. In some cases, schematics or details have been included in the contract drawings ' to clarify the intended control function and to explain typical interactions of system components. These schematics provide recommended details for various aspects of the system design. They do not purport to include all of the details and ' components of the total system design. B. It shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to ensure that the final installation is. in compliance with the design and the functions described herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Abbreviations 1. FM or FIT: Flow Meter or Flow Indicating Transmitter 2. Al: Analog Input ' 3. AO: Analog Output 4. DI: Discrete Input ' 5. 6. DO: Discrete Output PLC: Programmable Logic Controller 7. HMI: Human Machine Interface 8. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition ' 9. RTU: Remote Transmission Unit 10. Rx: Receiver 11. Tx: Transmitter ' B. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but do not cover details of construction which may vary in accordance ' with the exact requirements of the equipment offered. Installations shall include all necessary parts, equipment, sockets, modules, connectors, and other components, required to form a complete and fully functional system. ' C. All equipment, cabinets and devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty type, designed for continuous industrial service. Where possible the system shall contain products of a single manufacturer and consist of equipment models which are currently in production. Equipment provided shall be of modular construction. 11 ? 1 2.2 11 11 D. Materials used in the system shall be new, unused, and as hereinafter specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds. Samples of materials or manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for approval as required by the ENGINEER. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Refer to other sections of these specifications for detailed equipment descriptions and models. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-7 11 B. All new control panels shall be manufactured according to the standards of Underwriters Laboratory and shall be given the UL 508A Industrial Control Panels label indicating that the complete panel, including all components, is certified for UL compliance as manufactured as a complete control assembly. UL labels shall be certified and installed in panels at the factory. Panels shipped or installed without UL label, shall be returned to the factory by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for re-certification, at no additional cost to the CITY. C. Exterior Telemetry/PLC cabinets shall be 316 stainless steel, rated NEMA 4X, and provided with a white powder-coated epoxy finish. Enclosure shall have stainless-steel hinges and hardware, and shall be provided with quick-release luggage-type latches. Enclosure shall include a lock hasp, suitable for a standard sized pad-lock. Sun-shields shall be installed as shown on the contract drawings. Proposed alternate enclosure sizes shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication. Enclosure shall be as manufactured by Hoffman, or approved equal. D. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs. Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel. Pockets shall be of sufficient size to hold all the prints required to describe the equipment. Complete and accurate schematics shall be provided in every cabinet. Schematics shall be laminated and provided in 11" x 17" format. E. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. F. Construction: All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and shall be securely mounted to the removable back panel through the use of rail mounting systems where applicable, or with screw and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. 2. Panels shall be provided with circuit breakers to supply individual power feeds to each device. Panels shall include a duplex convenience GFCI receptacle. G. Wiring: 1. All interconnecting wiring shall be stranded cable, sized appropriately for the amp load, 600 volt insulation and rated for not less than 90 degree C. 2. Power distribution wiring on the line side of fuses shall be 14 AWG minimum. Control wiring on the secondary side of fuses shall be 16 AWG minimum. Analog circuits shall utilize 16 AWG, shielded, twisted pair cables, insulated for not less than 300 volts. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-8 1 3. Power and low voltage do wiring systems shall be routed in separate ' wireways. Crossing of different system wires shall be at right angles. Different system wires routed parallel to each other shall be separated by at least 2 inches. Different wiring systems shall terminate on separate ' terminal blocks. Wiring troughs shall not be filled to more than 60 percent visible fill. 4. Terminal blocks shall be barrier type with the appropriate voltage rating (600 volts minimum). They shall be raised channel mounted type. 5. All wiring shall include unique identification. Wire and type markers shall be the sleeve type with heat impressed letters and numbers. 6. Only one side of a field interface terminal block row(s) shall be used for internal wiring. The field wiring side of the terminal shall not be within 6- inches of the side panel or adjacent terminal. 7. All wiring connected to live circuits independent of the panel's normal circuit breaker protection shall be color-coded, and clearly identified as such. 8. All wiring shall be clearly tagged and color coded. All tagged numbers and color coding shall correspond to the panel wiring diagrams and loop drawings and the overall tagging system. All power wiring, control wiring, grounding, and do wiring shall utilize different color insulation for each wiring system used. The wiring color code and tagging system shall be submitted, and included as a legend on the schematic diagrams. Provide a terminal block schedule describing all terminal point functions. 9. . Each control circuit shall be individually protected by circuit breakers. All protecting devices shall be clearly labeled and located for ease of maintenance. 10. Provide surge protectors on all incoming power supply lines at each panel. Provide surge protection on instrumentation and control circuits as specified herein or as shown on the drawings. a. General: Equip control panels with surge-arresting devices to protect equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in interconnecting lines, resulting from lightning discharges and nearby electrical devices. b. Suppressor Locations: i. At point of connection between each equipment item, including AC powered transmitters and its power supply conductors (direct wired equipment). ii. On analog pairs at each end when the pair travels outside of a building. iii. In other locations where equipment sensitivity to surges and transients requires additional protection beyond that inherent to the design of equipment. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 13100-9 11 11. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide single-point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest possible path. For surge suppressors use No. 6 cable for ground connection or install suppressor directly on ground bus using grounding screw. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy-chain ground connections. H. Equipment Mounting/Arrangement: All components shall be mounted in a manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving or removing any other component. Components mounted on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration. Internal components shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved phenolic legend plates, Y4' (minimum) white letters on black background. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. Components: Control / Interposing Relays a. Control Relays shall be plug-in miniature type with DIN rail mounted sockets. Units shall, as a minimum have 10 Amp, 120 VAC, DPDT contacts and 120 VAC, 1.6 W maximum coils. b. Units shall be IDEC RH series, Potter & Brumfield, Allen Bradley or approved equal. 2. Analog Signal Isolators a. The module shall provide complete three-way isolation between input/output, input/power, and output/power. Modules shall be configured for DIN rail mounting, with mounting foot constructed of metal. Wires shall be attached to the modules by pluggable terminal blocks that accept wire sizes from 24 to 14 AWG. Input resistance for current inputs shall be 50 ohms or less. Current output shall be capable of driving up to 500 ohm loads. Independent "zero" and "span" adjustments shall be provided. b. Units shall be Phoenix Contact MCR series, or approved equal. 3. Power Supplies a. Power Supplies equipment power, otherwise needed. shall be provided as required to provide , loop power to field instrumentation, and as Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 0992-0198 13100-10 b. Supplies shall convert 120 VAC power to 24 VDC, sufficient to allow connected equipment to operate within their required tolerances. Unit shall be DIN rail mounted and UL listed. C. Units shall be Phoenix Contact QUINT Series or approved equal. 4. Circuit Breakers a. Circuit Breakers shall be provided on the main power feed to the enclosure and as required to provide isolation for all component group power feeds. Units shall be rated as recommended by the equipment manufacturer for maximum equipment protection. b. Component Circuit Breakers shall be rated for 120 VAC, 10,000 ampere interrupting capability and UL approved. Units shall be thermal magnetic type with DIN rail mounting. C. Unit shall be Allen Bradley 1492 Series, General Electric V-Line Series or approved equal. 5. Terminal Blocks a. Terminal blocks shall be used for all external wiring connections and for internal voltage bus connections. Blocks shall be screw connection, clamp type, DIN rail mounted units, sized appropriately for the application and held in place with end stops. Terminals shall be labeled on both sides of the block and the strip shall be labeled on the end stop. Jumpers between blocks shall be pin connector type without loss of space on terminals or rails. b. General purpose units shall be rated for 600 VAC at 30 amps and capable of accepting up to a 10 AWG wire. Ground blocks shall have a green/yellow body and be electrically grounded to the mounting rail. The block shall accept up to a 10 AWG wire. C. Units shall be Phoenix Contact, or approved equal. 6. Door Switch a. Panels that include a PLC shall have an intrusion alarm contact (door switch for the control cabinet) wired into the PLC at each remote site. 7. Uninterruptible Power Supply ' a. Each panel shall include a dedicated uninterruptible power supply (UPS.) UPS shall be mounted at the floor of each panel, on a raised support. The UPS shall serve all powered components in the panel, anticipated future equipment, as well as selected instruments fed from the panel. ' J. Analog Loop Supply And Signal Transmission Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-11 Each analog instrument and system shall be provided with an appropriate modular, regulated power supply with sufficient power to drive all loop components, conductors and accessories. Analog signals shall be communicated using shielded stranded signal cable with braided shield and waterproof jacket, suitable for the service intended. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation of the signal wiring and provide appropriate installation procedures. 2. All signal wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit that is physically separated from power conduits. Shields shall be wired to drain only at one end, and terminated to a proper ground connection. Bare drains shall not contact the metallic conduit at any point. The cable shall be tested after installation for verification of total isolation of the drain to the conduit. Signal loops shall be provided with signal line surge protection at the control panel and at the instrument or device. Signal isolation shall be as described above. K. Surge And Transient Protection - Power, Control, and Analog Signal All electronic systems, equipment, and devices provided in this contract shall be protected from surges. Protection shall be provided at panel entry points for power as well as analog and discrete signals. 2. Analog instruments such as pressure transmitters, flow meters, etc. shall be protected from power spikes and surges at both the instrument and at I the final termination point. 3. Field mounted 4-20 ma two-wire transmitters shall be equipped with field mounted signal transient protectors. Field mounted four-wire transmitters shall be equipped with appropriately rated transient protectors on both power and signal side. 4. These protective devices shall be external to, and installed in addition to, any protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal protection shall be installed in either in a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the enclosure that houses the equipment to be protected. 5. All surge arrestors shall be mounted and wired per the manufacturer's recommendations including local grounding for surge energy dissipation. 6. Transient protection devices for 120 VAC Power Connections shall be Dehn, part number 952 210 (DG M TN 150), no approved equals. 7. Transient protection devices for panel mounted 120 VAC control circuits shall be Dehn, part number 953 204 (DR M 2P 150), no approved equals. 8. Transient protection devices for panel mounted DC voltage control circuits shall be Dehn, Part Number 919 921 (DCO RK ME 24) + end plate 919 979, no approved equals. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0195 Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 13100-12 9. Transient protection devices for panel mounted analog signal circuits ' shall be Part Number 919 921 (DCO RK ME 24) + end plate 919 979, no approved equals. ' L. Nameplates: All external components and the enclosure shall be supplied with permanent engraved legend plates. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick, machine engraved, black background, phenolic plate, which reveals white ' lettering when engraved. Engraved text shall be 3/16-inch high for component legends, Y2-inch high for the enclosure legend. Legend plates shall be securely fastened in place using stainless steel screws. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 1 ' 2.3 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIO TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT A. At each location provide new antennas, cabling, surge protection and grounding, ' as specified. The installation of all equipment including mounting accessories shall be suitable for outdoor use and prolonged exposure to sunlight and UV rays. All connectors shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions including use of waterproofing materials. B. Spread Spectrum Radio (Remote and Repeater Site) ' 1. 1 Watt Output Power, 24 VDC input power. 2. Spread Spectrum Transceiver with data and diagnostics ports. ' 3. Belleair Remote site - Qty (1) and Repeater Site - Qty (2) 4. Shall be: Microwave Data Systems, Model: MDS 9810. No approved equals. C. The antennas for the repeater site shall be mounted at the balcony of the South ' water tank, with one antenna oriented for direct line of site to the Marshall Street Plant and the second antenna oriented for direct line of site to the Belleair remote site using the specified handrail mounting kit. The cable will be routed from the balcony down an existing messenger pipe mounted on the tank leg using ' stainless steel cable straps and to the Radio Panel through underground conduit for the remainder of the run. ' D. The antenna at the remote site (Belleair Golf Course) shall be mounted as noted in the contract drawings. The minimum height shall be 20' or as required to meet specification requirements for radio path and signal strength. Contractor shall ' ensure that the antenna support system meets state and local codes. Foundation designs shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Structural Engineer certifying this compliance. E. Spread Spectrum YAGI Antenna (Remote Site and Repeater Site): 1. 6 dB gain, type N connector. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section 1Ve ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-13 2. Shall be: Maxrad, MYG9303-ED, or approved equal. 3. Belleair Remote site - Qty (1) and Repeater Site - Qty (2) 4. Antenna Mounting Bracket shall be included. F. Water Tower Hand Rail Antenna Mount 1. 9-inch standoff with adjustable bolt-on design 2. Mounts to handrail and kickplate 3. Materials: Hot dip galvanized steel 4. Shall be: Andrew WT-HRM2 series or approved equal. G. Ante nna Cable Grounding Kit 1. Shall be installed at bottom of vertical runs and connected to location's ground system. 2. For 1/2-inch cable shall be: Andrew SGL4-06B2 or approved equal 3. For 7/8-inch cable shall be: Andrew SGL5-06B2 or approved equal. H. Ante nna Cable: 1. Run lengths of 100 ft and less: (a) 1/2", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors. (b) Attenuation: < 2.17 dB / 100 ft at 900MHz. (c) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF4-50A. No approved equals. 2. Run lengths longer than 100 feet: (a) 7/8", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors. (b) Attenuation: < 1.23 dB / 100 fit at 900MHz. (c) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF5-50A. No approved equals. 1. Ante nna Cable Surge Protector: 1. Shall be appropriate for application, cable size and frequency per manufacturer. 2. Shall be used for each connection to the radio. Belleair Remote site - Qty (1) and Repeater Site - Qty (2) 3. Shall be: Dehn, Part Number 929 045 (DGA AG N) + mounting & grounding bracket 106 310, No approved equals. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-14 11 J. Antenna Pigtail Cable (from antenna surge protector to radio) 1. Shall be as specified for antenna cable. 2. N-Male to N-Male connectors. 3. One required for each radio site. K. Serial Cables from Radio data and diagnostics Ports 1. Provide and install shielded serial communication cable from the radio data port to the PLC at the Belleair Remote Site. 2. Provide and install shielded serial communication cable from radio No. 1 data port to Radio No. 2 data port at the Repeater Site per the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Radio systems installed under this contract shall be designed, configured, and tuned, to provide a minimum of 20dB fade margin over the manufacturers published minimum requirements. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for implementing necessary measures to insure this capability. 1. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall perform signal strength testing and provide documentation to the ENGINEER confirming the performance of the final installation. 2. The South Tank is an existing system on Water System Telemetry. System Integrator shall take steps to ensure the repeater system provides no interference of any kind to the Water System Telemetry. 2.4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) A. Provided for remote telemetry sites. B. 1/0 Base Module: 1. Sixteen (16) 24 VDC discrete input points, six (6) 24 VDC discrete output points, six (6) discrete relay output points. 2. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1764-28BXB. C. Processor/Communication Module: 1. Support for Allen-Bradley DF1 communications protocol. 2. Two (2) available RS-232 communication ports. 3. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1764-LRP. D. Real-time Clock: 1. 8k memory module and real-time clock. Morningside Reclaimed Water System i 0992-0198 Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 13100-15 11 2. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1764-MM1RTC. E. Analog Input Module: 1. Four (4) points per module, 4-20ma @ 24VDC. 2. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1769-IF4 (latest rev.) F. Module End Cap: 1. Right-side configuration. 2. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1769-ECR. G. PC Programming/Configuration Cable: 1. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, Micrologix 1500 1747-CP3. 2.5 POWER SUPPLY 1. One unit shall be provided to supply power for the radio, PLC, and other miscellaneous loads. One unit shall be provided to supply power for signal loops. 2. 120 VAC Input. 3. Regulated 24 VDC Output. 4. Rated at 5 Amps minimum. 5. Power supply shall have discrete output, to alarm on power supply trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. 6. Shall be Phoenix Contact, model: QUINT-PS-100-240AC/24DC/5, or approved equal. 2.6 UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) A. UPS shall be provided as specified herein and elsewhere within the Contract Documents. B. Each UPS shall meet the following requirements: 1. Input voltage shall be 117 VAC, single phase, 60 Hz. 2. Voltage regulation shall be +/-5 percent for line and load changes. 3. The output frequency shall be phase-locked to the input AC line on AC operation and shall be 60 hertz +/-0.5 percent when on battery operation. 4. The batteries shall be of the sealed, lead acid or lead calcium gelled electrolyte type, suitable for high temperatures. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-16 5. EMI/RF noise filtering. C. Each UPS shall be sized to match the maximum power requirements of the connected equipment, control panel power supplies, and accessories. D. UPS batteries shall be sized to provide a minimum of 20 minutes backup time. E. UPS shall be provided with a dry contact output, to alarm on UPS trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. F. UPS systems shall be as manufactured by APC, Powerware, or approved equal. 2.7 FLOW METER A. An integrated flowmeter system from a single manufacturer shall be provided to monitor discharge flow into the reservoir. B. The flowmeter shall be an in-line propeller-type meter, sized according to the contract drawings and specifications. The meter tube shall be fabricated steel, coated inside and out with 12-15 mils of NSF approved fusion bonded epoxy. The tube shall be provided with 150# ANSI flanges. C. The meter shall have a mechanical head unit to measure propeller rotation, along with internal gearing to derive the flow measurement. The head unit shall include an integral mechanical totalizer. D. The head unit shall be provided with a current output module. The current output module shall provide a 4-20ma output signal proportional to the instantaneous flow. Flow signal shall be fed to the local PLC / Telemetry cabinet. E. The Flowmeter shall be as manufactured by McCrometer / Water Specialties model MI-03-5G with TR15 transmitter. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of all equipment in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of ' equipment supplied. B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be required to demonstrate proper operation ' of all systems and 1/0 signals to and from the PLC to the ENGINEER. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide test documentation for all 1/0 to be signed by ENGINEER prior to completion. Any signals that fail to function as required during testing shall be corrected and re-tested. ' C. All work shall be scheduled, in advance, with the Engineer and the Owner to minimize down time of any system. Detailed plans and sequencing shall be ' included in the construction schedule submitted by the CONTRACTOR. ¦+ Morning ' m ?nm nm n side Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-17 D. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations at each location which are both functional and esthetically acceptable. 1 E. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the CONSTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. F. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the ENGINEER a periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment on which construction/installation has been completed. G. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment. H. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the ENGINEER during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of equipment and, in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the ENGINEER and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any modifications made during field installation or start up. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following completion of installation and the operational readiness testing, one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for incorporation of the markups into the final as-built documentation. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings. Should any work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances, and regulations, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising there from. K. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, which could cause contaminants to be forced into sensitive electronics. L. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling into enclosures to prevent contamination of electrical equipment. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 13100-18 M. Upon completion of construction/installation work, the CONTRACTOR / SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish and debris that has accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the Owner. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING ' A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage ' resulting from lightning-induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external ' to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding, or safety grounds . C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be ' minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted. ' D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned ' two-conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from ' source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other ' circuit. F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. ' 3.3 EQU IPMENT CALIBRATION A. Every analog instrument, limit switch, control, or related device, shall be properly ' calibrated, tuned, adjusted and commissioned so that the accuracy and operation of the device equals the highest level of performance which that device can ' achieve. B. Accurate and appropriate test equipment and industry standard test procedures shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within its expected ' tolerance of accuracy at various points throughout its operating range. C. Whenever calibration adjustments are being made, the SYSTEMS ' INTEGRATOR supplied technician(s) shall notify the members of the plant electrical/instrumentation staff so that they may witness the procedure as an educational process. The technicians shall assist the operator in any way possible in becoming well versed in the start-up, operation, maintenance, and calibration of the equipment provided. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVe ' Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-19 11 D. The technician(s) shall be fully familiar, trained and qualified to service and support the items that are being serviced. ' 3.4 CALIBRATION AND SERVICE REPORTS A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall prepare a written, dated, report for each start-up, calibration, trouble-shooting or maintenance event. This report shall identify the instrument serviced, define the procedures, and provide conclusions. This shall include every instrument or system provided in this project, and shall apply to every visit by equipment suppliers and system subcontractors. The reports shall also document each wiring modification, warranty repair, and problem analysis. B. All reports shall be distributed to the Engineer, the Contractor, and copied to the Owner's staff, and a copy shall be kept in a permanent file for future reference. 3.5 SPARE PARTS A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide the following components as spare parts. Spare parts shall be provided in the original boxes, and shall include all manuals, mounting brackets, terminal blocks, and accessories. These parts are in addition to the parts and components installed in the project. Parts shall be delivered to the OWNER, early in the project. B. Spare parts shall be provided to allow the Owner to recover and return to service after any of a wide variety of system failures. Unless otherwise noted, one of each type of component or accessory shall be provided, identical to the units installed. These shall include, but not be limited to, the following: ¦ One (1) Spread-Spectrum Radio. ¦ One (1) Power Supply of each size provided. ¦ Two (2) of each type surge protection installed. ¦ Two (2) of each control relay and socket installed. One (1) of each special cable installed. ¦ One (1) spare flowmeter current output module. 3.6 WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall guarantee the material and/or workmanship of all installed equipment and systems for a period of (12) twelve months from the date of final acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. B. During this warranty period, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent, field service engineer, who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Engineer or Owner to repair and/or replace any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this contract. All preventive and corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation ' 13100-20 1 work performed, and list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Engineer and Owner on or before the next business day. END OF SECTION I Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0198 13100-21 SECTION 13330 - SOFTWARE SERVICES PART 1 - EXECUTION 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. As an allowance item to this project the Engineer shall provide software services to the Owner as described herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 13300 - Controls and Instrumentation 1.3 RTU STATION PROGRAMMING A. The System Integrator shall calibrate and test all instruments and equipment as described in Section 13300. Once the systems integrator has completed testing and demonstrated the system performance, the Engineer shall provide the programming for the reservoir station. B. The Engineer shall provide the following controls programming for the local PLC: 1. Calculation of daily, monthly and cumulative flow totals. 2. Operation of the solenoid operated control valve to enable/disable the Belleair Country Club reservoir fill operation. Normal position of the fill valve is closed. Based on settings from the Marshall Street facility, the fill valve will be enabled to open at a designated time of day and time duration. If during that time, the reservoir level is at a level requiring fill, the control valve will move to the open position. The override of the function is provided by a high level alarm from the float switch. 1.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAMMING A. The radio communications between Belleair Country Club and Marshall Street, including the repeater link through the South Elevated Storage Tank shall be tested and proven by the Systems Integrator as described in Specification Section 13310. Documentation indicating successful communications with adequate parameter results shall be submitted to the Owner for review. B. After successful completion of the radio system installation provided by the Systems Integrator, the Engineer shall program the PLC located at the Marshall Street Plant to incorporate the Belleair reservoir station additions into the existing radio communications system programming. 1.5 SCADA HMI PROGRAMMING A. It will be possible to remotely monitor and control the operations of the Belleair Reservoir Station from the Marshall Street facility. B. The Engineer shall provide modifications to the Citect HMI located at the Marshall Street plant to include the Belleair Reservoir Station. Modifications shall include graphic screen and controls, database development, system alarms, historical data collection and system trends similar to the software provided for other reservoir locations and following existing Owner software standards. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Programming Services 13330-1 0992-0198 11 1 C. Additional software shall be provided to incorporate the new points from the Belleair Reservoir Station into the existing Plant2Business and SQL Databases ' located on the SQL Server at the Marshall Street plant. 1.6 TRAINING ' A. The Engineer shall provide the Owner with a Control Narrative following successful completion of the software services described herein. The Control Narrative shall be used in conjunction with the training and shall define the new ' control strategy in operation at the Belleair Reservoir Station. B. The Engineer will coordinate all training activities and schedules with the Owner I to accommodate the Owner's staff schedules. C. In addition to the training provided by the Systems Integrator as part of Section 13300, a one (1) hour training session will be provided at the reservoir station. ' This session will discuss the operation of the programming and software services for the station with an emphasis on local station operation. D. A one (1) hour training session will be provided at the Marshall Street plant to ' discuss the remote settings and operations of the reservoir station. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' Programming Services 0992-0198 13330-2 SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint, ' mechanical joint, push-on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and/or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings, complete, as shown on the project drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ' A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the Owner's Project Representative a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and _ fittings. B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Owner's Project Representative sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor. C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted to the Owner's Project Representative for approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Owner's Project Representative, the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ductile iron pipe pressure classes shall be a minimum of Class 350 for 4 to 12- inch, Class 250 for 14 to 20-inch, Class 200 for 24-inch, and Class 150 for 30 to ' 64-inch, except flanged or other unburied pipe which shall be thickness Class 53 and bridge crossing pipe which shall be thickness Class 54. Pressure class shall be greater if required by load conditions or called out on the plans. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Wa 0992-0198 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-1 B. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be supplied in lengths not in excess of 21-feet. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be either the rubber-ring type push-on joint or standard mechanical joint pipe as manufactured by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company or approved equal. 1. Push-on Joints: Single seal gasket push-on type joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11 and shall be U.S. Pipe "Tyton," American Cast Iron Pipe Company "Fastite," CLOW Corporation "Super Bell Tite," or approved equal. C. Pipe for buried service shall have an exterior bituminous coating in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Pipe interior shall have a cement mortar lining with an asphaltic seal coat conforming to ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. The weight and class designation shall be painted in white paint on the exterior surface of each pipe section. Manufacturer code or serial number shall be provided on the bell of each pipe joint. Ductile iron pipe for potable water shall be spirally wrapped by blue tape with adhesive backing. Ductile iron pipe for reclaimed water shall be spirally wrapped by purple tape with adhesive backing. D. Pipe and fitting gaskets, conforming to ANSI A21.11, shall be made of viton (fluorocarbon elastomer), EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) or SBR (Styrene-Butadiene Rubber), and shall be suitable for intended use. E. Fittings for buried service from 4" through 24" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. F. All fittings, furnished by the approved manufacturer(s), shall be cast and machined at one foundry location to assure quality control and provide satisfactory test data. Fittings shall have distinctly cast on them the pressure rating, nominal diameter of openings, manufacturer's identification, the country where cast, and number of degrees or fraction of the circle. Ductile-iron fittings shall have the letter "DI" or "Ductile" cast on them. Cast letters and figures shall be on the outside body of the fitting and shall have dimensions no smaller than those shown in ANSI/AWWA C110 and C153. The list of approved fitting manufacturers is as follows: 1. American Cast Iron Pipe Company 2. Clow Pipe Company 3. Tyler Pipe Industries, Inc. 4. United States Pipe and Foundry Company 5. Union Foundry Company. G. Restrained joints shall be provided for all buried ductile iron pipe as required on the drawings. Restrained joints shall not be of the type that requires field welding or grooves cut into the pipe barrel for restraint. The restraining joints for mechanical joint fittings and valves shall be ROMAC Industries Grip Ring, EBAA Iron MEGALUG, or approved equal. Restrained joints for straight lengths of Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-2 push-on ductile iron pipe shall be the locking gasket type such as Fast-Grip by American Ductile Iron Pipe, Field Lok by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. H. Flanged ductile-iron pipe shall conform to current ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115 with factory applied screwed long hub flanges except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1, 125 pounds standard. Full face type 1/16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, gland, gasket, bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI Standard A21.11. Bolts shall be high strength low alloy steel, such as "Corten," or "U.S. Alloy," T-head type having hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be machined true and nuts shall be tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing surface. J. Pipe for use with split-type flexible coupling joints shall have radius grooved ends. K. Fittings shall be ductile as specified herein. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 for 250 psi pressure rating. Full face type 1/16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. L. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either mechanical, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. M. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a 4-mil thick cross laminated high density polyethylene encasement or an 8-mil thick polyethylene encasement per ANSI/AWWA C105. Polyethylene casing shall be: Reclaimed Water Service- Solid purple color (Pantone S22C) with the following repeated message printed in white or black, "Reclaimed Water - Do Not Drink." N. Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust Inhibitive Primer or approved equal. 0. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non-bleeding sealer coat such as Inertol Tar Stop, or Mobil Anti-Bleeding Aluminum Sealer. Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section. P. Bolts and nuts on flanged fittings shall be Grade B, ASTM A-307, cadmium plated and conform to ANSI B16.1 for Class 125. Q. Pipe and fittings shall be provided with underground tracer wire and alarming tape as specified in Section 15066 -- Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape. I ' morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-3 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by the Owner. B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test just prior to being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Valve-operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. C. Trench Construction - See Section 02210 - Excavation and Trenching. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective I materials shall be marked and removed from the project site. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-4 C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Owner's Project Representative. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push-on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled. K. Thrust Restraint: All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by attaching metal rods, clamps or restrained joints as specified. 2. Thrust-restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the line. 3. Restrained push-on joints or mechanical joints utilizing approved joint restraints shall be used in place of concrete backing. Tie rods clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous coating or by encasement of the entire assembly with 8-mil thick, loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105. ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-5 All ductile iron pipe shall be installed with solid or stranded copper tracer wire and underground alarming tape of the type specified. 3.4 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.6 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains and distribution lines shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used for pigging and flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Flushing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. Flushing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains may be flushed with potable or reclaimed water. C. The cleaning of the new piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The Contractor shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in- line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the Contractor and turned over to the Owner. 3.6 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Pressure Testing: The Contractor shall backfill all pipe and restraints before pressure testing unless the Project Representative directs certain joints or connections left uncovered. 2. All newly laid pipe, including fittings and valves shall be pressure tested in accordance with AMA C-000. The duration of each such test will be at least two hours. The Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and a pump shall be hooked to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Project Representative to supply the minimum test pressure of 150 psi. The Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va ' Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-6 pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The gauges used shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Project Representative, furnish to the Utilities Department certified test data for pressure gauges used for pressure testing. 4. Pipe shall be tested valve to valve. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. Permanent air relief valves shall be located as shown on the plans. If air relief valves are not furnished the Contractor shall install corporation cocks for this purpose. 6. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, joints and appurtenances shall be carefully examined during the open-trench test. Any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves or appurtenances discovered in consequence of this test shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material and the test shall be repeated to the satisfaction of the Project Representative. B. Leakage Test: A leakage test may be conducted at the same time as the pressure test. The Contractor shall, as before, furnish all pumps, pipe, connections and other items required to satisfactorily complete the leakage test. The leakage test shall have a duration of two hours at the pressure specified for the pressure test. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage .is greater than that determined by the formula for mechanical and push-on joints: SDP"2 L= Allowable leakage [gph] L= ---------- S= Length of pipe tested [feet] 133,200 D= Nominal diameter of pipe [inches] P= Average pressure during test [psig] 2. The Project Representative, or his duly authorized representative, shall witness these tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for finding and repairing leaks. No additional cost may be incurred by the Owner due to repairs because of failure of either test. The Project Representative has the authority to determine the number of repairs that will be made within a given length of pipe and has the right to request the Contractor to remove and relay a section of pipe if such does not comply with the established leakage rates. C. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 3.7 DISINFECTION A. Reclaimed water mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. 3.8 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-7 A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be painted with a prime coat as specified above. Surface preparation and shop ' priming is a part of the work of this Section. It shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the Owner in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. All exposed pipe shall be ' given a finish coat of paint as specified in Sections 09900 and 09902. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-8 SECTION 16063 - PVC PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This specification covers Poly-Vinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe, in nominal sizes 4" - 12", installed in accordance with the approved NUCA "Specification for Microtunneling," or by open cut excavation. Pipe is intended for use as a pressure-rated reclaimed water delivery system. 1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D1784: Standard Specification for Rigid PVC Compounds and Chlorinated PVC Compounds. 2. ASTM D2837: Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. 3. ASTM D3139: Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4. ASTM F477: Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 5. ASTM F1417: Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AMA C605: Standard for Underground Installation of PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA 0900: Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12" for Water Distribution. 3. AWWA C905: Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, Greater than 12", for Water Distribution C. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 1. NSF14: Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials 2. NSF61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects I' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0195 Section /Va PVC Pipe 15063-1 11 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Products delivered under this specification shall be manufactured only from water distribution pipe and couplings conforming to AWWA C900. Restrained joint pipe shall also meet all performance requirements of AWWA C900. B. The joints for PVC pipe shall be rubber ring type consisting of integral, thickened, solid wall bells which maintain the same standard dimension ratio as the pipe barrel. Joint lubrication shall be as furnished by the manufacturer of the pipe and joints made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2.2 APPROVALS A. Restrained joint PVC pipe products used in directional bore applications shall have been tested and approved by an independent third-party laboratory for continuous use at rated pressures. Copies of Agency approvals or product listings shall be provided to the Engineer. Products intended for contact with potable water shall be evaluated, tested, and certified for conformance with NSF Standard 61, or the health effects portion of NSF Standard 14, by an acceptable certifying organization, when required by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction. 2.3 CLASS-RATED PVC PIPE (OPEN CUT INSTALLATION) A. PVC pressure-rated pipe having a nominal diameter two inches or greater, but less than four inches, shall be made of 2000 psi hydrostatic design stress compounds designated PVC 1120 and shall conform to ASTM D 2241. Pipe shall be made in standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratios (SDR) and pressure rated for water. Pipe shall have both ends beveled for use with gasketed couplings or one end beveled and one end with a bell with joints meeting the performance requirements of ASTM D 3139. Couplings and gaskets shall be furnished with each length of pipe. Rubber ring gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. Nontoxic gasket lubricant shall be as specified by the manufacturer. PVC pipe shall be furnished in 20-foot lengths unless otherwise noted. PVC pipe shall have a SDR 26 and a water pressure rating of 160 psi. Pipe couplings shall have a SDR 21 and a water pressure rating of 200 psi. B. Class-rated PVC pipe and accessories four to twelve inches (4"-12") in diameter, where shown or as specified on the Drawings, shall meet the requirements of AWWA Specification C-900 "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe". Pipe shall be Class 235, meeting requirements of Dimension Ratio (DR) 18 unless otherwise designated on the Drawings or Bid Form, and shall have the dimension of ductile iron outside diameters. Each length of pipe shall be hydrotested to four (4) times its class pressure by the manufacturer in accordance with AWWA C- 900. C. PVC Class pipe shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe shall be furnished in nominal lengths of approximately 20 feet, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Pipe and accessories shall bear the NSF mark indicating pipe size, manufacturer's names, AWWA and/or ASTM Specification Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 PVC Pipe 15083-2 1 number, working pressure, and production code. Pipe shall be blue for potable ' water service and purple for reclaimed water service. All potable water pipe shall be NSF certified and copies of lab certification. shall be submitted to the Engineer. D. Joints: The PVC joints for pipe shall be of the push-on type unless otherwise directed by the Engineer so that the pipe and fittings may be connected on the job without the use of solvent cement or any special equipment. The push-on joint shall be a single rubber gasket joint designed to be assembled by the positioning of a continuous, molded rubber ring gasket in annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and the forcing of the plain end of the entering pipe into the socket, thereby compressing the gasket radially to the pipe to form a positive seal. The gasket and annular recess shall be designed and shaped so that the gasket is locked in place against displacement as the joint is assembled. The rubber ring joint shall be designed for thermal expansion or contraction with a total temperature change of at least 750 degrees F in each joint per length of pipe. The bell shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which shall meet requirements of ASTM F-477. The thickened bell section shall be designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall. Lubricant furnished for lubricating joints shall be nontoxic, shall not support the growth of bacteria, shall have no deteriorating effects on the gasket or pipe material, and shall not impart color, taste, or odor to the water. 2. PVC joints for pipe less than two inches (2") in diameter shall either be threaded or of the push-on type, Sch. 80 PVC where called for on the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Teflon thread tape or liquid Teflon thread lubricant shall be used on all threaded joints to serve as both a sealer and lubricant. Threaded joints should be made hand tight (hard). When the joint is hand tight, a strap wrench should be used to make up one to two (1-2) additional full turns past the hand tight point. Do not use pipe wrenches or pump pliers on plastic pipe or fittings. 2.4 RESTRAINED JOINT PVC PIPE AND COUPLINGS (DIRECTIONAL BORE) ' A. PVC Pipe and Couplings shall be made from unplasticized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454-B, as defined in ASTM D1784. All compounds shall qualify for a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) rating of 4000 psi I for water at 73AF, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837. Blue pipe shall be supplied for the potable water system and purple pipe shall be supplied for the reclaimed water system. ' B. Nominal outside diameters and wall thickness of PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900 for pipe sizes between 4 and 16-inches. Nominal ' outside diameters and wall thickness of 3" PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2241. PVC pipe shall be furnished in sizes 3" (Pressure Rating 250 psi, DR17), 4" (Class 305, DR-14) and 6" and 8" (Class 235, DR-18). Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths of 20 ft. + 1 in. 1 Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 PVC Pipe 15063-3 1 C. PVC pipe used in directional boring shall be joined using non-metallic restrained- joint Couplings. Pipe and Couplings shall be designed as an integral system and shall be provided by a single manufacturer for maximum reliability and interchangeability. Pipe and Couplings shall be joined using high-strength flexible plastic splines inserted into mating precision-machined grooves, which align when the pipe is fully inserted, providing a full 3600 restraint with evenly distributed loading. No external pipe-to-pipe restraining devices which clamp onto or otherwise damage the pipe surface as a result of point-loading shall be permitted. D. Couplings shall be designed for use at the rated pressures of the pipe with which they are utilized, and shall incorporate twin elastomeric sealing gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM F477. Assembled joints shall meet the leakage test requirements of ASTM D3139. E. Allowable axial jacking loads shall be supplied by the manufacturer. The Engineer and Contractor shall utilize appropriate instrumentation to insure that these loads are never exceeded. Only experienced personnel shall be used to install pipe. Coupling edges shall be beveled to reduce drag force when pipe is installed by directional bore or microtunneling. Assembly of joints shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. F. Manufacturer: Certainteed Certa-Lok C-900/RJ PVC Pipe, or approved equal. 2.5 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Thrust restraint for buried piping shall be provided by restrained joints. May be used at valves, tees, bends, and other fittings for Certa-Lok C-900/RJ pipe and , Push-on Joint PVC pipe. B. Restrained Joints. Restrained joints for use with PVC pipe shall consist of retainer glands fabricated of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The gland ' shall be such that it can replace the standard mechanical joint gland and can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111 and ANSI/AWWA A21-53/C153. The retainer glands shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the PVC pipe on which it is used. C. PVC push-on joints adjacent to restrained fittings shall be restrained using ' harness restraint devices. This harness restraint shall be split to enable installation of the restraint after the spigot has been installed into the bell. The restraint shall consist of a split ring that fits behind the bell, a split restraint ring that installs on the spigot and a number of tie bars to connect the other two parts. ' Restraint components shall be of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The restraint ring shall consist of a plurality of individually activated gripping surfaces to hold the spigot and maximize restraint capability. D. Twist off nuts, sized same as the tee-head bolts shall be used to insure proper actuating of restraining devices. ' E. Equivalent Restrained Joints may be used at valves, tees, bends, and other fittings in lieu of the restrained joint mechanical gland adaptors for Certa-Lok C- 900/RJ pipe or Push-on Joint PVC pipe. Manufacturers and Models ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 PVC Pipe 15063-4 1. Megalug by EBAA Iron 2. Romac 3. Or approved equal 2.6 COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS A. Fittings for bends, tees, etc., shall be compact ductile iron fittings as specified in Section 15062 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.7 WORKMANSHIP: A. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C-900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS A. The installation of PVC pipe shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. Install all PVC pipe, excluding service mains, with solid or stranded tracer wire of the type specified. Provide polyethylene encasement for fittings in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105. B. The annular space between the pipe and bore hole shall be filled with an ' appropriate material to support and stabilize the pipe. If pressure grouting is used, caution should be exercised to insure that excess grout pressure does not distort or collapse the pipe. ' C. Pipe shall be installed in a manner that will insure that external loads will not subsequently cause a decrease of more than five percent in the vertical cross- section dimension. When changes in direction are necessary, these shall be ' accomplished gradually such that the ratio of bend radius to nominal pipe size is not less than 300. I' D. The Contractor shall supply one (1) new power routing tool for grooving the 4", fi", and 8" PVC pipe to the City of Clearwater after construction is completed. ' E. All PVC pipe shall be installed with solid or stranded tracer wire and underground alarming tape of the type specified . 3.2 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains and distribution lines shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for t approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used for pigging and flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility ' of the Contractor. B. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered ' source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Flushing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. Flushing water shall be 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va PVC Pipe 15063-5 11 potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains may be flushed with potable or reclaimed water. C. The cleaning of the new piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The Contractor shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in- line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the Contractor and turned over to the Owner. 3.3 TESTING AND LEAKAGE A. Hydrostatic Tests - General The piping shall be tested between valved sections to a maximum length of 2,000 feet after installation and backfilling has been completed. 2. In testing, the part of the system under test shall be filled with water and subjected to a sustained pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The piping shall be tested in sections, thereby, testing each valve for secure closure. While the system is being filled with water, air shall be carefully and completely exhausted. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor shall install corporation stops or fittings and valves at such points so the air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. 3. Test pressure shall be maintained at 150 psi by pumping for a minimum of two (2) hours and until all sections under test have been checked for evidence of leakage. The test pressure shall not vary by more than +5 psi for the duration of the test. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA C605 Standards for all pressure pipe. No pipe installation shall be accepted if the leakage is grater than that determined by the following formula. L = ND(P)" 7,400 L = Leakage in gallons per hour N= Number of joints in pipeline tested D = Nominal diameter in inches P = Average Test Pressure in psi 4. Visible leaks shall be corrected regardless of total leakage shown by test. Testing shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard C605 Section 7. NOTE: TEST DURATION SHALL BE AT LEAST TWO HOURS. 5. All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed ' and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Ma ' 0992-0198 PVC Pipe 15063-6 their installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of a representative of the Engineer and City. 6. Water for testing and flushing shall be provided by the Contractor as described in Section 02071, Paragraph 3.5.A. 7. If the contractor elects to perform hydrostatic testing against valves in an existing distribution system, he does so at his own risk and will bear the cost of any damages to the existing valve, piping system, private or public property, or the new pipeline under test. 8. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 3.4 DISINFECTION A. Reclaimed water mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 PVC Pipe 15063-7 SECTION 15065 - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes materials and methods of installation of HDPE pipe. The pipe is intended for use as a pressure-rated reclaimed water delivery system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with specified requirements. 1.3 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or by skidding in order to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be rolled or skidded against pipe on the ground. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or interior of the pipe. B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior as well as all sealing surfaces of all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage or freezing. C. Pipe stored outside and exposed to prolonged periods of sunlight shall be covered with canvas or other opaque material. Air circulation shall be provided under covering. D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tiers shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Pipe shall not be stored close to heat sources. E. Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis. Mechanical-joint bolts shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. 1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. Ductile Iron Pipe A.N.S.I. A21-51. B. HDPE Pipe AWWA C906. C. HDPE Pipe AWWA C901. D. Water Resources Act, Chapter 373, F.S. E. Chapter 17-40 Florida Administrative Code. I' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-1 11 F. Chapter 17-610 Florida Administrative Code. G. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). H. American Water Works Association (AWWA). 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) J. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO). K. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE). L. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI). 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS A. In general, shop drawings and related manufacturer's product certification shall be made in accordance with the General and Special Conditions of the Contract for approval prior to construction or fabrication of the material by the manufacturer. The following items which require shop drawings are brought to the Contractor's attention. The list may not include all items for which shop drawing submittals are required to meet the requirements of the project. 1. Detail drawings of all classes of pipe, joints, and fittings. 2. Detail Drawings of restrained and flexible joints, including test reports to confirm thrust restraint capacities and restraining mechanism application. 3. Pipeline laying schedule tabulated and referenced to construction line and grade controls shown on plans, with station, offset and elevations. References shall be provided for pipe fittings, valves, service connections and other important features of the pipeline. 4. Detail drawings of all Drilling Pits. 5. Service Connections. 6. Valves and Valve Boxes. 7. Paint - Manufacturer's information and color sample. 8. All Appurtenant Items. B. Certification and test reports for the materials, manufacturing, and testing of the types of pipe supplied shall be performed and furnished by the pipe manufacturer 1 in accordance with the latest standards of the industry as described in Sub- section 1.2 herein. C. Provide a statement in writing from the HDPE pipe manufacturer that it is listed ' with the Plastic Pipe Institute as a qualified extruder for the polyethylene resin being used to manufacture the pipe for this project. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe' 15065-2 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REFERENCES A. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Specification section differs from these documents, the requirements of this section shall apply. ' 1. ASTM D1248-84, Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 2. ASTM D3350-84, Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material. 3. ASTM F714-85, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. ' 4. ASTM D2513, Standard Specifications for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings ' 2.2 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. All HDPE shall be manufactured by Driscopipe, a subsidiary of Phillips Petroleum Company; PLEXCO, Division of Chevron Chemical Company; or approved equal. 2. All HDPE piping system components shall be the products of one manufacturer and shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute. 3. Reclaimed water pipe shall be permanently co-extruded with purple/lavender (Pantone 522C) striping on pipe outside surface. 4. Potable water pipe shall be permanently co-extruded with blue striping on pipe outside surface. B. HDPE Pipe Specifications 1. High Density Polyethylene pipe 4-inches diameter and larger shall conform to material standard ASTM D3350 345464 C cell classification rated as PE 3408 by the Plastics Pipe Institute. Minimum pressure rating shall be 160 psi SDR 11 (Standard Dimension Ratio) for pipe sizes greater than 4 inches in diameter. For pipe sizes 2-inches and smaller in diameter, the minimum pressure rating shall be 200 psi SDR 9. All pipe 4-inches in diameter and greater shall have a ductile iron pipe O.D. Pressure ratings are at standard test conditions and temperature of 73.40 F (23' C). 2. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black, well dispersed by precompounding in a concentration of not less than 2 percent. 3. The maximum allowable hoop stress shall be 800 psi at 73.4 degrees F. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-3 11 4. The pipe manufacturer shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as ' meeting the recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin used to manufacture the pipe in this project. C. Fittings. All fittings for HDPE pipe 4" and larger, except for D.I/HDPE Mechanical Joint Adaptors, shall be compact ductile iron mechanical joint fittings. If a fitting is unavailable as a compact ductile iron mechanical joint fitting, then a regular ductile iron mechanical joint fitting may be used. See Section 15062 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. D.I./HDPE Mechanical Joint Adaptors, a. The manufacturer of the HDPE pipe shall supply all D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptors and accessories required to perform the work as shown on the Drawings. b. The D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall consist of: 1) A molded or fabricated HDPE mechanical joint transition fitting 2) A standard rubber gasket for a D.I. mechanical joint. 3) A D. I. mechanical joint backup drive ring. 4) Cor-Ten mechanical joint tee bolts. 5) A stainless steel stiffener inserted in the MJ end of the HDPE transition fitting. C. The D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall be connected to the HDPE pipe by a heat-fused joint on one end, and connected to a ductile iron pipe valve, or fitting with a mechanical joint on the other end. d. The tee bolts and backup drive ring shall act as a joint restraint to keep the connecting pieces from pulling apart. e. The HDPE transition fitting shall be molded or fabricated by the manufacturer of the HDPE pipe. All molded fittings shall be fully pressure rated to match the SDR pressure rating for which they are made. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service equivalent to the full pressure rating of the mating pipe. f. If rework compounds are required, only those generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin compounds of the same class and type from the same raw material supplier shall be used. g. Solvent epoxy cementing and mechanical joining with bolt on wrap around clamps shall not be used for connections. 3. Steel / HDPE Transition Fittings a. Steel / HDPE transition fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2513 and D638 having welded, threaded or flanged ends as required for the application. Steel surfaces shall have epoxy coating. Transition fittings shall be "Double 'O' Seal" as manufactured by Central Plastics or Engineer approved equal. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va , 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15085-4 D. HDPE Pipe Jointing Method HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the butt-fusion process in accordance with pipe manufacturer's directions. Contractor shall provide butt-fusion technicians who are trained and certified by the P.E. pipe manufacturer to complete the project. The date of technician certification shall not exceed 12 months before commencing construction. 2. All HDPE pipe joined by butt-fusion shall be made from the same class and type of raw material made by the same raw material supplier. 3. Butt-fusion means the butt-joining of the pipe by softening the aligned faces of the pipe ends in a suitable apparatus and pressing them together under controlled pressure. 4. The internal and external beads resulting from the butt-fusion process shall be visible and examined for penetration 360 degrees around the pipe diameter. 4. Short pieces of pipe between valves and fittings shall be DIP, with all joints retrained for sizes 3-inches and larger. For 2-inch, the short pieces shall be brass or Schedule 80 with IP threads and DI, HDPE or brass fittings and all joints restrained. E. Pipe Tracer Wire All pipe installed by directional boring shall be provided with tracing wire in accordance with Section 15066. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All polyethylene pipe shall be cut, fabricated, and installed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Joining, laying, and pulling of polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with polyethylene pipe. The pipe supplier shall certify in writing that the Contractor is qualified to join, lay, and pull the pipe or representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be on site to oversee the pipe joining. Expenses for the representative shall be paid for by the Contractor. B. All polyethylene pipe shall be installed with a solid or stranded tracer wire of the type specified. 3.2 PIPE INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificate of inspection to the effect that the pipe and fittings supplied for this Contract have been inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these specifications. The Contractor shall submit these certificates to the Engineer prior to installation of the pipe materials. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be laid. Joints or fittings that do not conform to these specifications will be ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-5 11 rejected and must be removed immediately by the Contractor. The entire product of any plant may be rejected when, in the opinion of the City, the methods of manufacture fail to secure uniform results, or where the materials used are such as to produce inferior pipe or fittings. 3.3 TRANSPORTATION A. Care shall be taken during transportation of the pipe that it is not cut, kinked, or otherwise damaged. 3.4 STORAGE A. Pipes shall be stored on level ground; preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. Stacking of the polyethylene pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of the bottom layers at pipes under anticipated temperature condition. Where necessary due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths as not to allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper or between supports. B. Pipes shall be stored in such a manner as to limit their exposure to ultraviolet light as the pipe color will fade. Excessive loss of color in the pipe material may result in the rejection of piping material by the Project Representative. 3.5 HANDLING PIPE A. The handling of the joined pipeline shall be in such a manner that the pipe is not damaged by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. Ropes, fabric, or rubber- protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipes. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped onto rocky or unprepared ground. Slings for handling the pipeline shall not be positioned at butt-fused joints. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges exceeding 10 percent of the pipe wall thickness or kinked sections shall be removed and the ends rejoined. The dragging of fused HDPE pipe along asphalt and concrete paving will not be allowed. B. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be plugged at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or pipe section. C. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they shall be so constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot blow them loose. D. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe will not be permitted. E. Where possible, the pipe shall be raised and supported at a suitable distance back from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support. 3.6 LAYING PIPE A. HDPE Pipe by Directional Boring - See Section 02071 - Directional Boring. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va , 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-6 B. Joints: 1. All HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the heat fusion process which produces homogeneous, seal, leak tight joints. 2. Restrained mechanical joints shall be provided at tie-ins with valves and other pipe materials. ' C. Butt Fusion Testing: 1. Contractor shall test the first fusion of the day on a daily basis. ' 2. In testing, the fusion shall be allowed to cool completely, then fusion test straps shall be cut out. The test shall be minimum of 12" or 30 times the wall thickness in length with the fusion in the center, and minimum of 1" or ' 1.5 times the wall thickness in width. Bend the test strap until the ends of the strap touch. Contractor shall not commence until a fusion test has passed the bent strap test. ' D. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be closed at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or ' pipe section. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they will be so constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot blow them loose. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ' ends of the pipe will not be tolerated. Where possible, the pipe will be raised and supported at a suitable distance back from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support. ' 3.7 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. After the pipe is in place, cleaning pigs shall be used to remove residual water ' and debris. After the cleaning operation, the Contractor shall provide and run a sizing pig to check for anomalies in the form of buckles, dents, excessive out-of- roundness, and any other deformations. The sizing pig run shall be considered ' acceptable if the survey results indicate that there are no sharp anomalies (e.g. dents, buckles, gouges, and internal obstructions) greater than 2-percent of the nominal pipe diameter, or excessive ovality greater than 5-percent of the nominal ' pipe diameter. For gauging purposes, dent locations are those defined above which occur within a span of five feet or less. Pipe ovality shall be measured as the percent difference between the maximum and minimum pipe diameters. For gauging purposes, ovality locations are those defined above which exceed a ' span of five feet. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to ' be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used pigging and for flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of ' flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide a meter, if required by the water utility, and ' designate the source. All costs for flushing water shall be the Contractor's ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-7 1 expense. Flushing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains may be flushed with potable or reclaimed water. ' 3.8 TESTING AND LEAKAGE A. Hydrostatic Tests - General ' All HDPE piping shall be hydrostatically tested aboveground to 60 psi with water from an approved source. While under pressure, the pipeline shall , be visually inspected, with particular attention paid to the fused joints. The time which the pipe is held under pressure should be as needed to visually inspect the pipe, but no more than one (1) hour. The pipe shall ' be hydrostatically tested again per Part 3.8 after installation. 2. The piping shall be tested between valved sections to a maximum length ' of 2,000 feet immediately after installation and backfilling has been completed. 3. In testing, the part of the system under test shall be filled with water and subjected to a sustained test pressure. The piping shall be tested in sections, thereby, testing each valve for secure closure. While the system is being filled with water, air shall be carefully and completely exhausted. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor shall install corporation stops or fittings and valves at such points so the air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. 4. All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their installation shall be approved by the Project Representative. The pressure gauges or data recorders should be calibrated and sufficiently sized to provide mid-range data, easy reading, interpretation, and accuracy of resolution to ±2.0 psi. The test pressure should be taken at the position in the pipeline at the lowest point in elevation along the test section's vertical pipeline profile. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of the Project Representative. 5. If the contractor elects to perform hydrostatic testing against valves in an existing distribution system, he does so at his own risk and will bear the cost of any damages to the existing valve, piping system, private or public property, or the new pipeline under test. B. Hydrostatic Testing for High Density Polyethylene Pipe: HDPE hydrostatic testing shall be done in accordance with ASTM 2164- 02 as briefly described below. Testing phase shall last 2-hours. 2. For any test pressure from 1.0 to 1.5 times the system design pressure, the total test time including initial pressurization, initial expansion, and time at test pressure, shall not exceed eight (8) hours. If the pressure test is not completed due to leakage, equipment failure or other reason, the test section shall be de-pressurized, and allowed to "relax" for at least eight (8) hours before bringing the test section up to test pressure again. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-8 3. The test procedure consists of initial expansion, and the test phase: a b c. 3.9 DISINFECTION During the initial expansion phase, the test section is pressurized to 10 psi above the test pressure (see Table A for Expansion Pressure), and sufficient make-up water is added each hour for three (3) hours to return to the expansion phase pressure. After the initial expansion phase, about four (4) hours after pressurization, the test phase begins. During the test phase, the pipe is stabilized at the test pressure (see Table A). The pressure shall remain steady within 5% of this target value for two (2) hours. If the pressure falls below 5% of the test pressure (see Table A), leakage or insufficient expansion is indicated, and the test shall be repeated after the pipe is allowed to "relax" as indicated above. Make-up water is not allowed during the test phase. TABLE A Pipe Class Expansion Pressure Test Pressure 5% Pressure Reduction SDR 17 150 psi 140 psi 133 psi SDR 13.5 170 psi 160 psi 152 psi SDR 11 170 psi 160 psi 152 psi SDR 9 210 psi 200 psi 190 psi A. Reclaimed water mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. 3.10 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Connections to existing reclaimed water mains and potable water mains shall be made as shown on the Contract Drawings. Coordination between the City and the Contractor shall be required in order to accomplish this task. The Contractor shall supply connection, procedure, and customer notification schedules to the City, for approval, two (2) weeks prior to the proposed connection date. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Wa 0992-0198 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 15065-9 SECTION 15066 - TRACER WIRE AND ALARMING TAPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 TRACER WIRE A. All pipe (HDPE, PVC and DI) 4-inches and greater installed by open cut shall have two (2) 12-gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wire taped to the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4-feet. B. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) installed by directional bore shall have (2) 10-gauge high-carbon steel inner core reinforcement directional drilling tracer wires taped to the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4-feet. C. The locator wires shall have colored insulation matching the type of service provided in the main and be acceptable for direct burial. D. The wire is to be tied to all valves, tees and elbows. E. The locator wires shall be brought up to the surface through a 2-inch PVC pipe. F. The wires shall each be continuous throughout the project, with splices made only by methods approved by the Owner's Project Representative. G. All splices of the wires shall be made with watertight connections, utilizing Direct Bury Splice Kits as manufactured by 3M or approved equal. Bury Splice Kits shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. H. Contractor shall perform a 12 volt DC electrical continuity test on the wires. No more than one volt of loss per 1000 feet of mainline pipe will be acceptable. At least one wire of the locator wire system shall pass the 12 volt DC electrical continuity test prior to final acceptance of the pipeline. Any cuts or breaks in the wire shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. The locator wire shall be tested by the Owner at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire and the pressure test will be reschedule when the wire will pass. J. Contractor shall install tracer wire on all services to be installed from a main under the roadway within a cul-de-sac. The tracer wire should be tied into the wire on the main as per the specs and looped into the RCW meter box. 1.2 ALARMING TAPE A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3-inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6-inch wide tape as follows: Film Legend Film Color Electric line below Red Telephone line below Orange Water line below Blue I' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15066-1 11 Sewer line below Green Nonpotable water below Brown Reclaimed water below Purple (Pantone 522C) 1. Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 18-inches below final grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15066-2 SECTION 16068 - FUSIBLE PVC PIPE ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Scope: ' 1. This section specifies fusible polyvinylchloride pipe, including standards for dimensionality, testing, quality, acceptable fusion practice, safe handling and storage. ' B. Pipe Description ' 1. Pipe Supplier shall furnish fusible polyvinylchloride pipe conforming to all applicable standards and procedures, and meeting all applicable testing and material properties as described by those standards or within this specification. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. References 1. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail 2. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of construction. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise I , identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued 3. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to ' those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. ' Reference Title ANSI/AWWA American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron ' C110/A21.10 Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch, for Water and Other Liquids ANSI/AWWA American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile- C111/A21.11 Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ' AWWA C605 Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) P Pi d Fitti f W t ressure pe an or a er ngs AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-1 11 Reference Title AWWA C900 Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 in. through 12 in. (100mm through 300mm), for Water Distribution AWWA C905 Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 in. through 48 in. (350mm-1200mm), for Water Distribution AWWA M23 AWWA Manual of Supply Practices PVC Pipe-Design and Installation, Second Edition ASTM C923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals ASTM D1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Test Method for Degree of Fusion of Extruded ASTM D2152 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Molded Fittings by Acetone Immersion ASTM D2241 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) ASTM D2665 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F1057 Standard Practice for Estimating the Quality of Extruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe by the Heat Reversion Technique ASTM F1417 Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air UNI-PUB-6 Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe UNI-PUB-8 Recommended Practice for the Direct Tapping of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Water Pipe (Nominal Diameters 6-12 Inch) NSF-14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials NSF-61 Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects PPI TR-2 PVC Range Composition Listing of Qualified Ingredients Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-2 1 B. Manufacturer Requirements 1. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be tested at the extrusion facility for properties required to meet all applicable parameters as outlined in either ' AWWA C900, AWWA C905, applicable sections of ASTM D2241, ASTM D3034, or ASTM F679 . Testing priority shall be in conformance with AWWA C900 and AWWA C905, except for pipe made to the ASTM ' D3034 or ASTM F679 standards, which shall be tested to those standards. All piping shall be made from a PVC compound conforming to cell classification 12454 per ASTM D178. C. Fusion Technician Requirements 1. Fusion Technician shall be fully qualified by the pipe supplier to install ' fusible polyvinylchloride pipe of the type(s) and size(s) being used. Qualification shall be current as of the actual date of fusion performance on the project. D. Specified Pipe Suppliers Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be used as manufactured under the trade names Fusible C-9000, Fusible C-9050, and FPVCTM, for Underground Solutions, Inc., Poway, CA, (858) 679-9551. Fusion process shall be as patented by Underground Solutions, Inc., Poway, CA, Patent No. 6,982,051 or approved equal. E. Pre-construction Submittals The following product data is required from the pipe supplier and/or fusion provider: a) Name of the pipe manufacturer and a list of the materials to be provided by manufacturer. This will include: 1) Pipe Size 2) Dimensionality 3) Pressure Class per applicable standard 4) Color 5) Recommended Minimum Bending Radius 6) Recommended Maximum Safe Pull Force b) Pipe and fusion joint warranty information. C) Written procedural documentation for piping products including proper handling and storage, installation, tapping, and testing. d) Fusion technician qualification indicating conformance with this specification. F. Post-construction Submittals The following AS-RECORDED DATA is required from the contractor and/or fusion provider and shall be provided weekly to the Owner: a) Fusion report for each fusion joint performed on the project, including joints that were rejected. Fusion logs shall be submitted Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-3 on a weekly basis. Specific requirements of Technician's joint report shall include: 1) Pipe Size and Thickness 2) Machine Size 3) Fusion Technician Identification 4) Job Identification 5) Fusion Number 6) Fusion, Heating, and Drag Pressure Settings 7) Heat Plate Temperature 8) Time Stamp 9) Heating and Cool Down Time of Fusion 10) Ambient Temperature PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE POLYVINYLCHLORIDE PRESSURE PIPE the Fusion A. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall conform to AWWA C900 or AWWA C905, and/or ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785 for IPS standard dimensions if applicable. Testing shall be in accordance with AMA standards for all pipe types. B. Rework material shall be allowed per AMA C900 and AMA C905 standards. C. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be extruded with plain ends. The ends shall be square to the pipe and free of any bevel or chamfer. There shall be no bell or gasket of any kind incorporated into the pipe. D. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be manufactured in a standard 20', 30' or 40' nominal length. E. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be blue in color for potable water use and purple in color for reclaimed water use. F. Pipe generally shall be marked per AMA C900 or AWWA C905, and shall include as a minimum: 1. Nominal pipe size 2. PVC 3. Dimension Ratio, Standard Dimension Ratio or Schedule 4. AMA pressure class or standard pressure rating for non-AWWA pipe 5. AMA Standard designation number or pipe type for non-AMA pipe 6. NSF-61 mark verifying suitability for potable water service 7. Inscribed "Raw Water Main" in olive green stenciling 8. Extrusion production-record code 9. Trademark or trade name 10. Cell Classification 12454 and/or PVC material code 1120 may also be included G. Pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign I material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. 2.2 FUSION JOINTS Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-4 A. Unless otherwise specified, fusible polyvinylchloride pipe lengths shall be ' assembled in the field with butt-fused joints. The Contractor shall follow the pipe supplier's written instructions for this procedure. All fusion joints shall be completed as described in this specification. 2.3 CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS FOR PRESSURE APPLICATIONS ' A. Connections shall be defined in conjunction with the coupling of project piping, as well as the tie-ins to other piping systems. B. Ductile Iron Mechanical and Flanged Fittings Acceptable fittings for use with fusible polyvi nylch lo ride pipe shall include standard ductile iron fittings conforming to AWWA/ANSI C110/A21,10 and AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 1. Connections to fusible polyvinylchloride pipe may be made using a restrained or non-restrained retainer gland product for PVC pipe, as well as for MJ or flanged fittings. 2. Bends, tees and other ductile iron fittings shall be restrained with the use of thrust blocking or other means as indicated in the construction documents. 3. Ductile iron fittings and glands must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. PVC Gasketed, Push-on Fittings Acceptable fittings for use with fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall include standard PVC pressure fittings conforming to AWWA C900 or AWWA C905. 1. Acceptable fittings for use joining fusible polyvinylchloride pipe other sections of fusible polyvinylchloride pipe or other sections of PVC pipe shall include gasketed PVC, push-on type couplings and fittings, including bends, tees, and couplings as shown in the drawings. 2. Bends, tees and other PVC fittings shall be restrained with the use of thrust blocking or other restraint products as indicated in the construction documents. 3. PVC gasketed, push-on fittings and mechanical restraints, if used, must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Sleeve-type Couplings 1. Sleeve-type mechanical couplings shall be manufactured for use with PVC pressure pipe, and may be restrained or unrestrained as indicated in the construction documents. 2. Sleeve-type couplings shall be rated at the same or greater pressure carrying capacity as the pipe itself. E. Expansion and Flexible Couplings 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-5 11 Expansion-type mechanical couplings shall be manufactured for use with PVC pipe, and may be restrained or unrestrained as indicated in the construction documents. 2. Expansion-type mechanical couplings shall be rated at the same or greater pressure carrying capacity as the pipe itself. F. Connection Hardware Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of non-corrosive, high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, regardless of any other protective coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY AND OFF-LOADING A. All pipe shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate protection of the ends during transportation to the site. Any pipe damaged in shipment shall be replaced as directed by the Owner or Engineer. B. Each pipe shipment should be inspected prior to unloading to see if the load has shifted or otherwise been damaged. Notify Owner or Engineer immediately if more than immaterial damage is found. Each pipe shipment should be checked for quantity and proper pipe size, color and type. C. Pipe should be loaded, off-loaded, and otherwise handled in accordance with AWWA M23, and all pipe supplier's instructions and recommendations shall be followed. D. Off-loading devices such as chains, wire rope, chokers, or other pipe handling implements that may scratch, nick, cut, or gouge the pipe are strictly prohibited. E. During removal and handling, be sure that the pipe does not strike anything. Significant impact could cause damage, particularly during cold weather. F. If appropriate unloading equipment is not available, pipe may be unloaded by removing individual pieces. Care should be taken to insure that pipe is not dropped or damaged. Pipe should be carefully lowered, not dropped, from trucks. 3.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Any length of pipe showing a crack or which has received a blow that may have caused an incident fracture, even though no such fracture can be seen, shall be marked as rejected and removed at once from the work. Damaged areas, or possible areas of damage may be removed by cutting out and removing the suspected incident fracture area. Limits of the acceptable length of pipe shall be determined by the Owner or Engineer. B. Any scratch or gouge greater than 10% of the wall thickness will be considered significant and can be rejected unless determined acceptable by the Owner or I Engineer. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-6 ' C. Pipe lengths should be stored and placed on level ground. Pipe should be stored at the job site in the unit packaging provided by the manufacturer. Caution should be exercised to avoid compression, damage, or deformation to the ends ' of the pipe. The interior of the pipe, as well as all end surfaces, should be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. ' D. Pipe shall be handled and supported with the use of woven fiber pipe slings or approved equal. Care shall be exercised when handling the pipe to not cut, gouge, scratch or otherwise abrade the piping in any way. ' E. If pipe is to be stored for periods of 1 year or longer, the pipe should be shaded or otherwise shielded from direct sunlight. Covering of the pipe which allows for temperature build-up is strictly prohibited. Pipe should be covered with an opaque material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excess heat accumulation. F. Pipe shall be stored and stacked per the pipe supplier's instructions and recommendations. 3.3 FUSION PROCESS A. GENERAL Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe will be handled in a safe and non- destructive manner before, during, and after the fusion process and in accordance with this specification and pipe supplier's recommendations. 2. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe will be fused by qualified fusion technicians, as documented by the pipe supplier. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) affixed to the fusion machine. 4. Only appropriately sized and outfitted fusion machines that have been approved by the pipe supplier shall be used for the fusion process. Fusion machines must incorporate the following properties, including the following elements: a) HEAT PLATE - Heat plates shall be in good condition with no deep gouges or scratches. Plates shall be clean and free of any debris or contamination. Heater controls shall function properly; cord and plug shall be in good condition. The appropriately sized heat plate shall be capable of maintaining a uniform and consistent heat profile and temperature for the size of pipe being fused, per the pipe supplier's recommendations. b) CARRIAGE - Carriage shall travel smoothly with no binding at less than 50 psi. Jaws shall be in good condition with proper inserts for the pipe size being fused. Insert pins shall be installed with no interference to carriage travel. 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-7 11 C) GENERAL MACHINE - Overview of machine body shall yield no obvious defects, missing parts, or potential safety issues during I fusion. d) DATA LOGGING DEVICE - The current version of the pipe supplier's recommended and compatible software shall be used. Protective case shall be utilized for the hand held wireless portion of the unit. Datalogger operations and maintenance manual shall be with the unit at all times. If fusing for extended periods of time, an independent 110V power source shall be available to extend battery life. 5. Other equipment specifically required for the fusion process shall include the following: a) Pipe rollers shall be used for support of pipe to either side of the machine. b) A weather protection canopy that allows full machine motion of the heat plate, fusion assembly and carriage shall be provided for fusion in inclement and /or windy weather. C) Fusion machine operations and maintenance manual shall be kept with the fusion machine at all times. d) Facing blades specifically designed for cutting fusible polyvinylchloride pipe. B. JOINT RECORDING 1. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) connected to the fusion machine. The fusion data logging and joint report shall be generated by software developed specifically for the butt-fusion of thermoplastic pipe. The software shall register and/or record the parameters required by the pipe supplier and these specifications. Data not logged by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the Fusion Technician's joint report. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Installation instructions from the pipe supplier shall be followed for all installations. B. The fusible polyvinylchloride pipe will be installed in a manner so as not to exceed the recommended bending radius. C. Where fusible polyvinylchloride pipe is installed by pulling in tension, the recommended Safe Pulling Force, according to the pipe supplier, will not be exceeded. D. The Contractor is responsible for pigging of raw water mains and distribution pipes prior to disinfection. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Wa ' 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-8 1 3.5 PREPARATION PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS INTO EXISTING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Approximate locations for existing piping systems are shown in the construction documents. Prior to making connections into existing piping systems, the Contractor shall: 1. Field verify location, size, piping material and piping system of the existing pipe. 11 2. Obtain all required fittings, which may include saddles, sleeve type couplings, flanges, tees, or others as shown in the construction documents. 3. Have installed all temporary pumps and/or pipes in accordance with established connection plans. 4. Have on hand necessary pipe stoppers, pancake flanges or other items which may be necessary, should an existing valve or appurtenance fail to seal properly. B. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, new piping systems shall be completely assembled and successfully tested prior to making connections into existing pipe systems. 3.6 PIPE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS A. Pipe connections shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated in the construction documents. Pipe connections to structures shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's recommendations. 3.7 TAPPING FOR POTABLE AND NON-POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS A. Tapping shall be performed using standard tapping saddles designed for use on PVC piping in accordance with AWWA C605. Tapping shall be performed only with use of tap saddles or sleeves. NO DIRECT TAPPING WILL BE PERMITTED. Tapping shall be performed in accordance with the applicable sections for Saddle Tapping per Uni-Pub-8. B. All other connections requiring a larger diameter shall be made with a pipe connection as specified and indicated on the drawings. C. Equipment used for tapping shall be made specifically for tapping PVC pipe: 1. Tapping bits shall be slotted "shell" style cutters, specifically made for PVC pipe. 'Hole saws' made for cutting wood, steel, ductile iron, or other materials are strictly prohibited. 2. Manually operated or power operated drilling machines may be used. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-9 D. Taps may be performed while the pipeline is filled with water and under pressure ('wet' tap), or when the pipeline is not filled with water and not under pressure I ('dry' tap). 3.7 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. After the pipe is in place, cleaning pigs shall be used to remove residual water and debris. After the cleaning operation, the Contractor shall provide and run a sizing pig to check for anomalies in the form of buckles, dents, excessive out-of- roundness, and any other deformations. The sizing pig run shall be considered acceptable if the survey results indicate that there are no sharp anomalies (e.g. dents, buckles, gouges, and internal obstructions) greater than 2-percent of the nominal pipe diameter, or excessive ovality greater than 5-percent of the nominal pipe diameter. For gauging purposes, dent locations are those defined above which occur within a span of five feet or less. Pipe ovality shall be measured as the percent difference between the maximum and minimum pipe diameters. For gauging purposes, ovality locations are those defined above which exceed a span of five feet. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used pigging and for flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide a meter, if required by the water utility, and designate the source. All costs for flushing water shall be the Contractor's expense. Flushing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains may be flushed with potable or reclaimed water. 3.8 TESTING A. Testing shall comply with all local building codes, statutes, standards, local jurisdiction, and laws. B. HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND LEAKAGE TESTING FOR PRESSURE PIPING 1. Hydrostatic and leakage testing shall comply with AWWA C605. 2. For a simultaneous hydrostatic and leakage test, following installation, a pressure equal to 150 psi shall be applied for a duration of two (2) hours. 3. If hydrostatic testing and leakage testing are performed at separate times, follow procedures as outlined in AWWA C605. 4. In preparation for pressure testing the following parameters must be followed: a) All air must be vented from the pipeline prior to pressurization. This may be accomplished with the use of the air relief valves or corporation stop valves, vent piping in the testing hardware or end caps, or any other method which adequately allows air to escape Morningslde Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-10 the pipeline at all high points. Venting may also be accomplished by 'flushing' the pipeline in accordance with the parameters and procedures as described in AWWA C605. ' b) The pipeline must be fully restrained prior to pressurization. This includes complete installation of all mechanical restraints per the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, whether ' permanent or temporary to the final installation. This also includes the installation and curing of any and all required thrust blocking. All appurtenances included in the pressure test, including valves, blow-offs, and air-relief valves shall be checked for proper ' installation and restraint prior to the beginning of the test. C) Temporary pipeline alignments that are being tested, such as ' those that are partially installed in their permanent location shall be configured to minimize the amount of potentially trapped air in the pipeline. ' C. LEAKAGE TESTING FOR NON-PRESSURE PIPING 1. Gravity sanitary sewers shall be tested for excessive leakage. This may ' include appropriate water or low pressure air testing. The leakage outward or inward (exfiltration or infiltration) shall not exceed 25 gallons per inch of pipe diameter per mile per day for any section of the system. ' An exfiltration or infiltration test shall be performed with a minimum positive head of two feet. The air test, if used, shall be conducted in accordance with one of the following Standards: a) ASTM F1417 b) UNI-B-6 2. The testing method selected shall properly consider the existing groundwater elevations during the test. If the test section fails the test for excessive leakage, the Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship. D. DEFLECTION TESTING FOR NON-PRESSURE PIPING After completion of the backfill, the Engineer or Owner may require that a deflection test be performed. If the test section fails the test for excessive deflection, the Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Deflection tests should be conducted using a go/no-go mandrel. The mandrel's outside dimension shall be sized to permit no more than 7.5 percent deflection. The percent deflection shall be established from the base inside diameter of the pipe. If the internal beading of the joints for the pipe are not required to be removed, the mandrel shall account for this clearance as well. The mandrel shall be approved by the Owner or Engineer prior to use. Lines that permit safe entry may allow other deflection test options, such as direct measurements with extension rulers. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-11 11 E. DISINFECTION 1. Reclaimed water mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. F. PARTIAL TESTING 1. Segments of the pipe may be tested separately in accordance with standard testing procedure, as approved by the Owner and Engineer. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Fusible PVC Pipe 15068-12 SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES ' PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install ' complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. ' B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. ' C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Resilient Seated Gate Valves ' 2. Valve Boxes 3. Service Saddles 4. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves ' 5. Globe Type Control Valves 6. Restraining Clamps 7. Tapping Sleeves and Valves ' 1 2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS . A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard ' for use in controlling the flow of potable water, reclaimed water, chemicals, wastewater, etc., depending on the applications. ' 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established ' reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 ' and the General Conditions. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-1 1.5 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES A. See Section IV, Article 41.2.3 2.2 VALVE BOXES A. See Section IV, Article 41.2.4. 2.3 SERVICE SADDLES A. See Section IV Article 41.2.6 and City standard detail. 2.4 DUCTILE IRON SOLID SLEEVES A. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be provided with mechanical joints with ductile iron retainer glands. 1. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be used with both above ground and buried piping. The sleeves shall be of ductile iron and shall be U.S. Pipe Fitting No. U514 or U528, as shown on the Drawings, or equal. The coupling shall be provided with hot dipped galvanized steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. 2. Ductile iron solid sleeves shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. 2.5 GLOBE TYPE CONTROL VALVES A. The Contactor shall provide one (1) globe pattern control valves as follows: 1. Belleair Country Club. Bermad Model M-6-753-66-55, globe pattern level control and pressure sustaining valve, or equal, maintains pre-set upstream pressure, remote float control, open/close non-modulating float pilot, de-energizing electric solenoid valve closes main valve (electric power failure), mounted in new concrete outlet structure. B. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION 1. Control valve at the Bellaire County Club Golf Course a. The level control and pressure sustaining valve will be located in a concrete outlet structure on the edge of a reclaimed water storage pond. The control valve shall have a hydraulically operated diaphragm that adjusts the closure to maintain a field adjustable Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-2 minimum upstream pressure regardless of fluctuating demand. The control valve shall have a float control assembly installed separately from the valve on the concrete outlet structure. The control valve shall also have a solenoid valve assembly for remotely closing the main valve when desired or during an electric power outage. b. The control valve shall be operated primarily from its respective float control assembly. 1) When the reclaimed water storage pond level falls, the float shall go down and actuate the main valve to open and fill the pond. 2) When the reclaimed water storage pond level rises to a selected high elevation, the float shall go up and actuate the main valve to close, stopping the flow of reclaimed water to the pond. C. The control valve shall have an electric solenoid valve (24V DC) that will operate by signals from a remote PLC. 1) Upon a "disable filling" signal (de-energ. solenoid) from the PLC, the electric solenoid valve shall actuate the control valve to close, over-riding the local float-control system. 2) Upon an "enable filling" signal (energ. solenoid) from the PLC, the electric solenoid valve shall enable the local float- control system, allowing the local float system to actuate the control valve to open or close based on pond level. 3) When filling is enabled, the local float system controls the opening and closing of the valve, based on pond level. If the reclaimed water storage pond is filled to its selected high elevation, the float control assembly shall close the control valve, preventing flooding of the reclaimed water storage pond. 4) If there is an electric power outage, the solenoid valve shall close the main valve, stopping reclaimed water flow into the storage pond. C. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The main valve shall be a hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated control valve with a bi-level vertical float that opens the main valve at a pre-set low level and shuts off the main valve at a pre-set high level. The control valve shall also maintain a field adjustable minimum upstream pressure regardless of fluctuating demands. The valve shall also have electric remote control. D. MAIN VALVE The main valve shall be a center guided diaphragm actuated globe valve of Y pattern design. The body and cover shall be ductile iron, ASTM A- 536, with stainless steel seat. The internal and external surfaces of the valve body shall be blue fusion bonded epoxy coated. End connections 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section Wa Valves and Appurtenances 15100-3 11 shall be flanged, ANSI B 16.1, Class 125. The body shall have a replaceable non-threaded seat ring that is held in place by setscrews, which tighten into a body groove. This seat shall be accessible and serviceable without removing the valve from the pipeline. The seat area shall have a flow opening without stem guides, bearings or supporting ribs. The valve manufacturer shall size and supply a stainless steel orifice plate, which shall be installed upstream of the valve in order to maintain a preset maximum flow. E. ACTUATOR The actuator assembly shall be a double chamber design with a separating partition between the lower surface of the diaphragm and the main valve. The entire actuator assembly consisting of the seal disk, valve shaft, bearing, diaphragm assembly, separating partition and top cover shall be removable from the valve as a single unit. The control chamber between the diaphragm and the separating partition shall be capable of being open to or isolated from the valve internal body pressure. The stainless steel valve shaft shall be guided throughout its travel by a bearing in the separating partition. The replaceable resilient seal shall be rectangular in cross section and be contained on three and one half sides. A lip shall be provided on the seal disc outside edge to lock the seal in place. The actuator assembly shall be capable of accepting a V-port throttling plug by simply bolting the device to the seal disk. The actuator assembly shall include a stainless steel stem indicator rod and a V-port throttling plug bolted directly to the seal disk. All rubber components and seals in the valve shall be fabricated from EPDM suitable for reclaimed water usage. F. CONTROL SYSTEM The control system shall consist of a "last position" adjustable bi-level hydraulic float and an a pressure sustaining direct acting, adjustable, spring loaded diaphragm actuated valve with a built-in needle valve. The body and cover shall be of bronze construction with stainless steel trim and a resilient EPDM seal. Liquid to the pilot shall be filtered by a large control filtering device suitable for reclaimed water. The non-modulating control pilot shall be a 4-way float actuated valve. a. The large control filter shall be Bermad Type F with a pressure rating of 350 psi, a 60 mesh filter element, 3/8-inch NPT ports, and a minimum temperature rating of 180°F. Materials of construction shall be: 1) Body - blue fusion bonded epoxy coated steel 2) Cover - Brass 3) Stem and Nut - 316 stainless steel 4) Seal - EPDM 5) Disks - Polypropylene b. Stainless steel cock valves shall be provided to isolate the control loop. 1 Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-4 2. An electric solenoid shall be provided (normally closed/energize to open), in order to remotely close the main valve when desired or upon an electric power failure. 3. All discharges from the main valve upper control chamber shall discharge through pilots and solenoids to atmosphere. H. MATERIALS 1. Cover plug Brass 2. Cover O-ring EPDM 3. Control plug Brass 4. Cover. Ductile Iron with blue fusion bonded epoxy coating 5. Cover screw & nut 316 Stainless Steel 7. Separating partition Ductile Iron with blue fusion bonded epoxy coating 8. Shaft & Indicator lock nut S.S. 303 9. Shaft nut S.S. 303 10. Spacer disc 316 Stainless Steel 11. Diaphragm washers 316 Stainless Steel 12. Diaphragm Neoprene-Nylon reinforced 13. Body O-ring EPDM 14. Diaphragm O-ring EPDM 15. Bearing Screw S.S. 303 16. Bearing 316 Stainless Steel 17. Shaft O-ring EPDM 18. Bearing O-ring EPDM 19. Stud & nut 316 Stainless Steel 21. Shaft S.S.303 22. Seal disc O-ring EPDM 23. Seal disc 316 Stainless Steel 24. Seal disc seal EPDM 25. V-port throttling plug Brass 26. Washer screw S.S. 303 27. Seal disc nut S.S. 303 28. Lock screw S.S. 303 29. Seat 316 Stainless Steel 31. Valve body Ductile Iron with blue fusion bonded epoxy coating 32. Drain plug Brass 33. Interior & Exterior Coating Blue Fusion Bonded Epoxy CONTROL SYSTEM MATERIALS 1. Tubing Copper 2. Fittings Brass 3. Pilot body Bronze 4. Pilot springs Cadmium Plated Steel 5. Pilot Internals 316 Stainless Steel 6. Solenoid body Brass 7. Solenoid enclosure Molded epoxy 8. Elastomers EPDM 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Valves and Appurtenances 15100-5 11 J. PRESSURE SUSTAINING CAPACITY 1. 20-50 psi K. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. The main valve, pilot, control tubing, filter and isolation valves shall be factory assembled and tested. 2. The valve manufacturer shall be completely certified to the ISO 9002 Quality Assurance Standard. L. FLOAT CONTROL ASSEMBLY 1. The Float Control Assembly shall be a Bermad Model 66 non-modulating float control assembly, or equal by another manufacturer. 2. The Float Assembly shall be fabricated to be installed as a separate installation away from the main body of the flow control valve on the concrete outlet structure. The Float Assembly shall be connected to the flow control valve using hydraulic tubing. 3. Technical Data: a. Max. pressure rating: 350 psi b. Max. working temperature: 180°F C. Min. level differential: 6" d. Standard max. level differential: 21" 4. Materials: a. 4-way pilot body - Stainless steel b. Seals - Viton C. Levers system - Stainless steel d. Float - Plastic e. Float rod - Stainless steel f. Baseplate - Fusion bonded epoxy coated steel g. Elastomers - Viton h. Internals - Stainless Steel 5. Main Features: a. The valve is designed for open/close operation only b. Designed for combined installation with Y-pattern or angle pattern control valves of 1% "-16" diameter. C. 4-way operation enables full opening, even at very low pressure. d. Full control on opening and closing rate prevents pressure surge. e. Full valve opening reduces head losses to a minimum and prevents abrasion and cavitation damages. 6. The manufacturer shall supply extension rods for the float as required at each location. See drawings for length of rod required. 7. The three (3) hydraulic tube connections for the float pilot shall be 3/8- inch. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Ve ' 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-6 8. Tubing and/or piping between the float assembly and main control valve shall be Schedule 5S 316 stainless steel. M. All valves shall be mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible when standing on the floor. 2.6 RESTRAINING CLAMPS A. Restraining clamp assemblies as detailed in the drawings for use at hydrant connections to water mains, or at fittings where shown on the drawings, shall be Megalug as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland, TX. Retainer glands shall conform to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) and AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11). Restraint units shall be shear type torque design. All restraints shall be UL listed and FM approved for fire service. Retainer glands shall be provided with Cor-Ten bolts and nuts. 2.7 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES A. Tapping Sleeves 1. See Section IV, Article 41.2.9 B. Tapping Valves 1. Resilient seated gate valves 2 to 12 inches, same as Paragraph 2.1 of this section, except that the gate valve shall have a mechanical joint end ' connection on one side and a flanged end connection with a raised face per MSS SP-60 on the other side. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections in Division 15. E. Flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Corten bolts, nuts and washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section iVa 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-7 steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy. F. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. G. Valve boxes with concrete bases shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment during back-filling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box. 3.2 RESTRAINING CLAMPS AND TIE RODS ON PIPE RUN A. Restraining clamps and tie rods shall be used on all pipe runs, as directed by the Engineer and/or shown on the Drawings. Restraining devices shall be JCM Industries, Inc. - Sur-Grip, Ebba Iron, Inc. - Megalug or approved equal. Other types shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3.3 SHOP PAINTING ' A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust-inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the , entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.4 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted per Sections 09900 and 09902. 3.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING ' A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for two hours at 150 psi. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Owner's Project Representative. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-8 SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete electrical installation for the Work associated with the Contract Documents, as hereinafter specified and shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Provide functioning systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, performance requirements specified or shown on the Contract Drawings and modifications resulting from reviewed shop drawings and field coordinated drawings. C. The work, apparatus and materials which shall be furnished under these Specifications and accompanying Contract Drawings shall include all items listed hereinafter and/or shown on the Contract Drawings. Certain equipment will be furnished as specified in other sections of these Specifications which will require wiring thereto and/or complete installation as indicated. All materials necessary for the complete installation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to provide complete power, lighting, communication systems, instrumentation, wiring, and control systems as indicated on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified herein. D. Provide complete grounding systems for all equipment as specified herein, shown on the contract documents, and as required for specific pieces of equipment per manufacturer. E. The Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary cables, transformers, motor control centers, protective devices, conductors, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve motor loads, lighting loads and miscellaneous electrical loads as indicated on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified hereinafter. F. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of the work and making any connection changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. G. Mount and wire control panels and process instruments furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications unless specifically stated otherwise. Mount and make all field connections to process instrument panels and other control panels furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications. For process instrumentation, furnish and install ' all conduit, wire and interconnections between primary elements, transmitters, local indicators, surge protection devices and receivers. ' H. Mount and wire isolation transformers, operator's stations, and power conversion equipment for all variable speed drive systems furnished under other Divisions of these specifications. ' I. Install and wire all thermostats, aqua-stats and other devices furnished under other Divisions of this Specification directly controlling HVAC equipment or fan motors. I Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-1 11 J. Mount and wire electric heaters, and heat tracing furnished under other Divisions of this Specification. K. All power interruptions to existing equipment shall be at the Owner's convenience. Each interruption shall have prior approval. L. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material and all workwhich may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished at no extra cost. M. Provide all temporary power as required to facilitate the Contract phased construction plan. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding, Contract and Conditions 2, Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 13300 - Controls and Instrumentation 1.3 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS A. Outdoor locations may contain wet, corrosive and hazardous areas: 1. Corrosive and hazardous areas are identified on the Contract Drawings. Areas not identified as such shall be considered wet. B. Indoor locations may contain unclassified, damp, wet, corrosive and hazardous areas: ' 1. Damp, wet, corrosive and hazardous areas are identified on the Contract Drawings. Areas not identified as such, but provided with heating shall be ' considered unclassified. Areas not identified as such, but provided without heating shall be considered damp. C. Hazardous Locations: ' 1. Hazardous locations shall be as defined in NFPA 70 NEC, NFPA 820 Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection , Facilities, and other applicable standards or codes governing the classification of a particular type of facility or location. In addition, areas are classified as shown on Contract Drawings and as follows: ' a. Class I Division 1 b. Class I Division 2 C. Class II Division 1 ' d. Class 11 Division 2 Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 18010-2 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Outdoor Areas: 1. Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally exposed to wind, dust, rain, snow, etc. Outdoor areas include areas protected by a roof or rain/sun shields but not enclosed within a structure. B. Indoor Areas: 1. Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally protected from wind, dust, rain, snow, etc. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): a. Steel Products Manual - Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. C2, National Electrical Safety Code. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A36, Specification for Structural Steel. b. A153, Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. D698, The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils using a 5.51-13 Rammer and a 121N Drop. 4. Factory Mutual System (FM): a. A Guide to Equipment, Materials and Services. 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. 141, Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Distribution for Industrial Plants. b. 242, Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 6. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): a. NECA 1, Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction, b. NECA 200, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Temporary Electrical Power at Construction Sites. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section Iva Electrical and Basic Requirements 16010-3 11 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum) b. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). b. 70E, Standard for Electric Safety in the Workplace c. 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery d. 820, Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities 9. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): a. 508, Industrial Control Equipment b. 508A, Industrial Control c. 698, Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations. B. When a specific code or standard has not been cited, the applicable codes and standards of the following code-making authorities and standards organizations shall apply: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI). 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 5. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 8. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES). 9. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 10. Lightning Protection Institute (LPI). 11. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 12. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 13. Occupational, Health and Safety Administration (OSHA). 14. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL). C. In case of conflict or disagreement between codes, standards, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, drawings and specifications, or within either document itself, the more stringent condition shall govern. 1.6 SUBMITTALS ' A. Shop Drawings: ' 1. Shop drawings shall be arranged and labeled according to specification section and Contract Drawing. 2. Submit shop drawings prior to purchase or fabrication of equipment. See , individual Division 16 sections for additional specific requirements. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-4 1 3. Prior to submittals of shop drawings, coordinate electrical equipment, particularly motor control equipment, control panels, and instrumentation, with all applicable equipment and systems interfacing with that equipment. 4. Submittals shall be made in the following combinations: a. Conduits, raceways, cable trays, ductbank details, wire and cable 600V and below, medium voltage cable, boxes and fittings. b. Medium voltage switchgear, medium voltage motor starters, distribution transformers and secondary substations. C. Motor control centers and control equipment, low voltage switchboards, safety switches, dry-type (specialty) transformers, panelboards, power factor correction capacitors, grounding. d. Lamps, interior lighting, exterior building lighting, site lighting. e. Wiring devices. f. Alarm systems, communication systems and telephone systems. g. Provide a wire or cable identification schedule for all power, control, signal, process and protective circuits. The schedule shall be submitted in an electronic spreadsheet type Excel compatible file format and include the following information: 1) Wire or Cable tag number. 2) Number of conductors. 3) Conductor size and type. 4) Wire or Cable usage description. 5) Conduit tag number 6) Conduit routing (to and from). 7) Conduit size and type. 8) Additional notes 5. For each product, clearly identify manufacturer by name. When general data sheets are provided as part of the submittal, specifically identify the ' products to be used on this Project. Provide manufacturer's technical information on products to be used, including: a. Product descriptive bulletin. Electrical data pertinent to the Project and necessary to assure b ' . compliance with Specifications and Contract Drawings. C, Equipment dimensions, where applicable. d. Evidence that the products submitted meet the requirements of the standards referenced. e. Specify part number with explanation of options selected. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-5 1 6. Ensure that all submittals clearly indicate the equipment is UL or ETL listed. , 7. For all equipment, provide manufacturer's installation instructions. B. When a quality standard has been established by identification of a specific , manufacturer or catalog number, submittals for proposed alternates and substitutions shall include: 1. Alternate and substitute equipment cross-referenced to the equipment it is replacing. Submittal shall be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 2. Calculations and other detail data to allow determination of alternate and substitute equipment equivalency to the equipment it is replacing. Data supplied shall allow detailed comparison of all significant characteristics upon which the design equipment is based. 3. Dimensioned drawings, of the same or larger scale as the Contract Drawings, for all alternate and substitute equipment, which differs in size, configuration, service accessibility or in any significant way from the equipment it is replacing. a. Complete system layout, except that portion which is identical to the Contract Drawings. b. Redesign and modifications to all work required by the alternate or substitute equipment. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall unload and handle materials using methods, rigging, and equipment that will prevent damage to the materials. Care shall be used to prevent damage to painted and galvanized surfaces. 1. Bare wire rope slings shall not be used for unloading and handling materials and equipment, except with the specific written permission of the Engineer. B. Equipment and materials, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, shall be stored, supported and protected to prevent damage. 1. Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the ground. 2. Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equipment or which have finished painted surfaces, and other items which would be damaged by outdoor exposure, shall be stored indoors. a. Provide covering and shielding for all equipment to protect from damage. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va , Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-019$ 16010-6 11 b. When such storage would present an unreasonable building space or volume requirement, the equipment or materials may, when acceptable to the Engineer, be stored under weatherproof coverings on shoring or platforms. 3. All small loose items that could be easily lost, stolen, broken, or misused shall not be stored on open platforms or shoring. 4. All storage methods and schedules shall be acceptable to the Engineer. C. Ensure that equipment is not used as steps, ladders, scaffolds, platforms, or for storage-either inside or on top of enclosures. D. Protect nameplates on electrical equipment to prevent defacing. E. Repair, restore or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Record Drawings: 1. The Contractor shall maintain a marked up set of Document Drawings showing actual installed circuit numbers, conduit sizes, cable tray routing, number of conductors, conductor sizes (other than #12AWG) and all other deviations from the design drawings. 2. All underground conduit and concealed items shall be dimensioned on the Document Drawings from permanent, visible, building features. 3. Provide actual motor size, starter size, and heater size, along with all other protective equipment for all motor circuits as part of the one-line record drawings. 4. Revise all wire/cable identification schedules to indicate as installed conditions. 5. Revise all panelboard schedules to indicate as installed conditions. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to related Division 16 sections. All equipment of a similar type shall be by one manufacturer unless otherwise noted in the Specifications. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Trade names and catalog numbers may be used in the Contract Drawings or Specifications to establish quality standards and basics of design. 1. Other listed manufacturers in the applicable specification sections with equal equipment may be acceptable. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-7 2. If no other manufacturer is listed then any manufacturer of equal equipment may be acceptable. B. Listed: Where UL test procedures have been established for the product type, electrical equipment shall be approved by UL or ETL and shall be provided with the UL or ETL label. 2.3 FABRICATION A. When equipment is shop fabricated for the Project, the electrical devices and enclosures utilized shall be UL or ETL listed and labeled or shall be UL recognized. B. Shop or Factory Finishes: Interiors of other painted equipment shall be white. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. B. Enclosures for Use with Electrical Equipment unless specifically shown or specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 1. NEMA 1/12: a. Acceptable in unclassified indoor locations. 2. NEMA 3/3R: a. Acceptable in damp or wet indoor/outdoor non-corrosive locations. 3. NEMA 4X: a. Use in wet indoor/outdoor corrosive locations. b. Enclosures shall be 304-Stainless-Steel minimum. Enclosures constructed of 316-Stainless Steel may be required in extremely corrosive areas as shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Nonmetallic enclosures shall not be used in areas subject to physical damage or sunlight. Nonmetallic enclosures may be used in interior locations. 4. NEMA 6P: a. Use in "Accidental Submergence" locations. 5. NEMA 7: a. Use in all Class I, Division 1, 2, Group A, B, C, D locations. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-8 b. Unless other enclosures are approved and UL listed for the application. 6. NEMA 9: a. Use in all Class II, Division 1, 2, Group E, F, G and Class III, Division 1, 2 locations. b. Unless other enclosures are approved and UL listed for the application. 7. Exceptions: . a. As modified in other Division 16 sections. b. As otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades. 1. Arrange for the building in of equipment during structure construction. 2. Where equipment cannot be built-in during construction, arrange for sleeves, box-outs, openings, etc., as required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is complete. D. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. E. Equipment Dimensions and Clearances: 1. Equipment shall fit in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Do not use equipment or arrangements of equipment that reduce required clearances or exceed the space allocation. F. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. G. Equipment Access: 1. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. 2. Equipment shall not be blocked or concealed. 3. Do not install electrical equipment such that it interferes with normal maintenance requirements of other equipment. H. Equipment shall be installed plumbed, square and true with the building construction and shall be securely fastened. I. Outdoor wall-mounted equipment and indoor equipment mounted on earth or water bearing walls shall be provided with corrosion-resistant spacers to maintain 1/4 IN separation between the equipment and the wall. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-9 J. Screen or seal all openings into outdoor equipment to prevent the entrance of rodents and insects. K. Equipment fabricated from aluminum shall not be placed indirect contact with earth or concrete. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports. Use supports as detailed on the Drawings and as specified. Where not detailed on the Drawings or specified, use supports and anchoring devices rated for the equipment load and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Supports and anchoring devices shall be rated and sized based on dimensions and weights verified from approved equipment submittals. 3. Hardware shall be malleable type, corrosion resistant and shall be supported by heavily plated machine screws or brass, bronze or stainless steel bolts. 4. Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members without written approval by the Engineer. 5. Do not mount safety switches and external equipment to other equipment enclosures, unless enclosure-mounting surface is properly braced to accept mounting of external equipment. M. Contractor shall verify exact rough-in location and dimensions for connection to electrical items to be installed under this Contract. 1. Shop drawings shall be secured from those furnishing the equipment. 2. Proceeding without proper information may require the Contractor to remove and replace work that does not meet the conditions imposed by the equipment supplied. 3. Provide sleeves wherever openings are required through new concrete or masonry members. Place sleeves accurately and coordinate locations with the Engineer. 4. Should any cutting and patching be required on account of failure of the Contractor to coordinate penetrations, such cutting and patching shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. a. Contractor shall not endanger the stability of any structural member by cutting, digging, chasing, or drilling and shall not, at any time, cut or alter the work without the Engineer's written consent. 1) Provide additional reinforcing if required. 2) Cutting shall be done neatly using proper tools and methods. ' b. Subsequent patching to restore walls, ceilings, or floors to their original condition shall be done by workmen skilled in their particular I field. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa ' Electrical and Basic Requirements 16010-10 N. Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment as indicated or specified. 1. Floor-mounted equipment shall be mounted on a 41N high concrete housekeeping pad. Pad shall be poured on top of the finished floor or slab. 0. Material that may cause rusting or streaking on a building surface shall not be used. P. Perform excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 02210. Q. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of the conduit and wire associated with the HVAC equipment supplied under this Contract. R. Enclosed electronic equipment located outdoors shall be provided with sun/rain shields and oriented to minimize sun exposure. S. Device Mounting: 1. Dimensions are to top of item unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mounting heights as indicated below unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings: a. Light switch: 481N. b. Receptacle in offices and other finished areas: 161N. C. Receptacle in all other locations: 481N. d. Telephone outlet for desk-mounted phone: 161N. e. Telephone outlet for wall-mounted phone: 641N. f. Bracket light above lavatory: 801N to bottom of fixture. g. Disconnect / Safety-Switch: 641N to top of enclosure. h. Panelboard: 721N to top of enclosure. i. Motor starter: 641N to top of enclosure. j. Pushbutton motor control station: 481N to top of enclosure. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all major items of equipment including controls, panels, switches, contactors, motor starters/controllers, junction boxes and metering by permanent nameplates, with wording approved by the Engineer. Secure nameplates to equipment with stainless-steel screws or rivets. Adhesives may be used in conjunction with mechanical fasteners. B. Nameplates after installation shall be easily visible and shall bear notations corresponding to those shown on the Record Drawings. C. All conduits shall be identified with a stamped stainless-steel tag system. Conduit tags shall be permanently attached to each exposed end of conduit runs such as in man-holes, pull-boxes, panels, motor control centers, junction boxes, etc., and at each point of entry into a structure or building. Each tag shall be stamped with the appropriate conduit number per the conduit and cable schedules. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-11 B. Make all penetrations through roofs prior to installation of roofing. C. All penetrations required after installation of roofing, shall be completed by an authorized roofer to maintain the roof warranty. D. Make all penetrations of electrical work through walls water and weather-tight. E. Equipment furnished under this Contract for use on future work and all concealed equipment, including conduits, shall be dimensioned, on the Record Drawings, from visible and permanent building features. F. After installation, all equipment shall be tested as recommended by the manufacturer. G. Verify all components are operational. H. Perform ground-fault performance testing as required by NEC Article 230-95(c). 1. Test Equipment Interface: 1. Verify systems coordination and operation. J. Set all adjustable trip protective devices as required for system protection and coordination. K. Verify all system and equipment ground continuity. L. Adjust installed equipment for proper operation of all electrical and mechanical components. M. Replace equipment and systems found inoperative or defective and re-test. 1. If equipment or system fails re-test, replace it with products that conform to Contract Documents. 2. Continue remedial measures and re-tests until satisfactory results are obtained. 3. Remedial measures and re-tests will be done at no cost to the Owner. N. The Engineer shall be notified of tests and Engineer may witness individual tests. 0. Required certificates of testing and test reports shall be presented to the Engineer upon completion of the tests. P. At Completion of Installation: 1. Test to ensure all equipment is free of short circuits and improper grounds. 2. Test to ensure all equipment is operational. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-13 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from all interior and exterior surfaces. B. Apply touch-up paint as required to repair scratches, etc. C. Replace nameplates or wire and cable markers damaged during installation. D. Thoroughly vacuum the interior of all enclosures to remove dirt and debris. Do NOT use pressurized air systems to blow out dirt and debris. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Contract Requirements. END OF SECTION Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0198 16010-14 SECTION 16050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Specification Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit shop drawings. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable Specification Section. B. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Complete assembly, layout, installation, and foundation drawings with clearly marked dimensions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: f=irms regularly engaged in manufacture of products for electrical ' related work of sizes, types, ratings, and materials required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three (3) years. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect property from any and all damage that might result from excavating and ' backfilling. B. Protect persons from injury at excavations, by barricades, warnings and illumination. ' C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions, to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Materials and Methods 16050-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. General: Do not excavate for electrical work until the work is ready to proceed without delay, so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimized. B. Excavate with vertical-sided excavations to greatest extent possible, except where otherwise indicated. Where necessary, provide sheeting and cross-bracing to sustain sides of excavations. Remove sheeting and cross-bracing during backfilling wherever such removal would not endanger the work or other property. Where not removed, cut sheeting off at sufficient distance below finished grade to not interfere with other work. C. Depth for sub-base Support: Unless otherwise noted, provide installation of sub- base material(s). Excavate for installation of sub-base material in depth indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, 6 IN below bottom of work to be supported. D. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. E. Excavate trenches to the uniform dimensions required for the particular item(s) to be installed and provide sufficient working clearances. Dig trenches to approximate depth and hand grade bottom to accurate elevation as required. F. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 61N below required elevation and backfill with a 6 IN layer of sand prior to installation of conduit. G. Where soil conditions at bottom of indicated excavation are unsatisfactory, excavate additional depth as directed to reach satisfactory soil-bearing condition. Backfll with sub-base material compacted as directed, to indicated excavation depth. H. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings, store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation, in manner that will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. Do not store under trees (within drip-line). Retain excavated material that complies with requirements for backfill material. Dispose of excess or unsatisfactory excavated material(s) as directed by the Contract requirements and site conditions. K. Refer to the Contract requirements and site conditions for removal of large subsurface materials. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 0992-0198 Materials and Methods 16050-2 11 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. B. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. C. Maintain dry excavations for electrical work, by removing water. Protect excavations from inflow of surface water. Pump minor inflow of ground water from excavations; protect excavations from major inflow of ground water, by installing temporary sheeting and waterproofing. Provide adequate barriers that will protect other excavations and below-grade property from being damaged by water, sediment or erosion from or through electrical work excavations. 3.3 BASE PREPARATION A. Install subbase material to receive electrical work, and compact by tamping to form a firm base for the work. B. Provide finely-graded subbase material for equipment to be buried. C. Tamp fill to uniform compacted density. D. Where conduit crosses over areas which have been previously excavated to depths greater than required for conduit installation, provide suitable support that comply with details shown and Contract requirements. 3.4 BACKFILLING A. Backfill with approved backfill materials. B. Backfill with finely-graded subbase material to 6 IN above equipment to be buried. Backfill materials shall be soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 3/41N, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. C. Condition backfill material by either drying or adding water uniformly, to whatever extent may be necessary to facilitate compaction to required densities. Do not backfill with frozen soil materials. D. Backfill simultaneously on opposite sides of electrical work, and compact simultaneously; do not dislocate the work from installed positions. E. Backfill excavations in 121N high courses of back-fill material uniformly compacted using power-driven hand-operated compaction equipment. F. When backfilling excavations for electrical work, backfill to elevations matching finished grades. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Materials and Methods 16050-3 G. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 181N of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing. H. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by the Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of conduit systems. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE WORK A. Refer to Specification Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Miscellaneous Concrete Work Concrete Grouting: Grout openings and recesses as indicated on the Contract Drawings and around all electrical work and other work that penetrates or adjoins all concrete work. Provide formwork where required, and tamp, screed and trowel surfaces. Cure grout as specified for concrete work. 2. Refer to Specification Sections for grouting of equipment base plates on foundations (with high-strength, non-shrinking grout), and similar grouting requirements not defined herein. C. Clean-Up: Upon completion of work, clean excess concrete and grout from adjacent areas and surfaces. Remove excess concrete and grout by proper methods of removal, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. 3.6 SUPPORT AND FASTENERS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install structural supports and fasteners for mounting and installing all electrical, lighting, alarm systems, instrumentation, communications and other equipment furnished under this Contract. B. Where the weight of equipment exceeds 75LBS and is supported from walls, ceilings, columns and/or beams, such structural supports, methods, and locations shall be approved in writing by a professional engineer currently registered in the State of the projects location. C. Concrete or Masonry Inserts The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing and installation of all conduit sleeves, anchor bolts, masonry inserts, and similar devices required for installation of equipment furnished under this Contract. 2. The Contractor shall furnish leveling channels for all switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, and similar equipment spanning 481N, in any direction, along the floor. The leveling channels shall be provided for installation in the equipment supporting pads. Coordination of the installation of these channels with the concrete pad is essential and required. Pad height shall be as required to maintain coverage of the 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Materials and Methods 16050-4 11 D. Each instrument shall be identified with a stamped stainless-steel tag system. Instrument tags shall be permanently attached to each individual instrument and stamped with the appropriate tag number per the instrument specification section. E. Each cable shall be identified with a heat-shrinkable polyolefin label printing system. Instrumentation cables shall be labeled with the appropriate instrument tag (Example: FIT-200-1). Multiplex cables, power and control cables shall be labeled with the appropriate cable tag number per the equipment tag number (Example: PP1-CKT=9). F. All motor control centers, power panels,. lighting panels, control panels, control cabinets, etc., shall be identified with permanently mounted nameplates. G. All power and lighting panels shall have typed schedules mounted on panel doors. H. Identification Types: 1. Equipment Nameplates: a. Phenolic Resin or Thermoplastic Elastomer 1) Thickness: 3/32IN minimum. 2) Size: As required by text. 3) Letters: White letters on Black background. 4) Mount with stainless-steel screws. 2. Wire and Cable Labels: a. Heat shrinkable Polyolefin 1) Size: As required by wire or cable. 2) Letters: Black letters on White background. 3) Heat-shrink after termination. 4) Replace damaged or illegible labels. 3. Raceway Tags: a. Material: Stainless-Steel b. Size: As required by text. G. Attach with stainless-steel wire and permanent crimp sleeve. 4. Instrument Tags: a. Material: Stainless-Steel b. Size: As required by text. C. Attach with stainless-steel wire and permanent crimp sleeve. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not remove or damage fireproofing materials. 1. Install hangers, inserts, supports, and anchors prior to installation of fireproofing. 2. Repair or replace fireproofing removed or damaged. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0195 16010-12 reinforcement bars while not exceeding the maximum mounting heights requirements of the NEC. D. Support Fastening and Locations 1. All equipment fastened to structural steel; columns, beams, and trusses shall be made by approved clamps or welded. No holes shall be drilled in structural steel. 2. Where supports or hangers are required for heavy electrical equipment units exceeding 75LBS, a registered professional engineer shall check the structural members. Where required, additional sections shall be provided for a safe installation. 3. All holes in hung ceilings for support rods, conduits, and other equipment shall be made adjacent to ceiling supports where possible, to facilitate removal of ceiling panels. 4. For interior dry areas, a bracket and channel type support of galvanized steel construction shall be provided wherever required for the support of starters, switches, panels, and miscellaneous equipment. 5. For outdoor service or in indoor damp/wet process areas, the support system shall be made of either stainless steel, PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, aluminum or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 6. All fastening hardware (bolts, nuts, washers, etc.) shall be approved stainless steel materials or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 7. All supports shall be rigidly bolted together and braced to make a substantial supporting framework. Where possible, control equipment shall be grouped together and mounted on a single framework. Wherever this occurs, a provision shall be made for ready access to the wiring for connections to the equipment by means of boxes with screw covers. 8. Aluminum support members shall not be installed in direct contact with concrete. Stainless steel or non-metallic "spacers" shall be used to prevent contact of aluminum with concrete. 9. The Contractor is responsible for the design of supporting structures and shall submit design details to the Engineer for acceptance before proceeding with the fabrication and installation. 10. Wherever dissimilar metals come into contact, the Contractor shall isolate these metals as required with nylon washers, 9MIL polyethylene tape, or gaskets. END OF SECTION I' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Materials and Methods 16050-5 11 SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT AND RACEWAY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for furnishing, installing, connecting, testing and placing into service all raceway to include all conduits, conduit fittings, wireway, supports, etc. as required for a complete electric installation as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Conduit home runs for lighting, receptacle and other miscellaneous circuits are not necessarily indicated on the Contract Drawings; however, the circuit numbers are shown. Conduit shall be furnished and installed for these circuits. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Additional raceway from what is shown on the Contract Drawings may be required. Coordinate with the requirements of equipment provided under other Divisions of the specifications. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Raceway shall comply with the following applicable codes and standards as well as any others within the specifications and drawings. In the event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, standards, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc-Coated. b. C80.3, Electrical Metallic Tubing - Zinc-Coated. ' c. C80.4 Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. d. C80.5 Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit. e. C80.6 Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit. ' 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. b. A153, Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. ' c. A307, Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. d. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Nuts. e. A569, Steel Carbon, Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial ' Quality. f. A570, Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. g. A575, Merchant Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars. h. A635, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, ' Heavy-Thickness Coils, Carbon, Hot-Rolled. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-1 i. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. j. D1788, Standard Specification for Rigid Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastics. k. D2564, Solvent Cements for (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. 1. F512, Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation. 3. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 4. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. RN-1, Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. b. TC-2, Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). C. TC-6, PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation. 5. National Electric Contractors Association: a. NECA 1: Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). b. 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 7. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL): a. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit. b. 6, Rigid Metal Conduit. C. 6A, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -Aluminum. d. 209, Cellular Metal Floor Raceways and Fittings. e. 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. f. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. g. 514, Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers. h. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. i. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. j. 797, Electrical Metallic Tubing. k. 870, Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. 1. 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. M. 1242, Intermediate Metal Conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. See Section 01300-Submittals and 16010- Electrical, Basic Requirements 2. Proposed routing of all site conduits including direct buried, concrete encased, and long run above ground conduits. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va ' Conduit and Raceway 16111-2 1 1 3. Proposed routing of conduits buried under floor slabs. ' 4. Proposed routing and details of construction, including conduit and rebar, of conduits embedded in floor slabs, columns, etc. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. The material covered by this Specification is intended to be standard material of proven performance as manufactured by reputable firms. Raceways and appurtenances shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the 1 trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings. B. All equipment shall be UL listed and labeled for its intended service. ' C. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the listed manufacturers are acceptable. ' 2.2 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT (RAC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation 2. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. B. RAC and associated fittings shall be manufactured from 6063 aluminum alloy in temper designation T-1. C. Standards 1. ANSI C80.5 2.3 PVC-COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (PVC-RGS) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Thomas & Betts. 2. Perma-Cote. 3. Rob-Roy Ind. B. PVC-RGS shall have a minimum 40MIL polyvinyl chloride exterior coating. The coating shall be bonded to hot-dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to ANSI C80.1. The bond between the polyvinyl chloride coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the coating. PVC-RGS shall have a nominal 2MIL, minimum, urethane interior coating and a urethane coating on threads. The RGS conduit: shall have an epoxy prime coating prior to application of polyvinyl chloride and urethane coatings. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-3 11 C. Female ends shall have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 21N, whichever is less beyond the opening. The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside diameter of the conduit to be used with it. D. Standards: 1. ANSI C80.1. 2. NEMA RN-1. 2.4 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT (PVC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation 2. Carlon 3. Cantex B. PVC shall be either Schedule 40 or Schedule-80. The polyvinyl-chloride plastic compound shall meet, as a minimum, ASTM D1784 cell classification PVC 12233-A, B, or C. PVC shall be rated for direct sunlight exposure, 90°C wire, and fire retardant with low smoke emission. C. Standards: 1. ANSI C33.91. 2. NEMA TC-2. 3. UL 651. 2.5 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Electri-Flex Company. 3. International Metal Hose Company. B. LFMC shall have a core formed of continuous, spiral wound, hot-dip galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely interlocked, contain an interwoven copper strip suitable as a grounding means, and have an extruded vapor and liquid tight polyvinyl chloride outer jacket positively locked to the steel core. C. Standard: 1. UL 360. 2.6 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton. 2. Carlon. 3. Crouse-Hinds. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-4 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B. Fitt Killark. OZ Gedney Company. Perma-Cote. RACO. Rob-Roy Ind. Steel City. Thomas and Betts. Western Plastics Company. ings for Use with RAC: Materials: Following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted. a. Body: Copper-free aluminum with aluminum lacquer or aluminum enamel finish. b. Covers: Copper-free aluminum and gasketed. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or PVC. d. Insulators-phenolic, thermosetting: minimum 105 Deg C UL rating. e. Grounding saddles tin-plated copper or bronze suitable for use with copper and aluminum conductors. f. Bonding jumpers: Tinned copper flexible braid. g. Locknuts: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 2. All fittings: Threaded unless otherwise noted. 3. Conduit Hubs shall be cast aluminum with insulated throat. 4. Straight couplings: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used. 5. Mogul pulling elbows and tees: a. Die cast copper free aluminum. b. Rain tight. 6. Conduit seals: a. Drain and breather: Stainless steel or brass. b. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 7. Standards: a. UL 467. b. UL 514B. C. Fittings for Use with RGS and IMC: 11 1. Materials: Following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted. a. Body: Malleable iron, zinc- or cadmium-plated; steel, hot-dipped galvanized; or steel zinc plated with aluminum lacquer or aluminum enamel finish. b. Covers: Malleable iron, zinc plated and gasketed. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or PVC. d. Insulators-phenolic, thermosetting: minimum 105 Deg C UL rating. e. Grounding saddles tin-plated copper or bronze suitable for use with copper and aluminum conductors. f. Bonding jumpers: Tinned copper flexible braid. g. Locknuts: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 2. All fittings: Threaded unless otherwise noted. 3. Conduit Hubs shall be cast aluminum with insulated throat. Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Conduit and Raceway 16111-5 11 4. Straight couplings: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used. ' 5. Expansion and/or Deflection couplings: a. 2 or 41N nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. b. 30-degree nominal deflection from the normal in all directions. C. Watertight. d. Insulating bushing. e. End couplings/hubs - bronze; or steel zinc-plated with aluminum cellulose lacquer finish. f. Outer jacket-neoprene. g. Jacket clamps-stainless steel. h. Inner sleeve (when used) - molded plastic. 6. Serv ice entrance heads: a. Weather resistant. b. Body: Malleable iron, hot-dipped galvanized or copper-free aluminum. 7. Mogul pulling elbows and tees. a. Die cast copper free aluminum. b. Rain tight. 8. Conduit seals: a. Drain and breather: Stainless steel or brass. b. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 9. Stan dards: a. UL 6. b. UL 467. C. UL 514B. d. UL 1242. D. Fittings for Use with PVC-RGS: M 1. The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph ' "Fittings for Use with RGS and IMC"; and coated as defined under paragraph "PVC-RGS." E. Fittings for Use with PVC: ' 1. Fittings shall be of the same material, thickness, and construction as the ' conduits with which they are used. a. Standards: 1) UL 651. 2) NEMA TC-2-1978. , 2. Solvent cement for welding fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the conduit and fittings. a. Shall not be more than 1 year past date of manufacture. ' b. Standard: ASTM D2564. F. Fittings for Use with LFMC: 1. Fittings shall meet the following minimum requirements unless otherwise I noted: a. Body: Malleable iron, zinc-plated. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-6 1 b. Ferrule: Steel, zinc-plated. c. Locknuts and compression nuts: Malleable iron, zinc-plated. ' d. Sealing ring: Neoprene. 2. Standard: UL 514. 2.7 STRUT CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Allied Power-Strut Products ' b. B-Line Systems C. Rob-Roy Industries d. Thomas & Betts ' e. Unistrut Building Systems B. All strut-channel, clamps, fittings and fastener materials shall conform to the ' following unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. t A 1 O td /W reas: . u oor e a. Stainless Steel Type-304 (ASTM A240) b. Aluminum 6063-T6 2. Outdoor/Corrosive Areas: ' a. Stainless Steel Type-316 (ASTM A240) b. PVC Coated Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel (ASTM D1151, D2247) C. Strut-channel shall not be bent, drilled, cut or otherwise modified to produce fittings, ' braces or brackets for conduit and equipment supports. D. Manufactured strut-channel braces, brackets, fittings and post-bases shall be provided and installed with associated hardware and fasteners as a complete ' system for conduit and equipment supports. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. All conduit, raceway, wireway and associated fittings shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations and shall not be stored exposed to sunlight or other UV rays. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. The Contractor shall plan the layout of conduit and raceway systems so that when the work is complete it will exhibit good workmanship practices in accordance with NECA-1. ' B. Routing of Conduits and Raceways: 1. Conduit and Raceway runs, where shown, indicate the preferred location. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-7 1 Site conditions may affect actual routing. Contractor shall coordinate routing and measurement with other trades and with equipment suppliers. 2. Shall not interfere with, or prevent access to, piping, valves, ductwork, or other equipment for operation, maintenance and repair. 3. Wherever possible avoid routing conduits and raceways through areas of high ambient temperature or radiant heat. C. Size of Conduits and Raceways: 1. The size of conduits and raceways are normally shown on the Contract Drawings. If a size is not shown on the Contract Drawings, or if a minimum size is not stated in the Specifications, then the size of conduits and raceways shall be in accordance with the NEC. 2. Conduits shall not be smaller than 11N for underground installations and 3/41N elsewhere, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. D. Types of Conduits and Raceways: 1. Shall be installed as defined in the Contract Drawings. 2. As required by NFPA. 3. LFMC: a. Install as the final conduit to motors, electrically operated valves, primary elements (instrumentation), and electrical equipment that is liable to vibrate. b. Shall not be used as a conduit run. C. Maximum length shall not exceed: 1) 361N to motors. 2) 241N to all other equipment. E. Provide all required openings in walls, floors, and ceilings for conduit penetration. 1. New construction: a. Sleeves and block outs: Set in masonry walls during erection. b. Sleeves and block outs: Set in concrete during forming. 1) Material: Not harmful to the concrete. 2) Not considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete. F. Conduit Runs: 1. All conduits within a structure shall be installed concealed unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Total of Bends in a Conduit Run: a. Less than 270 degrees. b. Provide pull boxes, condulets, or pulling elbows or tees as needed. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va ' Conduit and Raceway 16111-8 1 3. Run in straight lines parallel to or at right angles to structural members or building lines. 4. Maintain minimum 21N separation between all conduits. 5. Maintain minimum 61N separation between instrumentation and power conduits. 6. Maintain minimum 121N separation from process, gas, air and water pipes. 7. Conduits and accessories embedded in concrete: a. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of the slab, column or beam. b. Place conduit and accessories after reinforcing steel has been laid. C. Shall not displace the reinforcement steel. d. Provide a minimum of 1-1/21N of concrete cover around conduit. e. Do not run against reinforcing steel. f. Provide 21N minimum of spacing between conduits. g. Install expansion/deflection fittings wherever conduit spans structural or expansion joint. G. Field Bending of Conduits: 1. Utilize tools, equipment, methods and recommendations by the manufacturer to make all field bends. 2. The internal diameter of conduit shall not be reduced or distorted. H. Field Cutting and Threading Conduits: 1. Utilize tools, equipment, methods and recommendations by the manufacturer to field cut and thread conduit. 2. All field cut conduit shall be smooth and evenly chamfered on the inside. 3. All field threaded conduit shall be clean and degreased before applying a zinc rich paint. ' I. Terminating Conduits: 1. NEMA 1 enclosures: ' a. Top: Locknuts and insulated bushings. b. Side: Locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. ' 2. NEMA 2/12/12K enclosures: a. Top: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. b. Side: Locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 3. NEMA 3/3R/3S/13 enclosures: ' a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section Iva 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-9 11 b. Side: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 4. NEMA 4/4X enclosures: a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. b. Side: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. C. Bottom: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. 5. NEMA 5 enclosures: a. Top: Sealing locknuts with insulated throats. b. Side: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 6. NEMA 6/6P enclosures: a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. b. Side: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. C. Bottom: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. 7. NEMA 7/8/9 enclosures: a. Enclosures shall be provided with integral conduit hubs. J. Conduit Seal Installation: 1. In each conduit entering or leaving a Class I area. 2. In each conduit in a Class I Division 1 area entering or leaving an enclosure containing switches, circuit breakers, fuses, relays, resistors or other apparatus which may produce arcs, sparks or high temperature. 3. In each conduit 21N or larger in a Class I Division 1 area entering or leaving an enclosure containing terminals, splices and taps. 4. In each conduit in a Class I Division 2 area entering or leaving an enclosure required to be approved for use in Class I environments. 5. In each conduit in a Class II location between an enclosure required to be dust ignition-proof and an enclosure that is not required to be dust ignition-proof. 6. In each conduit in a corrosive area entering or leaving that area and entering or leaving an electrical equipment enclosure in that area. 7. So that the filler plug and drain is accessible. 8. Complete with approved sealing fiber and compound. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Conduit and Raceway 16111-10 K. Conduit Coatings: 1, The protective coating of conduits, fittings, and accessories shall be maintained. a. Repair PVC-RGS utilizing a patching compound, of the same material as the coating, provided by the manufacturer of the conduit; or a self-adhesive, highly conformable, cross-linked silicone composition strip, followed by a protective coating of vinyl tape. 1) The total nominal thickness: 40MIL. 2. Repair surfaces that will be inaccessible after installation prior to installation. L. Power Cable Pulling Preparation 1. Remove moisture and debris from conduit before power cables are pulled. 2. Pull mandrel with diameter nominally 1141N smaller than the interior of the conduit, to remove obstructions. 3. Swab conduit by pulling a clean, tight-fitting rag through the conduit. 4. Tightly plug ends of conduit with tapered wood plugs or plastic inserts until power cables are pulled. 5. Only nylon or polyethylene rope shall be used to pull power cables in rigid non-metallic conduit systems. END OF SECTION I ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Conduit and Raceway 16111-11 SECTION 16116 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes manholes; handholes; pull-boxes; and underground power, control, and instrumentation conduits and ductbanks. B. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. QUALITY ASSURANCE ? 1 1.2 A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM): a) A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), 2008 Edition. B. Miscellaneous: 1. Contract Drawings indicate the intended location of manholes, handholes and pull-boxes; and routing of ductbanks and direct buried conduit. Field ' conditions may affect actual routing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS ' A. Direct-buried conduit means individual (single) underground conduits without concrete encasement. ' B. Direct-buried ductbank means multiple underground conduits, in a common trench, without concrete encasement. 11 11 11 C. Concrete encased ductbank means any underground conduit or combination of underground conduits encased in a common concrete envelope. SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Submittals and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. B. Fabrication and layout drawings: 1. Provide cross-sectioned sketch of each ductbank. I' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 992-0198 Section /Va UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-1 11 a) Dimension spacing between conduits. b) Dimension concrete envelope and reinforcing, where applicable. 2. Provide ductbank and direct-buried conduit profile. a) Dimension from grade to ductbank and direct buried conduit, b) Dimension from ductbank and direct buried conduit to other utilities in the route. 3. Certifications. 4. Test reports. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Precast manholes, handholes and pull-boxes: a) Oldcastle Precast b) Utility Vault Co. 2. Manhole and handhole covers: a) Neenah. b) Utility Vault Co. 3. Cable racks: a) Unistrut. b) B-Line. C) Condux International, Inc. d) Underground Devices, Inc. 4. Cable pulling irons: a) Condux International, Inc. 5. Ground rods and grounding equipment: a) See Section 16450 - Grounding and Bonding. 6. Ground wire: a) See Section 16450 - Grounding and Bonding. 7. Duct terminators: a) Condux International, Inc. 8. Conduit: a) See Section 16111- Conduit and Raceway. 9. Duct spacers: a) Underground Devices, Inc. b) Condux International, Inc. 10. Precast cable trench: a) Concast b) Trenwa. 11. Warning Tape: a) W. H. Brady Company. b) Seton Nameplate Company. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-2 2.2 MATERIALS A. Handholes and Pull-Boxes: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polymer concrete: a. Boxes and covers are required to conform to all test provisions of ANSI/SCTE 77 "Specification For Underground Enclosure Integrity" for Tier 15 applications at a minimum unless otherwise noted on the drawings. b. In no assembly can the cover design load exceed the design load of the box. C. All components in an assembly (box & cover) are manufactured using matched surface tooling. d. All covers are required to have a minimum 0.50 coefficient of friction in accordance with ASTM C 1028. 2. Pre-Cast steel reinforced concrete: a. Boxes are required to meet ASTM C 858 with 4000PS1 minimum compressive strength concrete and designed for AASHTO H-20 loading unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. b. Tongue-and-grove double sealed joints on mating edges of pre-cast components. The joints shall firmly interlock adjoining components and provide waterproof junctions and adequate shear transfer. Joints shall be sealed with approved watertight joint sealant as prescribed in the manufacturer's installation specifications and conforming to AASHTO M198, Type B. Sealing material shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Knockout panels or pre-cast individual conduit openings may be used. Blackout panels are not acceptable. d. Cover: 1) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 2) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 3) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. Cast-In-Place: a. Comply with Section 03300 unless otherwise specified herein. b. Constructed as detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Cover: 1) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 2) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 992-0198 Section /Va UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-3 11 3) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. d. Shall have an AASHTO live load rating of H-20, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. B. Manholes: Pre-Cast steel reinforced concrete: a. Boxes are required to meet ASTM C 858 with 4000PS1 minimum compressive strength concrete and designed for AASHTO H-20 loading unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. b. Tongue-and-grove double sealed joints on mating edges of pre-cast components. The joints shall firmly interlock adjoining components and provide waterproof junctions and adequate shear transfer. Joints shall be sealed with approved watertight joint sealant as prescribed in the manufacturer's installation specifications and conforming to AASHTO M198, Type B. Sealing material shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. c. Knockout panels or pre-cast individual conduit openings may be used. Blockout panels are not acceptable. d. Minimum interior dimensions shall be 4FT Wide x 4FT Long x 6FT Tall. e. Cover: 1) Minimum access opening dimensions: a) Rectangular - 261N x 221N b) Round - 261N Diameter 2) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 3) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 4) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Cast-In-Place: a. Comply with Section 03300 unless otherwise specified herein. b. Constructed as detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Shall have an AASHTO live load rating of H-20, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. d. Minimum interior dimensions shall be 4FT Wide x 4FT Long x 6FT Tall. e. Cover: 1) Minimum access opening dimensions: Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-4 a) Rectangular - 261N x 221N b) Round - 261N Diameter 2) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 3) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 4) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Cable Racks: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized hot-rolled steel; or Lexan. 2. 120LBS minimum loading capacity. 3. Three-point locking to resist twisting. E. Cable Pulling Irons: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized steel. 2. 6000LBS minimum pulling load. F. Ground Rods and Grounding Equipment: 1. See Section 16450 -Grounding and Bonding. G. Ground Wire: 1. See Section 16120 - Wire and Cable. H. Duct Terminators: 1. Window type. 2. ABS plastic. 3. Proide for conduit entrance. 4. Designed for installation into manhole, handhole or pull-box walls for a watertight seal. 5. Sufficient space between terminator walls to allow for placement of rebar and concrete. 1. Conduit: 1. See Section 16111 - Conduit and Raceway. J. Duct Spacers: 1. High density polyethylene or high impact polystyrene. 2. Interlocking. 3. Provide 21N minimum spacing between conduits. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-5 K. Warning Tape: 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: a) W H Brady Company, Catalog S-10, #91296. 2. Material: Polyethylene. 3. Thickness:3.5MIL. 4. Tensile strength: 1750PS1. 5. Size: 61N wide (minimum). 6. Legend: Preprinted and permanently imbedded: a) Message continuously printed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Comply with Section 16050 - Materials and Methods, for trenching, backfilling and compacting. 3. Buried conductor warning tape: a. See Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. B. Manholes, Handholes and Pull-Boxes: 1. Shape: Manholes, handholes and pull-boxes may be either square or rectangular. 2. Size: a. Manholes shall have minimum interior dimensions of 48 x 481N with a minimum interior height of 721N unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. b. Handholds shall be sized for the number of conduits entering unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. 1) Minimum interior dimensions shall be 24 x 171N with a minimum depth of 361N. C. Pull-Boxes shall be sized for the number of conduits entering unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. 3. Precast or cast-in-place: a. Optional unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 4. Precast manholes, handholes and pull-boxes shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for "subject to occasional heavy vehicles." a. Do not use precast manholes handholes, pull-boxes in roadways. 5. For cast-in-place construction, comply with Section 03300 -- Cast-in-Place Concrete. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-6 6. Provide minimum 121N of tamped crushed rock or gravel prior to setting ' manhole, handhole or pull box. 7. Construct manholes, handholes and pull-boxes approximately where shown ' on the Contract Drawings. Determine the exact locations after careful consideration has been given to location of other utilities, grading, and paving. ' a. Locations are to be approved by the Engineer prior to excavation and construction of manholes, handholes and pull-boxes. ' 8. Grout or seal all joints: a. For precast construction, comply with the manufacturer's instructions. b. For cast-in-place construction, comply with Section 03300 - Cast-in- Place Concrete. ' 9. Set frames and covers: a. For manholes, handholes and pull-boxes located in roadways, paint with two coats asphaltic paint before setting and set top of covers flush with finished surface of paving. ' b. For manholes, handholes and pull-boxes not located in roadways, set top of covers 21N above finished grade. Slope surrounding grade away from edge to insure water drains away from opening. ' c. Install sufficient number of concrete extensions between top of manhole, handhole or pull-box frame as required to elevate cover to existing grade level. ' 10. Support cables on walls by cable racks: a. Equip cable racks with adjustable hooks: 1) Quantity of hooks as required by the number of conductors. ' 2) Minimum of (2) cable hooks per rack. b. Install a minimum of (2) racks on each wall in each manhole, handhole and pull-box. ' c. Space cable racks so that both ends of cable splices will be supported horizontally. d. In manholes, install (1) spare hook on each rack. ' e. Install a cable-pulling iron in each wall opposite each ductbank entrance. 11. Grounding: In each manhole, drive copper ground rod into the earth and ' extend ground rod approximately 61N above finished floor. a. In precast structures, drill openings in floor for ground rod. b. Connect all metallic conduits, racks, and other metallic components to ground rod by means of#8AWG minimum tinned copper wire and approved grounding clamps. ' 12. Provide an 181N DIA sump in the bottom of each manhole and hand hole. 13. After installation is complete, backfill and compact soil around manholes and hand holes. 1 ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-7 C. Underground Conduits: 1. Concrete encased ductbank: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits completely encased in minimum 21N of concrete. b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that top of concrete encased duct, at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions): 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-40 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N. 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Under traffic areas (roadways, parking lots, etc.) and for a distance 1 OFT either side of the traffic area, and elsewhere as defined on the Contract Drawings or specified, the concrete shall be reinforced in accordance with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Direct-buried duct bank: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits directly buried in earth. 1) Lay conduits on minimum 21N sand base completely encased by 21N of selected backfill containing no stones or other hard material larger than 1/21N diameter. b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that the top selected backfill at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions). 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-80 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N. 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. 3. Direct-buried conduit: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits directly buried in earth. 1) Lay conduit on minimum 21N sand base completely encased by 21N of selected backfill containing no stones or other hard material larger than 1/21N diameter. b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that top of the selective backfill, at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions). 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-80 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N. 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. 4. Underground conduits and ductbanks shall comply with the following: a. Minimum grade shall be 41N per 10OFT or as detailed on the Contract Drawings. 1) Low point shall be at one end of the conduit run. b. During construction and after conduit installation is complete; plug the ends of all conduits. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handho/es 16115-8 C. Provide conduit supports and separators of concrete, plastic, or other suitable nonmetallic, non-decaying material designed for that purpose. 1) Concrete encasement supports shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 21N between the bottom of the trench and the bottom row of conduit. 2) Separators shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 21N between conduits. 3) Place supports and separators for PVC conduit on maximum centers as indicated for the following trade sizes: a) 11N and less: 2FT. b) 1-1/4 to 31N: 4FT. C) 3-1/2 to 61N: 6FT. 4) Place supports and separators for RGS conduit on maximum centers as indicated for the following trade sizes: a) 11N and less: 8FT. b) 1-1/4 to 2-1/21N: 1OFT. C) 31N and larger: 12FT. 5) Securely anchor conduits to supports and separators to prevent movement during placement of concrete or soil. 6) Do not place concrete or soil until conduits have been observed by the Engineer. d. Stagger conduit joints at intervals of 61N horizontally. e. Make conduit joints watertight and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1) Make plastic conduit joints by uniformly brushing a plastic solvent cement on inside of plastic coupling fitting and outside of conduit ends. Slip conduit and fitting together with a quick one-quarter turn twist to set joint tightly. f. Accomplish changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 5 degrees by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of 251N. 1) Sweep bends shall be made up of one curved section. 9. Furnish manufactured bends at end of runs. 1) Minimum radius of 181N for conduits less than 31N trade size and 361N for conduits 31N trade size and larger. h. After the conduit run has been completed, pull a standard flexible mandrel having a length of not less than 121N and a diameter approximately 1/41N less than the inside diameter of the conduit through each conduit. Then pull a brush with stiff bristles through each conduit to remove any foreign material left in conduit. L Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in pull-cords. 1) Install a 1/81N polypropylene pull-cord free of kinks and splices in all unused new ducts. 2) Extend pull-cord 3FT beyond ends of conduit and fasten to prevent loss of pull-cord in conduits. j. Transition from PVC to RGS conduit with a minimum of 3FT prior to entering a structure or going above ground. 1) Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2) PVC conduit may be extended directly to pull, junction and transformer boxes; manholes and handholes. k. Where conduits enter transformer boxes; manholes and handholes: 1) Terminate PVC conduits in end bells. I' Momingside Reclaimed Water System 992-0198 Section /Va UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-9 11 2) Terminate PVC-RGS conduits in insulated bushings. D. Warning Tape: 1. Place warning tape in trench directly over ductbanks, direct-buried conduit, and direct-buried wire and cable. a. 61N below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is 121N or more below finished grade. b. 31N below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is less than 121N below finished grade. 2. Provide warning tape as follows: a. Electrical trenches and ductbanks or directly buried conduit: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED ELECTRIC LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Red and black letters. b. Trenches and direct-buried or conduit encased telephone lines: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED TELEPHONE LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Orange with black letters. C. Tren ches with direct-buried or conduit encased computer or SCADA system communications lines: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED COMPUTER LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Orange with black letters. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the Owner with two sets of precast cable trench cover removal tools. END OF SECTION Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 992-0198 UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 16115-10 SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE: 600 VOLT AND BELOW PART1-GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, connect, test, and place in satisfactory operating condition, ready for service, all cables and wires indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein or required for proper operation of the installation, with the exception of internal wiring provided by electrical equipment manufacturers. The work of connecting cables to equipment, machinery, and devices shall be considered a part of this Section. All hardware, junction boxes, bolts, clamps, insulators, and fittings required for the installation of cable and wires system shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and other material required to substantiate conformance with the requirements set forth on the Contract Drawings and in Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and Section 01300 - Submittals. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to, detailed specifications and product data sheets for the power, control, and instrumentation cable required for this project. C. The wire and cable to be furnished and installed for this project shall be the product of manufacturers who have been in the business of manufacturing wire and cable for a minimum of ten (10) years. D. Reference Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. 11 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, the Contractor shall obtain from the wire and cable manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Reports of Certified Shop and Field Tests 3. Wiring Identification Methods. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed material's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible Submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-1 10 1. Material specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. ' 2. Wiring identification methods and materials. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Each cable shall be identified as specified in Part 3, EXECUTION, of this Specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The wire and cable covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance. Wire and cable shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as specified herein and shown on the Contract Drawings. Only one manufacturer for each cable type shall be permitted. 2.2 600V POWER WIRE AND CABLE A. 600V rated cable and wire shall consist of stranded, copper conductor with insulation rated XHHW-2, 90°C for wet locations and THHN, 90°C for dry or damp locations. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM-138, B-33 and B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum size wire shall be #12AWG. 2.3 600V CONTROL CABLE A. 600V rated control cable shall consist of stranded, copper conductor with insulation rated THWN, 75°C for wet locations and THHN, 90°C for dry or damp locations. The individual conductors of the multiple conductor cable shall be color coded for proper identification. Color coding shall be equal to ICEA S-68-514, Table K-1. Cables shall meet requirements of IEEE-383. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM B-8 and B-33 or B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum wire size , 2.4 LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE WIRE AND CABLE A. The lighting and receptacle branch circuit wire shall consist of stranded, copper ' conductors with insulation rated THWN, 750C forwet locations and THHN, 90°C for dry or damp locations. ' B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM_138, B-33 and B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum size wire shall be #12AWG. ' C. Lighting and receptacle cables and wire shall be manufactured by the General Cable Company, Southwire Cable Company or equal. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-2 2.6 INSTRUMENTATION SIGNAL CABLE (STP) ? 1 2.6 11 A. The instrumentation cable for analog signals shall be individually shielded twisted pair cable (STP) or individually shielded twisted multi-pair cable. Conductors shall be tin or alloy coated, soft, annealed copper, #16AWG minimum with a minimum of 19 strands with 600V rated insulation for 750C. Pairs shall have 100% coverage foil shields with a #16AWG tinned copper drain wire. Outer jackets shall be chromed polyvinyl chloride. B. Instrumentation cables to be direct buried shall be UL labeled for direct buried service. DATA CABLE (CAT-6e) A. All data cables shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 (Category 6e), #24AWG copper, plenum rated and ETL Type-CMP. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 600V CABLE INSTALLATION A. The cable and wires shall be installed as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. B. The cables shall be terminated in accordance with the cable and/or termination product manufacturer's instructions for the particular type of cable. C. To minimize oxidation and corrosion, wire and cable shall be terminated using an oxide-inhibiting joint compound recommended for "copper-to-copper" connections. D. Splices shall not be allowed in the underground duct, manhole and handhole systems. If splices are required, the Contractor shall obtain approval in writing from the Engineer prior to splicing. Exterior splicing material shall be heat shrink insulation HDT or equal. No "Butt-Splicing" of AC or DC circuit control conductors or instrumentation cable shall be allowed. E. Wire and Cable Sizes 1. The sizes of wire and cable shall be as shown on the Drawings, or if not shown, as approved by the Engineer. If required due to field routing, the size of conductors and respective conduit shall be increased so that the voltage drop does not exceed 3%. 2. Minimum wire size within control panels, motor control centers, switchboards and similar equipment shall be #12AWG for power and #14AWG for control. F. Number of Wires 1. The number of wires indicated on the Contract Drawings for the various control, indication, and metering circuits were determined for general schemes of control and for particular indication and metering systems. 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-3 11 2. The actual number of wires installed for each circuit shall, in no case, be less than the number required; however, the Contractor shall add as many wires as may be required for control and indication of the actual equipment selected for installation at no additional cost to the Owner. The addition of conductors shall be coordinated with and approved by the Engineer to avoid violations of the NEC regarding conduit fill. G. Wiring Identification The Contractor shall meet with the Owner and/or Engineer to come to an agreement regarding wire and cable identification prior to developing a wire and cable schedule. 2. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a wire and cable schedule in an electronic spreadsheet type file format indicating the wire and cable tag number, to and from destinations, size, usage description, and device terminals. 3. All wiring shall be identified with a unique wire or cable tag number and shall be labeled at each termination. Tag numbers shall correspond with the accepted wire and cable schedule and shall not be duplicated. 4. Wire identification shall be accomplished through the use of a printer with white, polyolefin heat shrinkable wire marking sleeves. 5. All single-phase and three-phase wiring shall be color coded at each termination. The color coding is applicable to all power, control, alarm, signal, and instrumentation cables, and conductors. H. Cable Installation All interior cable not protected by a compartment enclosure shall be run in conduit. Wiring Supplies Only electrical wiring supplies manufactured under high standards of production and meeting the approval of the Engineer shall be used. 2. Rubber insulating tape shall be in accordance with ASTM Des. D119. Friction tape shall be in accordance with ASTM Des. D69. Training of Cable The Contractor shall furnish all labor and material required to train cables around cable vaults within buildings and in manholes in the outdoor underground duct system. Sufficient length of cable shall be provided in each manhole and vault so that the cable can be trained and racked in an approved manner. In training or racking, the radius of bend of any cable shall be not less than the manufacturer's recommendation. All manhole cables shall be arc and fire-proofed. The training shall be done in such a manner as to minimize chaffing. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va ' 0992-0198 Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-4 K. Connections at Control Panels, Limit Switches, and Similar Devices 1. Where stranded wires are terminated at panels, and/or devices, connections shall be made by solderless lug, crimp type ferrule or solder dipped. 2. Where enclosure sizes and sizes of terminals at limit switches, solenoid valves, float switches, pressure switches, temperature switches, and other devices make 7-strand, #12AWG, wire terminations impractical, the Contractor shall terminate external circuits in an adjacent junction box of proper size and shall install #14AWG stranded wires from the device to the junction box in a conduit. The #12 AWG field wiring shall also be terminated in the same junction box to complete the circuit. L. Pulling Temperature 1. Cable shall not be flexed or pulled when the temperature of the insulation or of the jacket is such that damage will occur due to low temperature embrittlement. When cable will be pulled with an ambient temperature within a three day period prior to pulling of 40°F or lower, cable reels shall be stored during the three day period prior to pulling in a protected storage area with an ambient temperature not lower than 55°F and pulling shall be completed during the work day for which the cable is removed from the protected storage. M. Color Coding 1. Conductor insulation shall be color coded as follows: a) 480V AC Power: Phase A - BROWN Phase B - ORANGE Phase C - YELLOW Neutral - GREY b) 120/208V or 120/240V AC Power: Phase A - BLACK Phase B - RED Phase C - BLUE Neutral -- WHITE C) 120VAC Control: Ungrounded conductors - RED Ungrounded conductors, foreign source - YELLOW. d) 24VAC Control: All wiring - ORANGE e) 24VDC Power: Positive Lead - RED 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-5 11 Negative Lead - BLACK f) 24VDC Control: Ungrounded conductors - BLUE Grounded conductors - BLUE w/ WHITE stripe g) Equipment Grounding Conductor: All wiring - GREEN 2. Conductors #4AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded with a separate color for each phase and neutral, which shall be used consistently throughout the system. Larger cables shall be coded by the use of colored tape. 3.2 INSTRUMENTATION / DATA CABLE INSTALLATION A. Grounding of cable shield shall be accomplished at one end point only. B. A raceway containing instrumentation / data cable shall be installed to provide the following clearances: 1. Raceway installed parallel to raceway conductors energized at 480 through 208 volts shall be 18 IN and 208/120 volts shall be 12 IN. 2. Raceway installed at right angles to conductors energized at 480 volts or 120/208 volts shall be 6 IN. C. Where practical, raceways containing instrumentation / data cable shall cross , raceway containing conductors of other systems at right angles. D. Where instrumentation / data cables are installed in panels, etc., the Contractor shall ' arrange wiring to provide maximum clearance between cables and other conductors. Instrumentation/ data cables shall not be installed in same bundle with conductors of other circuits. E. Additional pullboxes shall be furnished and installed for ease of cable pulling and the cable manufacturer's recommended conduit fill factor shall be followed. Where required for specifically directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall moisture seal , the cables at all connections with OZ Gedney Type "CSB", or equal, sealing bushings. F. All cable, insulation and jacket shall have adequate strength to allow for it to be ' pulled through the conduit systems. Sufficient conductors shall be installed to provide space and sere future equipment where shown and specified. All conductors shall be color coded and all wires shall be suitably tagged with ' permanent markers at each end. 3.3 TESTING A. All testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: ' Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va 0992-0198 Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-6 Shop Test a. Prior to the first shipment of each size of power, control, and telephone / data cable to be furnished and installed under this Contract, samples of each size of cable shall be subjected to complete physical and electrical factory production tests at the manufacturer's plant. Other cable and wiring shall be tested in accordance with the applicable ICEA Standards. Six copies of certified test data sheets shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation at the site. Subsequent shipment of each size of wire shall be covered by certificates of compliance which shall list Contractor's name, point of delivery, reel numbers, size of wire, length of wire, and date of shipment. Certificates shall attest the wires and cables comply with specification requirements and that wires and cables are equal in every respect to wires and cables which have been successfully tested. b. All test data or certificates shall be notarized and submitted. 2. Field Tests a. Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. b. After installation, all wires and cables shall be tested for insulation levels and continuity. Insulation resistance between conductors of the same circuit and between conductor and ground shall be tested. Testing for insulation levels shall be as follows: 1) For 600V rated power and control cable, apply 1,000VDC from a Megaohmeter for all 600V wires and cables installed in lighting, control, power, indication, alarm and motor feeder circuits. Testing for continuity shall be "test light" or "buzzer". 2) 600V rated instrumentation signal cable shall be tested from conductor to conductor, conductor to shield, and conductor to ground using a volt-ohmmeter. The resistance value shall be 200 megaohms or greater. B. Low voltage wires and cables shall be tested before being connected to motors, devices or terminal blocks. C. Voltage tests shall be made successively between each conductor of a circuit and all other conductors of the circuit grounded. D. If tests reveal defects or deficiencies, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs or shall replace the cable as directed by the Engineer, without additional cost to the Owner. E. All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor who shall supply all testing equipment. END OF SECTION 11 Momingside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 16120-7 11 SECTION 16460 - GROUNDING and BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT ' A. The Contractor shall furnish and install grounding systems complete in accordance with the minimum requirements established by Article 250 of the NEC. Article 250 of the NEC shall be considered as a minimum requirement for compliance with this Specification. ¦ B. Grounding of all instrumentation and control systems shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the manufacturer/system requirements and IEEE 1100-92, ' Powering and Grounding of Sensitive Electronic Equipment. Conflicts shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Engineer. C. In addition to the NEC requirements, building structural steel columns shall be permanently and effectively grounded: D. Reference Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1 E. Additional requirements for grounding are shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: 1. Witnessed Shop Tests None required. ¦ 2. Field Tests Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300- Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the ' equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings ' 2. Reports of certified field tests. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable Specification section. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the ' proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IWa Grounding and Bonding 0992-0198 16450-1 B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. , C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials t used and methods of fabrication. 2. Drawings and written description of how the Contractor intends to furnish and install the grounding system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment covered by these specifications shall be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.2 GROUND RODS AND GRID A. Ground rods shall be rolled to a commercially round shape from copper-clad steel manufactured by the molten-welding process or by the electro-formed process (molecularly bonded). They shall have an ultimate tensile strength of 75,000PSI and an elastic limit of 49,OOOPSI. The rods shall be not less than 3/41N diameter by 1 OFT in length; and the proportion of copper shall be uniform throughout the length of the rod. The copper shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.0131N at any point on the rod. B. The maximum resistance to ground of a driven ground rod shall not exceed 1 OOHM under normally dry conditions. Where the resistance obtained with one (1) ground rod exceeds 1 OOHM, additional ground rods shall be installed not less than 1 OFT on centers. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non current-carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductors in nonmetallic raceways and neutral conductors of wiring systems shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment and shall be extended to the point of entrance of the metallic water service. Connection to the water pipe shall be made by a suitable ground clamp or lug connection to a plugged tee. If flanged pipes are encountered, connection shall be made with the lug bolted to the street side of the flanged connection. If there is not suitable metallic water service to the facility, the ground connection shall be made to the driven ground rods on the exterior of the building. Where ground fault protection is employed, care shall be taken so that the connection of the ground and neutral does not interfere with the correct operation of the ground fault protection system. Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va ' Grounding and Banding 16450-2 2.3 FITTINGS A. Grounding connections to equipment shall be bolted. Cable end connections may be made by use of the crucible weld process or bolted type connectors. Bolted type connectors for this application shall consist of corrosion resistant copper alloy with silicone bronze bolts, nuts and lock-washers which are designed for this purpose. 2.4 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. A green, insulated equipment grounding conductor, which shall be separate from the electrical system neutral conductor, shall be furnished and installed for all circuits. Equipment grounding conductors shall be furnished and installed in all conduits. Use of conduits as the NEC required equipment grounding conductor is not acceptable. B. Where specified or shown a 31N strap shall be furnished and installed as the grounding conductor. 2.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDS A. Equipment grounds shall be solid and continuous from a connection at earth to all distribution panelboards. Ground connections at panelboards, outlets, equipment, and apparatus shall be made in an approved and permanent manner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal surfaces where grounding connections are to be made shall be clean and dry. Steel surfaces shall be ground or filed to remove all scale, rust, grease, and dirt. Copper and galvanized steel shall be cleaned with emery cloth to remove oxide before making connections. B. Ground Grid: A main ground grid shall be provided for each structure and interconnecting structure grids consisting of driven ground rods. The ground rods shall be driven deep enough to obtain a ground resistance of not more than 100HM and shall be interconnected by the use of copper cable bus (31N strap minimum), or a bare copper conductor sized to the largest service entrance ground, welded to the rods by the crucible weld process. The grounding cables shall be installed after the excavations for the building have been completed and prior to the pouring of concrete for the footings, mats, etc. Copper "pigtails" shall be connected to the ground system and shall enter the buildings and structure from the outside and shall be connected to steel structures, and equipment as described in this Section and as required to provide a complete grounding system. t 2. Grounding conductors shall be continuous between points of connection; splices shall not be permitted. 3. Where conductors are exposed and subject to damage from personnel, traffic, etc., conductors shall be installed in PVC sch-80 raceway. ' Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Grounding and Bonding 0992-0198 16450-3 4. Connections to ground rods shall be exposed to permit maintenance and inspection for continuity and effectiveness of grounding system. 5. Where subsurface conditions do not permit use of driven ground rods to obtain proper ground resistance, rods shall be installed in a trench or plate electrodes shall be provided, as applicable and necessary to obtain proper values of resistance. 6. Conduit that enters equipment such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, variable frequency drives, instrument and control panels, and similar equipment shall be bonded to the ground bus, where provided, and as otherwise required by the NEC. END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section Iva Grounding and Banding 0992-0198 16450-4 SECTION 16475 -- SAFETY / DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install separately mounted, individual disconnect switches as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: 1. Witnessed Shop Tests: None required. 2. Field Tests: Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300 - Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Spare Parts List Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Complete layout and installation drawings with clearly marked dimensions for each type/size/rating of disconnect switch. 3. Assembled weight of each unit. Momin9 side Reclaimed Water System Section lVa Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-1 D. The shop drawing information shall be complete and organized in such a way that ' the Engineer can determine if the requirements of these Specifications are being met. Copies of technical bulletins, technical data sheets from "soft-cover" catalogs, and similar information which is "highlighted" or somehow identifies the specific equipment items that the Contractor intends to provide are acceptable and shall be submitted. 1.6 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS ' A. The equipment shall be furnished with all special tools necessary to disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the equipment, and with all spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. One complete set of spare fuses for each ampere rating installed shall be furnished and delivered to the Owner at the time of final inspection. C. Spare parts lists, included with the shop drawing submittal, shall indicate specific sizes, quantities, and part numbers of the items to be furnished. Terms such as "l lot of packing material" are not acceptable. D. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts inventory control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Those parts which are identical for more than one size shall have the same parts number. 1.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Each equipment item shall be identified with a nameplate. The nameplate shall be engraved indicating the circuit number and equipment name with which it is associated. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Switches shall be manufactured by Square-D, Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, General Electric or Siemens. 2.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty type and/or as specified in these Specifications. Switches shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Contract Drawings and as required by the NEC. Handles shall be lockable. B. Switches shall be NEMA Type HD, single throw, externally operated, fused or non- fused as required. Switches shall be of the poles, voltage, and ampere ratings as shown on the Contract Drawings. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-2 C. Disconnect Switches shall be provided in following enclosures as a minimum based one their location. Multiple ratings of enclosures may apply. 1. Indoor dry areas: NEMA 1A 2. Indoor damp areas: NEMA 12 3. Corrosive or indoor wet process areas: NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel or non- metallic 4. Outdoor areas: NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel. 5. Hazardous areas: suitable for the Class, Division, and Group to suit the application. D. Disconnect switches shall be quick-make, quick-break and with an interlocked cover which cannot be opened when switch is in the "ON" position and capable of being locked in the "OPEN" position. E. A complete set of fuses for all switches shall be furnished and installed as required. Time-current characteristic curves of fuses serving motors or connected in series with circuit breakers shall be coordinated for proper operation. Fuses shall have voltage rating not less than the circuit voltage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All disconnect switches to be mounted 60IN above the floor, at the equipment height where appropriate, or where shown otherwise. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install fuses of various types as required with the continuous ampere ratings as required or shown on the Contract Drawings. END OF SECTION Momingside Reclaimed Water System Section /Va Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-3 SECTION 16671 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION PART I -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) also referred to as Surge Protection Devices (SPD), integrated into electrical distribution and control panel equipment as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. European Standard (EN): 1. EN 61643-11: Surge Protective Devices Connected to Low-Voltage Power Distribution systems - Part 11: Performance Requirements and Testing Methods B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.41.1: Guide on the Surge Environment in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 2. IEEE C62.41.2: Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 3. IEEE C62.45: Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. IEEE Standard 1100 (Emerald Book): Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. C. International Electrotechincal Commission (IEC): 1. IEC 61024: Protection of Structures against Lightning. 2. IEC 61643: Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices. 3. IEC 62305: Protection against Lightning. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 285. 2. NFPA 780: Standard for the installation of Lightning Protection Systems. E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 1. UL 1449: Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors Safety and Performance Test Procedures. 2. UL 1283: Standard for Safety for Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include dimensional drawing, internal circuit diagram, wiring details, rated capacities, operating characteristics, installation instructions and furnished accessories. Include the following: 11 Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section /Va Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-1 1. EN 61643-11:2002, Lightning Impulse Current (Ii,p) 10x350ps for devices rated for IEEE C62.41 Category C and/or IEC Typel/Class 1 devices. 2. IEC 62305-4, Protection against lightning - Part 4: Electrical and electronic systems within structures: proof of coordination of products C.5. 3. UL1449 Second Edition Suppressed Voltage Ratings (SVR). 4. Provide independent third-party testing lab report. B. Statement of Warranty: The manufacturer shall guarantee all TVSS/SPD devices to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. All TVSS/SPD devices shall be warranted against failure due to lightning or switching transients for a period of five (5) years from date of installation. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall store, protect, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Contractor shall inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within 48 hours. C. Contractor shall store in a clean, dry space. Cover with heavy canvas or plastic to keep out dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic, and shall heat enclosures to prevent condensation. D. Contractor shall handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to avoid damaging equipment, installed devices, and finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following I manufacturers: 1. Dehn & S(5hne, GmbH + Co. KG, Hans-Dehn-Str. 1, Postfach 1640, 92306 ' Neumarkt, Germany; www.dehn.de a) Supplied by: Dehn, Inc. 106 SW Peacock Blvd., Suite 207, Port St. Lucie, FL 34986; tel: 877-927-6510; www,dehn-usa.com ' 2.2 AC CIRCUIT TVSS/SPD COMPONENTS A. Electrical Requirements: ' 1. The IEC Type 1/Class 1 and IEEE Category C lightning impulse current rating shall be based on testing of a per-mode TVSS/SPD lightning current ' arrester, using the more severe 10/350us test wave-shape. Devices that derive a maximum surge current rating by adding test results or ratings of individual components are not acceptable or those using ratings based only ' on the less severe 8x20us test wave-shape. Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-2 ' 2. The Suppression Voltage Rating (SVR) shall be tested in accordance with UL-1449, Second Edition. Where an integral disconnect is provided, the TVSS SVR shall be determined with the integral disconnect. ' B. Protection and Filtering Elements: 1. The TVSS shall be UL rated to a fault current (short circuit withstand capability) rating equal to or greater than the fault current rating of the distribution equipment. 2. IEC Typel/Class 1 and Category C rated devices shall incorporate the use of radial/axial flow, self-extinguishing spark gap technology that limits the AC follow current without tripping any upstream fuse or breaker as low as 30A ' RMS. These devices must be coordinated with Type2/Class 2 and Type 3/Class 3 devices installed downstream. 3. TVSS/SPD systems shall include integral fusing for all voltage limiting suppression components. 4. TVSS/SPD assemblies shall use per mode lightning current and surge suppression arresters ganged together with the use of copper bus bar material designed by the manufacturer. These arresters may use plug-in modules, if so, these modules must be a snap-fit insuring uninterrupted operation in environments that include temperature/humidity extremes and continuous or periodic vibration (for example; thunder). 5. TVSS/SPD installed in switchgear, switchboards, and power panels shall be installed using a parallel connection means for systems with main breakers above 90A RMS. For AC power control panel breakers at or below 90A RMS, the TVSS/SPD assembly shall be installed using a Kelvin connection using the manufacture provided terminals integral to the TVSS/SPD arrester. C. Standard Monitoring Features: One operational status indicating window per each protected phase, no AC or DC current from the existing electrical system shall be used to power operational status or any ancillary monitoring features of any AC or DC power system. 2. The TVSS/SPD assembly shall have dry contacts for remote monitoring purposes, 1, N/O $ 1, N/C contact. Change in state on arrester failure. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 250VAC/0.5A and 250VDC/0.1A, 125VDC/0.2A, 75VDC/0.5A. This remote monitoring circuit shall NOT use any AC or DC current from the existing electrical system. Morningside Reclaimed Water System D992-0198 Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-3 AC Power Systems of 120/208V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: Part Number Model # Qty. Description 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 4 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 4 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 8 11 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 1 5 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 1201240V 3-Phase DELTA, Grounded Neutral: Part Number Model # Qty. Description 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 3 IEC Type1/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 961 125 DB M 1 255 FM 1 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester, high leg to ground 952 090 DG S 275 FM 1 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester, high leg to neutral 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 8 11 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 18 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 1 5 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 277/480V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: (Neutral carried through L-G, L-N and N-G) Part Number Model # Qty.: Description 900 016 DBM 1 320 4 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 094 DG S 385 FM 4 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 8 11 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 1 5 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section IVa ' 0992-0198 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-4 AC Power Systems of 277/480V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: (Neutral NOT carried through L-G only) Part Number Model # Qty. Description 900 016 DBM 1 320 3 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 094 DG S 385 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 813 MVS 3 6 8 1 6-pole, 3-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 230/400V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: Part Model # Qty. Description Number Combined IEC Typel/Class 1 and 951 315 DV M TT 255 FM 1 Type 2/Class 2 Lightning Current & Surge Arrester AC Power Systems of 120/240V 1-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral (Split Phase L-G, L-N and N-G): Part Number Model # Qty. Description 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 3 IEC Type1/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 813 MVS 3 6 8 1 6-pole, 3-phase, copper bus bar 900 815 MVS 16 1 6-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 900 610 MVS 14 1 4-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 120V 1-Phase (Load Side of Control Transformer): Part Number Model # Qty. Description 953 209 DR M 2P 150 FM 1 IEC Type 3/Class 3 Surge Arrester Morningside Reclaimed Water System Section lVa 0992-0198 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF TVSS/SPD DEVICES A. TVSS/SPD devices shall be mounted internal to the electrical distribution equipment or control panels using 35mm DIN mounting rail. If the assembly is mounted on a grounded metal plate, the ground connection will be a maximum of 100mm, 41N. B. All TVSS/SPD devices shall be connected with the shortest and straightest wire lead lengths using the largest wire gauge possible. C. AC circuit TVSS/SPD assemblies installed using the Kelvin connection shall not have the input and output wires run together or wire-tied together preventing cross induction of transient voltages. D. Panel construction shall insure that the control circuit protected side wires are installed in a separate raceway preventing cross induction of transients between wires. E. Grounding for RF type protection devices shall be made through the bulk head mounting to an unpainted metallic enclosure or through the use of a manufacturer supplied metallic mounting plate installed on the metallic back panel or through the use of a ground lead, minimum 12AWG, with a.maximum length of 100mm, 41N. 3.2 PLACING TVSS/SPD DEVICES INTO SERVICE A. Do not energize or connect electrical distribution or control panels to their sources until TVSS/SPD devices are installed and connected. ' END OF SECTION Morningside Reclaimed Water System 0992-0198 Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 16671-6 1 APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION ' Table of Contents: PROJECT PERMITS MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT) CERTIFICATE GEOTECB ICAL SOIL REPORT 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 PROJECT PERMITS FDOT PERMIT Call FDOT IN LAS PERMITS (727)' 570m5101 Permit # 20og-H-799-19 15040 SR 6o City of Clearwater 1 RULE 14-46 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTIUENT OF TRANSPORTATION UTILITY PERMIT RECEIVER' FEB o 2 20U9 FORM 710.010-85 UTILITIES --,0GC»10107 PERMIT NO.: 2iU0 ?? 9-- SECTION NO.:© STATE. ROAD SR 60 COUNTY Pinellas FOOT construction is proposed or underway. [] Yes ® No Financial Project ID: Is this work related to an approved Utility Work Schedule? ? Yes ® No If yes, Document Number. PERMITTEE: City of Clearwater ADDRESS: PO Box 4748 TELEPHONE NUMBER: (727) 562 - 4960 CITY/STATE/ZIP: Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 pce? -74 ,6 The above PERMITTEE requests permission from the State of Florida Department of Transportation, hereinafter call the FDOT, to con trust, operate and maintain the following: Installation of 10" HOPE reclaimed water across Gulf to Bay (SR 60) at Hercules Avenue by Horizontal Directional Drill. FROM: Z TO: 9 3/ Submitted for the ERMITTEE by: Name and Company (Typed or Printed Legibly) Contact Information Address/TelephonelE-Mall (if applicable) signature Date Norman Scally, PE 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 A 1. The Permittee declares that prior to filing this application, the location of all existing utilities that it owns or has an interest in, both aerial and underground, are accurately shown on the plans and a letter of notification was mailed on 6/27/08 & 7111! to the following utilities known to be involved or potentially impacted In the area of the proposed installation: 3gg attached 2. The local Maintenance or Resident Engineer, hereafter referred to as the FOOT Engineer, shall be notified a minimum of forty eight (48) hours in advance prior to starting work and again immediately upon completion of work. The FOOTS Engineer is located at5211 Ulme n Road Clearwater. E 33760 , Telephone Number 0727) 570-5101 . The Permittee's employee responsible for MOT is be determined Telephone Number . (This name may be provided at the time of the forty eight (48) hour advance-notice prior to starting work). 3_ All work, materials, and equipment shall be subject to Inspection and approval by the FOOT Engineer. 4. All plans and installations shall conform to the requirements of the FDOTs UAM in effect as of the date this permit is approved by FOOT, and shall be made a part of this permit This provision shall not limit the authority of the FOOT under Paragraph 8 of this Permit. 5. This Permittee shall commence actual construction in good faith within 60 days after Issuance&permit, and shall be completedwithln240 days after the permitted work has begun. If the beginning date is more than sixty (60) days from the date of permit approval, the Permittee must review the permit with the FOOT Engineer to make sure no changes have occurred to the Transportation Facility that would affect the permitted construction. 6. The construction and maintenance of such utility shall not interfere with the property and rights of a prior Permittee. 7. It Is expressly stipulated that this permit Is a license for permissive use only and that the placing of utilities upon public property pursuant to this permit shall not operate to create or vast any property right In said holder, except as provided in executed subordination and Railroad Utility Agreements. 8. Pursuant to Section 337.403(1), Florida Statues, any utility placed upon, under, over, or along any public mad or publicly owned rail corridor that is found by FOOT to be unreasonably Interfering in any way with the convenient, safe, or continuous use, or maintenance, improvement, extension, or expansion, of such public road or publicly owned rail corridor shall, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the utility or its agent by FOOT, be removed or relocated by such utility at its own expense except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b), and except for reimbursement rights set forth In previously executed subordination and Railroad Utility Agreements, and shall apply to all successors and assigns for the permitted facility. 9. It is agreed that in the event the relocation of said utilities are scheduled to be done simultaneously with the FDOTs construction work, the Pemtittee will coordinate with the FOOT before proceeding and shall cooperate with the FDOT's contractorto arrange the sequence of work so as not to delay the work of the FDOTs contractor, defend any legal claims of the FDOTs contractor due to delays caused by the Permittee's failure to comply with the approved schedule, and shall comply with all provisions of the law and the FOOT's current UAM. The Permittee shall not be responsible for delay beyond its control. 10. In the case of non-compliance with the FDOT's requirements in effect as of the date this permit is approved, this permit Is void and the facility will have to be brought into compliance or removed from the RNV at no costto the FOOT, except for reimbursement rights set forth in previously executed subordination and Railroad Utility Agreements. This provision shall not limit the authority of the FOOT under Paragraph 8 of this Permit. 11. It Is understood and agreed that the rights and privileges herein set out are granted only to the extent of the State's right, title and interest in the land to be entered upon and used by the Permittee, and the Permittee will, at all times, and to the extent permitted by law, assume all risk of and indemnify, defend, and save harmless the State of Florida and the FOOT from and against any and all loss, damage, cost orexpense arising in any manner an account of the exercise or attempted exercises by said Permittee of the aforesaid rights and privileges. 12. During construction, all safety regulations of the FOOT shall be observed and the Permittee must take measures, including placing and the display of safety devices that may be necessary in order to safely conduct the public through the project area in accordance with the Federal MUTCO, as amended for highways, the requirements of the Standard Application Package for railways, including flagging services and Railroad Protective Insurance or acceptable alternative, when applicable, and the FDOT's Design Standards, Indexes 600-670, and Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 102, as amended by the UAM. When a Utility deems it necessary to conduct Traffic Control activities and methods significantly different from those addressed in the above references, the Utility must submit an alternative plan signed and sealed by a licensed Florida professional engineer qualified to develop TCP in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8 of the UAM. 13. Should the Permittee be desirous of keeping its utilities in place and out of service, the Permittee, by execution of this permit acknowledges its present and continuing ownership of its utirrties located between Dorthside of intersection of Gulf "_a"SR 60) and e cules Ave. and southslde of intersection of Gulf to Bay (SR 60) and Hercules Ave. within the FDOTs RNV as set forth above. Whenever the Permittee removes its facilities, it shall be at the Permittee's sole cost and expense. The Permittee, at its sole expense, shall promptly remove said out of service utilities whenever the FOOT determines said removal is in the public interest. 14. In the event contaminated soil is encountered by the Utility or anyone within the permitted construction limits, the Utility shall immediately cease work and notify the FDOT. The FOOT shall coordinate with the appropriate agencies and notify the Permittee of any suspension or revocation of the permit until contamination assessment and remediation, as appropriate under Rule Chapters 62-770 and 62-730 Florida Administrative Code, has progressed to a state that all environmental regulatory agencies having jurisdiction have approved the site of the contamination for resumption of work. Page 1 of 2 RULE 14.46 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTWNT OF TRANSPORTATION FORM 710-010-85 UTILITY PERMIT OGC UTILITIES 15. For any excavation, construction, maintenance, or support activities performed by or on behalf of the FDOT, wdhin its RAN, the Parmlttee maybe required by the FDOT or its agents to perform the following activities'with respect to a permittea's facilities: physically expose or direct exposure of u nderground faclittles, provide any necessary support to facilities and/or cover, de-energize or alter aerial facilities as deemed necessary for protection and safety. 16. Pursuant to Section 337.401(2), Florida Statutes, the permit shall require the permit holder to be responsible for damage resulting from the issuance of the permit. The FDOT may Initiate injunctive proceedings as provided In x.120.69 to enforce provisions of this subsection or any rule or order issued or entered into pursuant thereto. 17. Pursuant to Section 337.402, Florida Statutes, when any public road or publicly owned rail corridor Is damaged or impaired in any way because of the Installation, inspection, or repair of a utility located on such road or publicly owned rail corridor, the owner of the utility shall, at his or her own expense, restore the road or publicly owned rail corridor to its original condition before such damage. If the owner fails to make such restoration, the authority is authorized to do so and charge the cost thereof against the owner under the provisions of s.337-404. 18. The Permittee shall comply with all provisions of Chapter 556, Florida Statutes, Underground Facilities Damage Prevention and Safety Act. 19. Special FDOT instructions: -- - w er It is understood and agreed that commencement by the Permittee is acknowledgment and acceptance of the binding nature of all the above listed permit conditions and special instructions. 20. Receipt of this permit acknowledges responsibility to comply with Section 119,07(3), Florida Statutes, and UAM Chapter 4.5.2, regarding Exempt Documents and Security System Plans Requests. 21. By the below signature, the Permittes hereby represents that no change to the FDOT's standard Utility Permitform, as incorporated by reference into Rule 14-45.001, for this Utility Permit has been made which has not been previously called to the attention of the FDOT (and signified to by checking the appropriate box below) by a separate attached written document showing all changes and the written and dated approval of the FDOT Engineer. Are there attachments reflecting change/s to the standard form? ONO ? YES If Yes, pages are attached. PERMITTEE Michael D. Quillen, PE, City Engineer SIGNATURE DATE: Name & Title of Authorized Permlttee or Agent (Typed or Printed Legibly) APPROVED BY: ISSUE ? DATE: District Maintenance Engineer or Designee 9 C% UTILITY PERMIT FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATION DATE: DATE WORK STARTED: DATE WORK COMPLETED: INSPECTED BY: (Pennittee or Agent) CHANGE APPROVED BY. DATE: District Maintenance Engineer or Designee I the undersigned Permittee do hereby CERTIFY that the utility construction approved by the above numbered permit was Inspected and installed in accordancewith the approved plans made a part of this permit and in accordancewith the FDOT's current UAM. All plan changes have been approved by the FDOT's Engineer and are attached to this permit, I also certify that the work area has been left in as good or better condition than when the work was begun. PERMITTEE; SIGNATURE: DATE: Name & 'Title of Authorized Permlttee or Agent _aped or Printed Legibly CC: District Permit Office Permittee RECEIVED FEB 0 2 2009 PlNELLAS MAINTENANCE Page 2 of 2 F.D.O.T. REQUIREMENTS PERMITTEE MUST COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING The Pinellas Maintenance Office must be notified 48 hours in advance of starting work in the F.D.O.T. right-of-way. Ph. 72 570-5101. NOTE: When installing multiple conduit lines of which a portion is intended to be leased or sold to another utility company, the new lessee/owner must obtain an approved permit from the Department prior to occupancy. Refer to 2007 UAIM. Digging without knowing where it's safe to dig can cause tremendous damage, affecting your electric, telephone, cable television, water, sewer and gas service outages or even loss of life! If you're doing any digging within the state of Florida, state law requires you to notify Sunshine State One Call of .Florida (SSOCOF) two business days before you dig. 1-800-432-4770 Thiq is a free service to heln keep Florida safe! http,//callsunshine.com/corD/in ex.html it is the responsibility of the permittee to determine and comply with all county and municipal ordinances that relate to the construction or other activity as described on this permit. Some ordinances are more stringent than the Department of Transportation requirements. All construction and/or maintenance utility equipment located in the F.D.O.T. Right-of-Way must conform to the Federal Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), the F.D.O.T. roadway and traffic design standards and the standard specifications for road and bridge construction. Certified density reports are required on all backfill work within shoulder points of roadway and must be submitted to the F.D.O.T., Pinellas Maintenance Office. This permit does not authorize the construction of any new sidewalk or drainage connections in the F.D.O.T. right-of-way. ' A copy of this approved permit, including all plans, must be maintained on the job site before work commences in the F.D.O.T. right-of-way and must be made available during construction/maintenance. ' NOTE: Any sidewalk disturbed will be replaced by section within 72 hour, to F.D.O.T. specifications. If construction, reconstruction, repair, or maintenance activity necessitates the closing of one or more travel lanes of any road on the state primary, county road, or city street system, for a period of time exceeding two hours, the party performing such work will be responsible to give notice to the appropriate local law ' enforcement agency which has Jurisdiction, where such road' is located, prior to commencing work on this project. 335.15 F.S. 7/86; 336.07 F.S. 7/86. THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO ANY ' PERMfi TED METHOD OF INSTALLATION, SCOPE, RESTORATION, AND PUBLIC SAFETY THAT ARISE DUE TO UNFORSEEN CONDITIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11 11 F.D.O.T. UTILITY PERMIT # 2009-H-799-19 #19 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 1) NO LANE CLOSURES OF ANY STATE ROAD IS ALLOWED WITHOUT 48 HR. NOTIFICATION AND PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE F.D.O.T. INSPECTOR. 2) NO OPEN CUTS OF ROADWAY PAVEMENT ON SR 60 IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. 3) ALL BORE AND RECEIVE PITS ARE TO BE SHEETED, BRACED OR PROPERLY SLOPED AS NEEDED. 4) ANY SIDEWALK AND/OR DRIVEWAYS DISTURBED ARE TO BE RESTORED AS WORK CONTINUES. MAINTAIN INGRESS/EGRESS ON ALL DRIVES AND SIDE STREETS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5) ALL SIDEWALK CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES (TRUNCATED DOMES) AS PER FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 527 & STANDARD INDEX 304. 6) A SUBSURFACE SOIL AND DRAINAGE REPORT IS REQUIRED ON SORES INVOLVING CASINGS ? 6 INCHES IN DIAMETER OR AS REQUESTED BY F.D.O.T. (PERMITTEE MAY DESIGN THE BORE CROSSING FOR 10 TIMES THE MAX BORE DIAMETER IN DEPTH, TO WAIVE A SUBSURFACE SOIL REPORT UNLESS REQUESTED BY F.D.O.T.). 7) DIRECTIONAL BORE EQUIPMENT USED MUST BE APPROVED BY F.D.O.T. (SEE ATTACHED). CONTRACTORS USING BORE EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROPERLY TRAINED TO OPERATE SUCH MACHINERY BEFORE WORKING IN THE STATE RIGHT-OF-WAY. THE MINIMUM DEPTH COVER SHALL BE 36" FOR BORE LESS THAN 6" AND 10 TIMES THE BORE SIZE EQUAL TO DEPTH FOR BORES 6" AND LARGER OR AS DEFINED WITHIN THE PERMITTED PLANS. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES. PRE- REAMING MUST BE IMPLEMENTED PRIOR TO PULLBACK. 8) A CERTIFIED WORK SITE TRAFFIC CONTROLS SUPERVISOR, APPOINTED BY THE PERMITTEE, MUST BE ON SITE TO OVERSEE SET UP AND MAINTENANCE OF APPROVED MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT) PLANS (SEE ATTACHED PLAN). A COPY OF THE WORK SITE SUPERVISOR'S CERTIFICATION MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE F.D.O.T. INSPECTOR UPON 48 HR. WORK START NOTIFICATION. ORANGE REFLECTIVE SAFETY VESTS MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS INVOLVED WITH THIS PERMIT WHILE IN THE STATE RIGHT- OF-WAY. 9) ALL DIRECTIONAL BORES MUST COMPLY WITH FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD & BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 555. 10) PERMITTEE MUST HAVE A REPRESENTATIVE ON SITE AT ALL TIMES WHILE WORKING IN THE STATE RIGHT OF WAY. 11) PERMITTEE & CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE STANDARD WORK SCHEDULE OF MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY 7:00 AM - 5:30 PM WHILE 'WORKING WITHIN THE STATE RIGHT OF WAY UNLESS OTHER WISE NOTED WITHIN THE PERMIT. DEVEATIO.NS SHALL BE REQUESTED BY THE PERMITTEE IN WRITING WITH JUSTIFICATIONS IN ADVANCE OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE. 14:\PERMITSWEW INSERTSOIRECT. DRILL INSERTS US._DOC F.D.O.T. UTILITY PERMIT # 2009-11-799-19 PORTIONS OF THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW, ARE IN ADDITION TO THOSE OUTLINED IN THE CURRENT DEPARTMENT'S UTILITY ACCOMMODATION MANUAL. THESE REQUIREMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTIFICATION AND DO NOT EXEMPT THE PERMITTEE OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES THAT OCCUR AS A RESULT OF THE UTILITY INSTALLATION AND/OR MAINTENANCE. NO PART OF THE PAVEMENT IS TO BE OBSTRUCTED DURING THE INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE OF THIS UTILITY. ALL ABOVE GROUND APPURTENANCES MUST BE PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE RIGHT-OF- WAY LINE AS PRACTICAL. TEMPORARY STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS (I.E., POLES, CABLE, PIPE, ETC.), TO BE USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE OF THE UTILITY, IS PROHIBITED IN THE DEPARTMENTS RIGHT-OF-WAY PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE. STORAGE IS LIMITEn TO A 30-DAY PERIOD, PROVIDED THAT SUCH STORAGE DOES NOT OBSTRUCT VISUAL DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS. OFFSET DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE MET, AS SPECIFIED IN THE UTILITY ACCOMMODATION MANUAL. TEMPORARY STORAGE OF TRENCH EXCAVATION MATERIAL IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN 12 FEET OF THE PAVEMENT EDGE. STORAGE IS NOT TO EXCEED 7 CALENDAR DAYS. OFFSET DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE NET, AS SPECIFIED IN THE UTILITY ACCOMMODATION MANUAL. A DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION PERMIT INSPECTOR MUST BE PRESENT DURING ALL APPROVED UTILITY PERMIT MECHANICAL BORE OPERATIONS. UTILITY POLES, APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION BY THIS PERMIT, ARE NOT TO EXCEED 24 INCHES IN DIAMETER. ALL TRENCHES MUST BE BACKFILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DRIVEWAY CONNECTION WHICH IS TO BE DISTURBED AS A RESULT OF THIS APPROVED UTILITY PERMIT INSTALLATION, THE DEPARTMENT RECOMMENDS FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE PERMITTEE THAT PHOTOS BE FILED WITH THE DEPARTMENT ' SHOWING THE ORIGINAL CONDITION OF THE DRIVEWAY. THE PERMPT"IEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING PERMIT APPLICATIONS WITH THE PROPER MUNICIPAL AGENCY BEFORE CROSSING ANY SECONDARY ROADWAYS OWNED BY THE ' CITY OR COUNTY WHICH CONNECT TO STATE ROADS BEING AFFECTED BY THIS PERMIT. THE PERMITTEE IS RESPONSIBLE, DURING AND FOLLOWING THE UTILITY INSTALLATION, FOR WATER QUALITY WHERE THE UTILITY IS BEING INTRODUCED TO DEPARTMENT OWNED DRAINAGE FACILITIES. THE DEPARTMENT RETAINS THE RIGHT TO VOID THIS PERMIT AND REQUIRE REMOVAL OF ALL DRAINAGE CONNECTIONS IF THE QUALITY OF WATER IS NOT MAINTAINED WITHIN LIMITATIONS ESTABLISHED BY THE ' DEPARTMENT OF POLLUTION CONTROL OR OTHER APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. THE PERMITTEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING A STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN AND NOTICE OF INTENT TO THE F.D.O.T. DISTRICT PERMIT OFFICE OR ' LOCAL MAINTENANCE OFFICE WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION, IN ACCORDANCE WTTH THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGISTER (40 CFR 122.26) AND U.S. RE BY MENTATION PROCED U ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY IMPLE INCORPORATING THE NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM AS ' DOCUMENTED IN THE SEPTEMBER 25, 1992 ISSUE OF THE FEDERAL REGISTER, PART 3, H:\PERMITS\NEW INSERTS\DTRFC.7. DRILL INSERTS 08..DOC Fm A-1-17Rbv. DATA FOR DOT PERMIT APPLICATION A DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION PERMIT IS REQUIRED BEFORE ANY FACILITY IS INSTALLED ON THE RIGHT OF WAY, WHETHER IT IS FOR AERIAL OR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXCEPTIONS ARE OUTLINED IN THE UTILITY ACCOMMODATION GUIDE. PERMITTEE: City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department COMPANY ENGINEER: McKim & Creed, PA (Norman Scally, PE) PHONE # (727) 442-7196 1. SR #: 60 U.S. # SR SECTION: Local name of road or street: Gulf to Ba Blvd. 2. Proposed: 10" SDR 11 HDPE Reclaimed Water by directional drill .,..,.,_.,,W,_... _ . To, patullel, cross/6r4eth in RNV of a State Road within city limits of Clearwater Or between cities of N/A And N/A In the county of Pinellas. 3. Submit a plan and cross section view of proposed construction. Separate cross sections are required at each change in lateral alignment. 4. Proposed utility to be in R/W for distance of 100 Feet, starting at the NW corner of the intersection of Hercules Avenue and SR 60 Ending at the SW corner of the intersection of Hercules Avenue and SR 60. (Give location, such as: dedicated streets or crossroads, number of feet to such location). 5. Distance from proposed utility to edge of pavement N/A 6. Distance from proposed utility to the R/W line N/A 7. Width of R/W on each side of C/L of pavement 50 Feet, R S, E, W, and 50 Feet N, ® E, W. 8. Width of pavement 80 Feet. 9. Width of median (Typical, if applicable) NA Feet. 10. Width of sidewalk NA Feet. 11. Does the proposed installation include above ground appurtenance? Yes Or No X CU. Ft. N/A 12. Is the appurtenance located at the R/W line? Yes N/A Or No 13. ` Will conduit or casing be utilized in placement of proposed utility? No Length NA (Pavement width + 16 ft. Min.) Wall thickness NA 14. Will existing utility be removed? N/A 15. Will any existing facilities be used to place the proposed utility? Yes Or No X What N/A_ 16. If utility is a natural gas line, give maximum operating pressure N/A P.S.T., provisions for venting N/A . 17. Submit all other utilities on cross section maps, make separate cross section details for each change in location, and repeat items 5 and 10. 18, Will any highway pavement be cut? No 19. Indicate approximate location, depth and sites of all utilities within R/W limits. Submit names of owners and city or town from which they are operated. See attached drawings -- Norman ally, PE Date RECEIVED FEB 0 2 2009 PiNEU AS MAINTENANCE SWFWMD PERMIT 09_92--a196 ego] 9Y M Equal OppaRunlly 6'"Pbie,- Southwest Florida Water Management District 'f:?`;:dCt."-,1r.? 5"? SS.iFwsSiA:.y" f•., •.-..,. Bartow Service Office Lecanto Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Suite 226 Bartow, Florida 33830-7700 3600 West Sovereign Path (863) 5341448 or Lecanto. Florida 34461$070 1.800-492-7862 (FL only) (352) 527.8131 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899 (352) 796.7211 or 1-800-423-1476 (FL only) TDD only 1-800.231-6103 (FL only) on the Intemet at: waterMatters.org Nell combee Chair, Polk Todd Prassman Vice Chair, Pinellas Jennifer L closshey Secretary, Hillsborough Ronald E. Oaldey Treasurer, Pasco Bryan K. Beswick Desoto Pamela Ili. arses Manatee Hugh M. Or Hog Hillsborough Albert OL Joergar Sarasota Saille Parks Pinellas markm RwAr&ftdno Hillsborough H. Paul SenTt, Jr. Polk Cougias B. Tharp Sumter JudKh c. VAdtehead Hernando David L [Moore Executive Director William S. Bilerrtgr General Counsel March 4, 2009 Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitvllle Road Sarasota, Rorlda 34240-9711 (941) 377-3722 or 1.80063203503 (FL only) Tampa Service office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 336376759 (813) 9857481 or 1.800-836"0797 (FL only) Robert Fahey, P.E. City of Clearwater 100 South Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL- 33756-5520 Subject: Notice of Final Agency Action - Approval Environmental Resource Noticed General Project Name: Morningside RCW System Permit No.: 47034798.000 County: Pinellas Sec/Twp/Rge: 21/29S/1 5E Expiration Date: February 2, 2014 Dear Mr. Fahey: The District acknowledges your intent to use a Noticed General permit for the project referenced above. Plans and information received will be kept on file in the Tampa Service Office in support of this determination. The proposed construction must be completed before the expiration date indicated above. The proposed construction is subject to general conditions of Chapters 40D-1, 4, 40 and 400, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.), Sections 373.4141 and 120.60, Florida Statutes, (F.S-), Chapter 18-21, F.A.C., (Exhibit A, copy enclosed) and the specific conditions of Rule 40D-400. 453, F.A.C. Deviations from these conditions may subject you to enforcement action and possible penalties. You are responsible for conducting construction in a manner which satisfies all criteria. Final approval is contingent upon no objection to the District's action being received by the District within the time frames described below. You or any person whose substantial interests are affected by the District's action regarding a permit may request an administrative hearing in accordance with "Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida Statutes, (F.S.), and Chapter 28-106, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.), of the Uniform Rules of Procedure. A request for hearing must: (9) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's action, or proposed action, (2) state all material facts disputed by the person requesting the hearing or state that there are no disputed facts, and (3) otherwise comply with Chapter 28-906, F.A.C. Copies of Sections 28-106.201 and 28-106.301, F.A.C. are enclosed for your reference. 6,ew Permit No.: 47034798.000 Page 2 of 2 March 4. 2009 A request for hearing must be filed with (received by) the Agency Clerk of the District at the Distrlers Brooksville address within 21 days of receipt of this notice. Receipt is deemed to, be the fifth day after the date on which this notice is deposited In the United. States mail. Failure to file a request for hearing within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right you or such person may have to request a hearing under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S. Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding the District's action in this matter is not available prior to the filing of a request for hearing. Enclosed Is a "Noticing Packet" that provides information regarding the District Rule 40D-1.1010, F.A.C., which addresses the notification of persons whose substantial interests may be affected by the District's action in this matter. The packet contains guidelines on how to provide notice of the District's action, and a notice that you may use. _ If you have questions regarding this permit, please contact Kyle S. Morel, at the Tampa Service Office, extension 2048. Sincerely, Pie Alba E. MAs, P.E., Director Tampa Regulation Department AEM:KSM:gjn Enclosures: Rules 4013-400.453, F.A.C. Exhibit A Notice of Authorization to Commence Construction Approved Construction Drawings Sections 28-106.201 and 28-106.301, F.A.C. Noticing Packet (42.00-039) cc: File of Record 47034798.000 Norman Scally, P.E., McKim & Creed, P.A. Southwest Florida 1-800-320-3503 (FL only) Tampa Service office NOTICING PACKET PUBLICATION INFORMATION - Water Management District nr+ewai Bartow Service Office Gecanko Service Office ?? 170 century Boulevard Suite 226 8750 Fru Bartow, Flodda 3,983x7700 3600 West Sovereign Path Sarasota, Florida 3424(}9711 (863) 534-1448 or Lecanto, Florida 344618070 (941) 377-3722 or 1500.492-7862 (FL only) (352) 5275131 SUNCOM 5726200 SUNCOM 5316900 Judith C. Whitehead Chair, Hernando Nell Combee Vice Chair, Polk road F. cow red Secretary, Pinellas Jermffer E. Closshey Treasurer, Hillsborough TSB G. Dabney Sarasota Patricia M. Glass Manatee Neldl B. McCrea Hillsborough Sallle Parks Pinellas Talmadge Q 'Jerry' Rke Pasco Mantra RoviraFadno Hillsborough PAC. SYHMMS Desoto David L Moore Executive Director Wlllimn S. Blfenky General Counsel PLEASE SEE THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS NOTICE FOR A LIST OF FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) The District's action regarding the issuance or denial of a permit, a petition or qualification for an exemption only becomes closed to future legal challenges from members of the public ("third parties"), if 1.) "third parties" have been properly notified of the District's action regarding the permit or exemption, and 2.) no "third party" objects to the District's action within a specific period of time following the notification. Notification of "third parties" is provided through publication of certain information in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the proposed activities are to occur. Publication of notice informs "third parties" of their right to challenge the District's action. If proper notice is provided by publication, "third parties" have a 21-day time limit in which to file a petition opposing the District's action. A shorter 14-day time limit applies to District action regarding Environmental Resource Permits linked with an authorization to use Sovereign Submerged Lands. However, if no notice to "third. parties" is published, there is no time limit to a party's right to challenge the District's action. The District has not published a notice to "third parties" that it has taken or intends to take final action on your application. If you want to ensure that the period of time in which a petition opposing the District's action regarding your application is limited to the time frames stated above, you may publish, at your own expense, a notice in a newspaper of general circulation. A copy of the Notice of Agency Action the District uses for publication and guidelines for publishing are included in this packet. Guidelines for Publishing a Notice of Agency Action 1. Prepare a notice for publication in the newspaper. The District's Notice of Agency Action, included with this packet, contains all of the information that is required for proper noticing. However, you are responsible for ensuring that the form and the content of your notice comply with the applicable statutory provisions. 2. Your notice must be published in accordance with Chapter 50, Florida Statutes. A copy of the statute is enclosed. 3. Select a newspaper that is appropriate considering the location of the activities proposed in your application, and contact the newspaper for further information regarding their procedures for publishing. 4. You only need to publish the notice for one day. 5. Obtain an "affidavit of publication" from the newspaper after your notice is published. 6. Immediately upon receipt send the ORIGINAL affidavit to the District at the address below, for the file of record. Retain a copy of the affidavit for your records. Southwest Florida Water Management District Records and Data Supervisor 2379 Broad Street Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899 Note: If you are advertising a notice of the District's proposed action, and the District's final action is different, publication of an additional notice may be necessary to prevent future legal challenges. If you need additional assistance, please contact us at ext. 4360, at the Brooksville number listed above. (Your question may be on the FAQ list). 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 346D46899 (352) 796-7211 or 1$00123.1476 (FL only) SLJNCOM 628.4150 TDD only 1-500-231-6103 (FL only) On the Internet at.' WaterMatters-org Sarasota Service Office itvil[e Road 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33837-6759 (613) 9$5-74$1 or 1.800-83Fr0797 (FL only) SUNCOM 572070 42.00-039 (Rev 06W) • 1 I I FAQ ABOUT NOTICING 1. Q. Do I have to do this noticing, and what is this notice for? A. You do not have to do this noticing. You need to publish a notice if you want to ensure that a "third i 1 party" cannot challenge the District's action on your permit, exemption, or petition at some future date. If you choose not to publish, there is no time limit to a third party's right to challenge the District's action. 2. Q. What do I need to send to the newspaper? A. The enclosed one page notice form entitled "Notice of Final Agency Action (or Proposed Agency Action) By The Southwest Florida Water Management District." You must fill in the blanks before 1 , sending it. 3. Q. Do I have to use the notice form, or can I make up my own form? f A. You do not have to use our form. However, your notice must contain all information that is in the form. t 'i 4. Q. Do I send the newspaper the whole form (one page) or just the top portion that has blanks? A. Send the full page form which includes the NOTICE OF RIGHTS section on the bottom half. i' 5. Q. Do I type or print the information in the blanks? Or will the newspaper fill in the blanks? A. You are required to fill in the blanks on the form before sending it to the newspaper. Contact your selected newspaper for instructions on printing or typing the information in the blanks. ' 6. Q. The section 54.451, F.S. (enclosed) proof of publication form of uniform affidavit has blanks in the text. Do l fill in these blanks and send that to the newspaper? A. No. That section shows the affidavit the newspaper will send you. They will fill in the blanks. i 7. Q. If someone objects, is my permit or exemption no good? A. If you publish a notice and a third arty" files a request for administrative hearing within the allotted time, the matter is referred to an administrative hearing. While the case is pending, generally, you may not proceed with activities under the challenged agency action. When the hearing is complete, the administrative law judge's (ALJ) recommendation is returned to the District Governing Board, and the ' Governing Board will take final action on the ALTs recommendation. There is no time limit for a "third parry" to object and file a request for administrative hearing if you do not publish a notice. 8. Q. I don't understand what I should put in the blanks on the Notice form? A. 1. County, Section/Township/Range, application No., permit No., proposed permit No., petition No., Exemption No., or permit Inquiry No. is on your Permit, Petition, Exemption, or Denial document. 2. Permit Type or Application Type is Environmental Resource Permit, Water Use Permit, Work of ' the District, etc. 3. # of Acres is the project acres. This is listed on the Environmental Resource Permit documents. For Water Use Permits, Exemptions, etc., you may put "Not Applicable" if unknown. r-' 4. Rule or Statute reference (Exemptions only). The rule and/or statute reference is at the top of page one in the reference line of the Exemption. For all others, put "Not Applicable" in this blank. 5. Type of Project describes your project activity. Environmental Resource Permit = Agriculture, Commercial, Government, Industrial, Mining, Road Projects, Residential, Semi-Public or Water ; Quality Treatment. Water Use Permit = Agricultural (if irrigating, state that it is irrigation and i specify what is being irrigated), Industrial Commercial, Recreation Aesthetic, Mining Dewatering, or Public Supply. Work of the District = pipeline, etc. ' 6. Project Name is the name of your project, if applicable. If there is no project name, put "Not Applicable" in this blank. 3 1 42.00.039 (Rev 11/06) f NOTICE OF FINAL AGENCY ACTION BY ' THE SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ' Notice is given that the District's Final Agency Action is approval of the on acres to serve known as ' The project is located in County, Section(s) , ' Township South, Range East. The permit applicant ' is whose address is The permit No. is The file(s) pertaining to the project referred to above is available for inspection Monday through ' Friday except for legal holidays, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., at the Southwest Florida Water Manage- ment District (District) NOTICE OF RIGHTS Any person whose substantial interests are affected by the District's action regarding this permit may request an administrative hearing in accordance with Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida ' Statutes (F.S.), and Chapter 28-106, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), of the Uniform Rules of Procedure. A request for hearing must (1) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's action, or final action; (2) state all material ' facts disputed by each person requesting the hearing or state that there are no disputed facts; and (3) otherwise comply with Chapter28-106, FA-C. A request for hearing must be filed with and received by the Agency Clerk of the District at the District's Brooksville address, 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, FL 34604-6899 within 21 days of publication of this notice (or within 14 days for an Environmental Resource Permit with Proprietary Authorization for the use of Sovereign Sub- merged Lands). Failure to file a request for hearing within this time period shall constitute a ' waiver of any right such person may have to request a hearing under Sections 120.569 and 120.57,F.S. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate final agency action, the filing of a petition means that the District's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this notice of final agency action. Persons whose substantial interests will be affected by any such final decision of the District on the application have the right to petition to become a party to the proceeding, in accordance with the requirements set forth above. ' Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding the District's final action in this matter is not available prior to the filing of a request for hearing. ' 42.00-039 (Rev 11/06) CHAPTER 50, FLORIDA STATUTES LEGAL AND OFFICIAL ADVERTISEMENTS 50.011 Where and in what language legal notices to be published. 50_.0.21- Publication when no newspaper in county. 50,031 Newspapers in which legal notices and process may be published. 50.041• Proof of publication; uniform affidavits required. 50.051 Proof of publication; form of uniform affidavit. 50.061 Amounts chargeable. 50.071 Publication costs; court docket fund. 50.011 Where and in what language legal notices to be publlshed.V Whenever by statute an official or legal advertisement or a publication, or notice in a newspaper has been or is directed or permitted in the nature of or in lieu of process, or for constructive service, or in initiating, assuming, reviewing, exercising or enforcing jurisdiction or power, orfor any purpose, including all legal notices and advertisements of sheriffs and tax collectors, the contemporaneous and continuous intent and meaning of such legislation all and singular, existing or repealed, Is and.has been and is hereby declared to be and to have been, and the rule of interpretation is and has been, a publication in a newspaper printed and published periodically once a week or oftener, containing at least 25 percent of its words in the English language, entered or qualified to be admitted and entered as 'second-class matter at a post office in the county where published, for sale to the public generally, available to the public generally for the publication of official or other notices and customarily containing information of a public character or of interest or of value to the residents or owners of property in the county where published, or of interest or of value to the general public. History-s. 2, ch. 3022, 1877; RS 1296; GS 1727; s.1, ch. 5610, 1907; RGS 2942; s. 1, ch. 12104, 1927; CGL 4666, 4901; s. 1, ch. 63-387; s. 6, ch. 67-254. 'Note: Redesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note: Former s. 49.01. 50.021 Publication when no newspaper In county.- When any law, or order or decree of court, shall direct advertisements to be made in any county and there be no newspaper.published In the said county, the advertisement may be made by posting three copies thereof in three different places in said county, one of which shall be at the front door of the courthouse, and by publication in the nearest county in which a newspaper is published. History.-RS 1297; GS 1728; RGS 2943; CGL 4667; s. 6, ch. 67-254. Note: Former s. 49.02. 50.031 Newspapers in which legal notices and process may be published.- No notice or publication required to be published in a newspaper in the nature of or in lieu of process of any kind, nature, character or description provided for under any law of the state, whether heretofore or hereafter enacted, and whether pertaining to constructive service, or the initiating, assuming, reviewing, exercising or enforcing jurisdiction or power, by any court in this state, or any notice of sale of property, real or personal, for taxes, state, county or municipal, or sheriffs, guardian's or administrator's or any sale made pursuant to any judicial order, decree or statute or any other publication or notice pertaining to any affairs of the state, or any county, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, shall be deemed to have been published in accordance with the statutes providing for such publication, unless the same shall have been published forthe prescribed period of time required for such publication; in a newspaperwhich atthe time of such publication shall have been in existence for 1 year and shall have been entered as 'second-class mail matter at a post office in the county where published, or in a newspaper which €s a direct successor of a newspaper which together have been so published; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall apply where In any county there shall be no newspaper in existence which shall have been published for the length of time above prescribed. No legal publication of any kind, nature or description, as herein defined, shall be valid or binding or held to be In compliance with the statutes providing forsuch publication unless the same shall have been published in accordance with the provisions of this section. Proof of such publication shall be made by uniform affidavit. History.-ts. 1-3, ch. 14830, 1931; CGL 1936 Supp.4274(1); s. 7, ch. 22858, 1945; s. 6, ch. 67-254; s. 1, ch. 74-221. 'Note.-Redesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see 61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note.#Former s. 49.03. 50.041 Proof of publication; uniform affidavits required.- (1) All affidavits of publishers of newspapers (or their official representatives) made forthe purpose of establishing proof of publication of public notices or legal advertisements shall be uniform throughout the state. (2) Each such affidavit shall be printed upon white bond paper containing at least 25 percent rag material and shall be 81/2 inches in width and of convenient length, not less than 51/2 inches. Awhile margin of not less than 2+/2 inches shall be left at the right side of each affidavit form and upon or in this space shall be substantially pasted a clipping which shall be a true copy of the public notice or legal advertisement for which proof is executed. (3) In all counties having a population in excess of 450,000 according to the latest official decennial census, in addition to the charges which are now or may hereafter be established by law forthe publication of every official notice or legal advertisement, there may be a charge not to exceed $2 for the preparation and execution of each such proof of publication or publisher's affidavit. Hlstory.Ys. 1, ch. 19290,1939; CGL 1940 Supp. 4668(1); s. 1, ch. 63-49; s. 26, ch. 67-254; s. 1, ch. 76-58. Note.vFormer s. 49.04. 50.051 Proof of publication; form of uniform affidavit.Y The printed form upon which all such affidavits establishing proof of publication are to be executed shall be substantially as follows: 42.00-039 (Rev 11/06) NAME OF NEWSPAPER Published (Weekly or Daily) (Town or City) (County) FLORIDA STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Before the undersigned authority personally appeared , who on oath says that he or she is of the a newspaper published at in County, Florida; thatthe attached copy of advertisement, being a in the matter of in the Court, was published in said newspaper in the issues of Affiant further says that the said is a newspaper published at , in said County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said County, Florida, each and has been entered as 'second-class mall matter at the post office In , in said County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that he or she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund forthe purpose of securing this advertisement for publication in the said newspaper. Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 19- by , who is personally known to me or who has produced (type of identification) as identification. (Signature of Notary Public) (Print, Type, or Stamp Commissioned Name of Notary Public) (Notary Public) History.-s. 2, ch. 19290, 1939; CGL 1940 Supp. 4668(2); s. 6, ch. 67-254; s.1, ch. 93-62; s. 291, ch. 95-147. 'Note-VRedesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note: Former s. 49.05. 50.061 Amounts chargeable.Y (1) The publisher of any newspaper publishing any and all official public notices or legal advertisements shall charge therefore the rates specified in this section without rebate, commission or refund. (2) The charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 70 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 40 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion, except that; (a) In all counties having a population of more than 304,000 according to the latest official decennial census, the charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 80 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 60 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion. (b) In all counties having a population of more than 450,000 according to the latest official decennial census, the charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 95 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 75 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion. (3) Where the regular established minimum commercial rate per square inch of the newspaper publishing such official public notices or legal advertisements is in excess of the rate herein stipulated, said minimum commercial rate per square inch may be charged for all such legal advertisements or official public notices for each insertion, except that a governmental agency publishing an official public notice or legal advertisement may procure publication by soliciting and accepting written bids from newspapers published in the county, in which case the specified charges in this section do not apply. (4) All official public notices and legal advertisements shall be charged and paid for on the basis of 6-point type on 6-paint body, unless otherwise specified by statute. (5) Any person violating a provision of this section, either by allowing or accepting any rebate, commission, or refund, commits a misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083. (6) Failure to charge the rates prescribed by this section shall in no way affect the validity of any official public notice or legal advertisement and shall not subject same to legal attack upon such grounds. Hlstory.-s. 3, ch. 3022,1877; RS 1298; GS 1729; RGS 2944; s. 1, ch. 12215, 1927; CGL 4668; ss. 1, 2, 2A, 213, ch. 20264, 1941; s.1, ch. 23663,1947: s. 1, ch. 57-160; s. 1, ch. 63-50; s. 1, ch. 65-569; s. 6, ch. 67-254; s. 15, ch. 71-136; s, 35, ch. 73-332; s. 1, ch. 90-279. Note.yFormer s. 49.06. 50.071 Publication costs; court docket fund.V (1) There is established in Broward, Dade, and Duval Counties a court docket fund forthe purpose of paying the cost of the publication of the fact of the filing of any civil case in the circuit court In those counties by their counties by their style and of the calendar relating to such cases. A newspaper qualified under the terms of s. 50.011 shall be designated as the record newspaper for such publication by an order of a majority of the judges in the judicial circuit in which the subject county is located and such order shall be filed and recorded with the clerk of the circuit court for the subject county. The court docket fund shall be funded by a service charge of $1 added to the filing fee for all civil actions, suits, or proceedings filed in the circuit court of the subject county. The clerk of the circuit court shall maintain such funds separate and apart, and the aforesaid fee shall not be diverted to any other fund or forany purpose otherthan that established herein. The clerk of the circuit court shall dispense the fund to the designated record newspaper in the county on a quarterly basis. The designated record newspaper may be changed at the end of any fiscal year of the county by a majority vote of the judges of the judicial circuit of the county so ordering 30 days prior to the end of the fiscal year, notice of which order shall be given to the previously designated record newspaper. (2) The board of county commissioners or comparable or substituted authority of any county in which a court docket fund is not specifically established in subsection (1) may, by local ordinance, create such a court docket fund on the same terms and conditions as established in subsection (1). (3) The publishers of any designated record newspapers receiving the court docket fund established in subsection (1) shall, without charge, accept legal advertisement for the purpose. of service of process by publication under s. 49.011(4), (10), and (11) when such publication is required of persons authorized to proceed as insolvent and poverty-stricken persons under s. 57.081. . History: s. 1, ch. 75-206. 42.00-039 (Rev 11/06) EXHIBIT "A" GENERAL CONDITIONS; 1. The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations, and restrictions set forth in this section are binding upon the Permittee for all noticed general permits in this chapter. These' conditions are enforceable under part IV of Chapter 373, F.S. 2. The general permit is valid only for the specific activity indicated. Any deviation from the specified activity and the conditions for undertaking that activity shall constitute a violation of the permit. A violation of the permit is a violation of part IV of Chapter 373, F.S., and may result in suspension or revocation of the Permittee's right to conduct such activity under the general permit. The District may also begin legal proceedings seeking penalties or other remedies as provided by law for any violation of these conditions. 3. This general permit does not eliminate the necessity to obtain any required federal, state, local and special District authorizations prior to the start of any construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal or abandonment authorized by this permit. 4. This general permit does not convey to the Permittee or create in the Permittee any property right, or any interest in real property, nor does it authorize any entrance upon or activities on property which is not owned or controlled by the Permittee, or convey any rights or privileges other than those specified in the general permit and this chapter. 5. This general permit does not relieve the Permittee from liability and penalties when the permitted activity causes harm or injury to human health or welfare; animal, plant or aquatic life; or property. It does not allow the Permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and District rules. 6. The Permittee is hereby advised that Section 253.77, F.S., states that a person may not commence any excavation, construction, or other activity involving the use of sovereign or other lands of the state, the title to which is vested in the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund without obtaining the required lease, license, easement, or other form of consent authorizing the proposed use. Therefore, the Permittee is responsible for obtaining any necessary authorizations from the Board of Trustees prior to commencing activity on sovereignty lands or other state-owned lands. The Board may modify or revoke the authorization to conduct activities pursuant to this noticed general permit at any time if it determines that a stormwater management system, dam, impoundment, reservoir, appurtenant work, or works has become a danger to the public health or safety of its operation has become inconsistent with the objectives of he District or is in violation of any rule or order of the District, or the provisions of this noticed general permit. a. This permit shall not be transferred to a third party except pursuant to section 40D-4.351, F.A.C. The Permittee transferring the general permit shall remain liable for any corrective actions that may be required as a result of any permit violations prior to sale, conveyance, or other transfer of ownership or control of the permitted system or the real property at which the permitted system is located. ERP - General Conditions Noticed Generals Page 1 of 2 41.00-076 (D3102) 9. Upon reasonable notice to the Permittee, District staff with proper identification shall have permission to enter, inspect, sample and test the permitted system to insure conformity with the plans and specifications approved by the permit. 10. The Permittee shall maintain any permitted system in accordance with the plans submitted and authorized by this permit. 11. A Permittee's right to conduct a specific activity under this noticed general permit is authorized for a duration of five years. 12. Construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal and abandonment approved by this general permit shall be conducted in a manner which does not cause violations of state water quality standards, including any antidegradation provisions of sections 62-4.242(1)(a) and (b), 62-4.242(2) and (3), and 62-302.300, F.A.C., and any special standards for Outstanding Florida Waters and Outstanding National Resource Waters. The Permittee shall implement best management practices for erosion, turbidity, and other pollution control to prevent violation of . state water quality standards. Temporary erosion control measures such as sodding, mulching, and seeding shall be implemented and shall be maintained on all erodible ground areas prior to and during construction. Permanent erosion control measures such as sodding and planting of wetland species shall be completed within seven days of any construction activity. Turbidity barriers shall be installed and maintained at all locations where the possibility of transferring suspended solids into wetlands or surface waters exists due to the permitted activity. Turbidity barriers shall remain in place and shall be maintained in a functional condition at all locations until construction is completed, soils are stabilized and vegetation has been established. Thereafter the Permittee shall be responsible for the removal of the barriers. The Permittee shall correct any erosion or shoaling that causes adverse impacts to the water resources. 13. The Permittee shall hold and save the District harmless from any and all damages, claims, or liabilities which may arise by reason of the construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal, abandonment or use of any system authorized by the general permit. 14. The Permittee shall immediately notify the District in writing of any previously submitted information that is later discovered to be inaccurate. ERP - General Conditions Noticed Generals Page 2 of 2 41.00-078 (03102) PART 11 HEARINGS INVOLVING DISPUTED ISSUES OF MATERIAL FACT 28-106.201 Initiation of Proceedings. (1) Unless otherwise provided by statute, initiation of proceedings shall be made by written petition to the agency responsible for rendering final agency action. The term "petition" includes any document that requests an evidentiary proceeding and asserts the existence of a disputed issue of material fact Each petition shall be legible and on 8 1/5 by 11 inch white paper. Unless printed, the impression shall be on one side of the paper only and lines shall be double-spaced. (2) All petitions filed under these rules shall contain: (a) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number, of the petitioner's representative,.if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding;.and an explanation ofhow thepetitioner's substantial interests will be affected by the agency determination; (c) A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; (e) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts the petitioner contends warrant reversal or mgdifieat ion of the agency's proposed action; (f) A statement of the specific rules or statutes the petitioner contends, require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed aption;:and (g) A statement of the relief sought-by the petitioner, stating precisely the action petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed action. (3) Upon receipt of a petition involving disputed issues of material fact, the agency shall grant or deny the petition, and if granted shall, unless otherwise provided by law, refer the matter to the Division of Administrative Hearings with a request that an administrative law judge be assigned to conduct the hearing. The request shall be accompanied by a copy of the petition and a copy of the notice of agency action. (4) A petition shall be dismissed if it is not in substantial compliance with subsection (2) of this rule or it has been untimely filed Dismissal of a petition shall, at least once, be without prejudice to petitioner's filing a timely amended petition curing the defect, uniess.it conclusively appears from the face of the petition that the defect cannot be cured. (5) The agency shall promptly give written notice to all parties of the action taken on the petition, shall state with particularity its reasons if the petition is not granted, and shall state the deadline for filing an amended petition if applicable. Specific Authority 120.54(3), (5) F.S. Law Implemented 120.54(5), 120.569, 120.57 F.S. History-New 4-1-97, Amended 9-17-98. PART III PROCEEDINGS AND HEARINGS NOT INVOLVING DISPUTED ISSUES OF MATERIAL FACT 2&106.301 Inltiation of.Proceedings (1) Initiation of a proceeding shall be made by written petition to the agency responsible for rendering final agency action. The term `petition" includes any document which requests a proceeding, Each petition shall be legible and on 8 %i by 11 inch white paper or on a form provided by the agency. Unless printed, the impression shall be on one side of the paper only and lines shall be double-spaced. (2) All petitions filed under these rules shall contain: (a) The name and.address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner, the name, address; and. telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanatioaof how the petitioner`s substantial interests will be affected bythe, agency, determination; (c) A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; (e) A statement of the specific rules or statutes the petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; and (fl A statement Of 'thy relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed'action. (3) If the petition does not set forth disputed issues of material fact, the agency shall refer the matter to the presiding officer designatsd.by the agency with a request that the matter be scheduled for a proceeding not involving disputed issues of material fact. The request shall be accompanied by a copy of the petition and a copy of the notice of agency action. (4) A petition. shall be dismissed if it is not in substantial compliance with subsection (2) of this Rule or it has been untimely filed. Dismissal of a petition shall, at least once, be without prejudice to petitioner's filing a timely amended petition. curing the defect, unless it conclusively appears from the face of the petition that the defect cannot be cured (5) The agency shall ' promptly give, written notice to all parties of the action taken on the ..petition, shall state with particularity its reasons: if the petition is not granted, and shall state the deadline for filing an amended petition if applicable. Specific Authority 120.54(3) F.S. Law Implemented 120.54(5), 120.569, 120.57 F.S. History-New 4-1-97, Amended 947-9$. 42.00-028 (10/99) 400.404.453 General Permit for Installation, Maintenance, Repair and Removal of Underground Cable, Condult, or pipeline. (1) A general permit Is hereby granted for the installation, maintenance, repair and removal of underground cable, conduit or pipeline that transmit electricity, communication signals, potable water, raw water, reclaimed water, domestic wastewater, or natural gas. (2) This general permit Is subject to the following special conditions: (a) the maximum width of the. disturbed corridor in wetlands shall not exceed. 30 feet. The maximum width of the excavated trench shall not exceed eight feet, with temporary spoil storage banks not to exceed ten feet in width; (b) the total area of wetland disturbance shall not exceed 0.5 acres of forested wetlands per ten miles of cable, conduit, or pipeline; (c) for a trench with a top width greater than three (3) feet in herbaceous wetlands, the upper layer of the soil horizon shall initially be scraped and segregated into a'spoil bank that Is separated from the spoil bank resulting from the excavation of thetrench for the utility line. The upper layer of the soil horizon shall be replaced as the last step of restored grades to facilitate natural revegetation; (d) maintenance trimming or removal of trees in wetlands will be conducted only within the impacted areas authorized under this general permit and only as necessary to perform repairs on the cable, conduit, or pipeline; (e) this general permit does not authorize construction In surface waters other than wetlands; (fj there shall be no net placement of permanent fill resulting from the activities authorized by this general permit; '(g) there. shall be no dredging or filling in wetlands to access the work areas authorized by this general permit, except for temporary mats. All temporary mats shall be removed within thirty days after completion of the installation of the line within the wetland portion of the project; (h) the works authorized by this general permit. shall not Impede the flow of water In wetlands or other surface waters, except for a maximum period of 30 days during construction, provided that the impeded flow does not cause'flooding and shall not adversely affect the wetlands or other surface waters; (1) temporary spoil banks shall contain breaches that prevent Impoundment or restriction of surface water flows; this general permit'does not authorize the installation of conduit for draining wetlands or other surface waters; (k) pre-construction ground elevations and the contours of all disturbed soils, including vehicle ruts in wetlands and other surface Waters, shall be restored within 30 days of . completion of line installation. Restored grades shall be stabilized within 72 hours following completion of elevation and contour restoration to minimize erosion; vehicle usage In wetlands and other surface waters shall be conducted so as to minimize tire rutting and erosion impacts; (m) . for purposes of this general permit, vehicular access in wetlands and other surface waters shall be limited to existing roads, trails, rights-of-way or easements, and to other previously disturbed corridors where they exist; (n) this general permit shall not apply in Outstanding Florida Waters, Outstanding National Resource Waters, Aquatic Preserves, or Class I waters; and (o) during the initial clearing event and when conducting subsequent normal maintenance activities, the permittee shall eradicate all Brazilian pepper, Australian pine, and melaleuca from the wetland portions of the utility right of way. Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.118, F.S., Law Implemented 373.413, 373.414, 373.416, 373.419, F.S:.History--New: 10-3-95. 11 11 11 11 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT) CERTIFICATE MOT Certification Form Attach this form to Maintenance of Traffic plans submitted to the City of Clearwater Project name: Morningside Reclaimed Water System Printed Signature Date Name of certified person signing off the MOT plans IMSA certification level IMSA certification number IMSA certification expiration date FDOT certification level FDOT certification number FDOT certification required for FDOT roads expiration date Comments: For office use only MOT certification form.Rev4 GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Report of Geotechnical Exploration Revised Morningside Service Area Clearwater, Florida ENNRONALEML CONSOIHNG ' GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING WTHEALSTE51NG 1H&ESHOLO 1NSHMON HIM SEMES ' 190DARSE & A S S O C I A T E S, I N C. 1 i September 26, 2008 N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A r Mr. David C. Wehner, P.E. ' McKim & Creed, P.A. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 ' Report of Geotechnical Exploration Revised Morningside Service Area ' Clearwater, Florida ' Dear Mr. Wehner: Nodarse & Associates, Inc. (N&A) is pleased to present this report of our geotecluiical ' I exploration for the above-referenced project. This exploration was authorized by your acceptance of our proposal dated June 25, 2008. The purposes of the exploration were to explore subsurface soil conditions at the site and to use the data obtained to assist in the design of a ' I reclaimed water transmission and distribution system. This report describes our exploration procedures, exhibits the data obtained, and presents our conclusions and recommendations. PROJECT INFORMATION The revised Morningside service area consists of approximately 7,800-linear feet (LF) of 8-inch transmission main to be constructed between the original Morningside service area and the Skycrest service area and will provide a "looped" system between the east and west RCW systems. Further, this project involves the construction of approximately 2,260-LF of 8-inch transmission main to serve Bellaire Country Club and 2,400-LF of 4-inch distribution piping that will serve Oak Grove Middle School and the residences along Morningside Drive. The distribution piping will be installed utilizing open cut while the transmission mains will also consist of open cut with directional drilling or jack and bore at roadway crossings. A review of the United States Geological Survey Clearwater, Florida, Quadrangle map, attached in the Appendix as Figure 1, shows that prevailing natural ground surface elevations in the Bellaire Country Club area of the project range from approximately +15 feet near the intersection of Druid Road and Jeffords Street to approximately +35 feet along Corbett Street. Site grades in the project area generally slope downward toward the north and west Revised Morningside Service Area N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A Page 2 A review of the United States Geological Survey Safety Harbor, Florida, Quadrangle map, attached in the Appendix as Figure 2, shows that prevailing natural ground surface elevations in the Morningside area of the project range from approximately +20 feet in the southern portion of the project area along Lakewood Road to approximately +70 feet in the northern part of the project area near the intersection of Hercules Avenue and Rainbow Drive. Site grades in the project area generally slope downward toward the south. A review of the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation. Service (SCS) survey for Pinellas County, attached in the Appendix as Figures 3 and 4, indicates there are seven soil types distributed throughout the project sites. The soil types with corresponding seasonal high water table depths are as follows: .,-„"?.ryH?:: :iin??:lYi '..'-?-• _+.y !! `i Lea ii •?Fr ?'E`,r5?dri -.u75f i ????? T ? ? ?° ? ? a ?+ ;. ? 7 a '. ?' ?.y,.?••?"?• . ? wr _ gi? r? .....'S5?.?°.,,1!s?E??1E! 7FTxs"?'?'S11n'x. ?x?r9.ra: xi l7?".: •r?:_ Immokalee fine sand Fn' In t pd?lvlp ?. o•., ';{:r easawrai;•??..^..ei??„ , •- a ??1 ?u ?F; 1„n-?? ?.:-.r: •`?§ ? " s<;r?.n.._` . `?`??uti±Fiv?em:???: ? .?: di ;, •-,- r?:..-_Cr-`.." err =., m.. nx..:.. ... a..:. <10 Made land -- Myakka fine sand <10 Pamlico muck <10 Urban land -- Urban land - Astatula complex -- Urban land -- Myakka complex -- Immokalee and Myakka soils consist of fine sands that extend from the ground surface to depths of more than 80 inches. Pamlico soils are typically found in swamps and marshes and consist of muck to a depth of approximately 44 inches underlain by fine sand that extends to a depth of 65 inches. Made land consists of mixed soils that have been dredged, transported, and reworked. This is often done to create new land in coastal areas. The resulting soils typically contain varying amounts of sand, clay, rock, and shell fragments. The soils beneath the fill soils can be sandy bay bottom or tidal swamp soils containing significant quantities of peat or muck. Urban land has been modified by development that obscured and altered the natural soils. Drainage is typically provided by sewers and ditches that influence groundwater flow and elevation so that identification of the seasonal high water depth is not feasible. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Our exploration consisted of performing eight Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings to a depth of 40 feet at four intersection crossings. We also performed nine auger borings to a depth of 10 feet at intervals of approximately 1,500 feet along the pipeline alignment. The field testing locations were determined at the site by referencing from existing site features and are shown on the Boring Location Plan, Figures 5 through 9, in the Appendix. Revised Morningside Service Area N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A Page 3 The SPT borings were initially advanced manually to depths of 4 to 6 feet in order to avoid damaging any unmarked underground utilities. Standard penetration tests were then performed continuously to 10 feet and at 5-foot depth intervals thereafter. Each sample was removed from the sampler in the field and was examined, packaged, and sealed for transportation to our laboratory for further examination and visual classification. Groundwater levels were measured in the boreholes at the time of our field exploration. The auger borings were performed by manually turning a 3-inch diameter, 6-inch long sampler into the soil until it was-full. The sampler was then retrieved and the soils in the sampler were visually examined and classified. The procedure was repeated until the desired termination depth was. achieved. Samples of representative strata were obtained for further visual examination and classification in our laboratory. GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings are shown on the Soil Boring Records (Figures 10 through 11) in the Appendix. Descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are accompanied by the Unified. Soil Classification symbol (SP, SC, etc.) based on visual examination. Stratification boundaries between soil types should be considered approximate as the actual transition between soil types may be gradual. The SPT borings performed for this exploration encountered sandy soils consisting of fine sands, slightly silty sands, silty sands, slightly clayey sands, and clayey sands from the ground surface to depths of 13 to 40 feet below the existing ground surface. The relative density of these soils was very loose to very dense with standard penetration resistance values (N-values) ranging between weight of hammer for 18 inches (WH/18"), corresponding to very loose soils, and 50 blows for 3 inches of penetration (50/3"), which corresponds to very dense soils. The sandy soils were underlain in some of the borings by clayey soils consisting of clayey sand, sandy clay and clay strata to the boring termination depth of 40 feet. N-values in these soils varied from weight of rod for 12 inches (WR/12") to 50 blows for 3 inches of penetration (50/3"). Boring TB-5 encountered limestone from a depth of 38 feet to the boring termination depth of 40 feet. An N- value of 50 blows for 4 inches of penetration (50/4") was observed. Layers of very soft peat were observed in boring TB-5 at depths of approximately 6 to 8 feet and in boring TB-6 at depths of approximately 6 to 13 feet. N-values ranged between weight of hammer for 18 inches (WH/18") to 2 blows per foot. The auger borings also encountered fine sands, slightly silty sands, silty sands, slightly clayey sands, and clayey sands from the ground surface to the depths of approximately 8.5 feet to the boring termination depth of 10 feet. A layer of clay was observed in boring AB-1 from approximately 8.5 to 10 feet. A layer of peat was encountered in boring AB-7 at depths of approximately 2 to 6 feet. Revised Morningside Service Area N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A Page 4 The groundwater level was observed in most of the SPT and auger borings at depths between approximately 2 and 10 feet below the existing ground surface. Groundwater was not encountered to the boring termination depth of 10 feet in auger boring AB-5. Groundwater levels will fluctuate with the amount of rainfall and with site development and, therefore, may be different at other times. Based on the SCS survey and the results of our exploration, we estimate the seasonal high groundwater level will be encountered at depths of 1 to 8 feet below the existing ground surface, depending on soil type, relative elevation, and drainage patterns in various areas of the project site. LABORATORY TESTING Our laboratory testing program consisted of performing moisture content and single sieve (No. 200) grain size tests to assist in soil classification. Test results are shown in the following table: '•..c 011, ¦1? ?1 p ?A ?.ryri4.?+tc:rre.".Fi:•.4 ii:r. TB-5 6-8 302 21 Pt A13-7 2-3 121 22 Pt A13-7 3 - 4.5 443 20 Pt CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The following conclusions and recommendations are based on the project characteristics previously described, the data obtained in our field exploration and our experience with similar subsurface conditions and construction types. If final project plans are significantly different from those previously described, or if subsurface conditions different from those disclosed by the borings are encountered during construction, we should be notified immediately so that we might review the following recommendations in light of such changes. Layers of peat were encountered as shallow as a depth of approximately 2 feet in baring AB-7 and extended as deep as approximately 13 feet in boring TB-6. This indicates that peat will likely be encountered in excavations for the transmission main in the area of these borings. Peat typically contains relatively high moisture contents that make them difficult to compact and are generally not suitable to support the transmission main. They are also unsuitable for use as backfill. Any peat encountered during excavations for the transmission line should be undercut to a depth of at least 1 foot below the bottom of the pipe or to a depth necessary to establish a firm foundation and backfilled in accordance with the recommendations for fill placement presented below. 1 I 1 r 1 Revised Morningside Service Area N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A ' Page 5 Directional Drilling/Jack and Bore: The construction methods, procedures, and materials for these techniques shall be in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Excavations: All excavations for this project should be performed in accordance with appropriate Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards. These standards typically include side slopes for temporary excavation no steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical (1.5H:1V) to provide adequate worker safety. If these standards cannot be maintained or are not desired due to site constraints or other considerations, shoring will likely be required. Shoring should be designed in accordance with current OSHA guidelines, taking into consideration loadings resulting from equipment and/or stockpiled fill near the excavation. Fill Placement: All fill used to backfill excavations should be inorganic, non-plastic, granular soil (clean sands) with less than 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve- The suitability of specific soils as fill material should be based on the results of classification and compaction tests and subject to approval of the geotechnical engineer. in general, the majority of soils encountered in the upper 10 feet, with the exception of the peat soils described above, appear to be suitable for use as backfill. Compaction of backfilled soils within the excavations should be accomplished in lift thicknesses no greater than S inches loose thickness. Compaction can likely be accomplished using a small plate or hand guided drum type vibratory compactor. The fill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. In-place density tests should be performed on each lift by an experienced engineering technician working under the direction of a registered Geotechnical Engineer to verify that the recommended degree of compaction has been achieved. We suggest a minimum testing frequency of one test per lift per 300 linear feet along pipeline excavations. Dewatering Requirements: Groundwater was encountered in the borings at depths of 2 to 10 feet or more below the existing ground surface in most of the borings performed for this exploration. Therefore, dewatering will likely be necessary for deeper excavations in some areas of the project. Dewatering may be accomplished using well points or other methods to maintain water levels at a depth of at least 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation. Groundwater fluctuations occur due to seasonal variations in rainfall, runoff, and other site specific factors, and these fluctuations should be considered when planning earthwork activities. The impact from run-off from adjacent properties, nearby water bodies, and other site specific conditions which may affect groundwater recharge are beyond the scope of this exploration and should be considered when planning and designing a dewatering system. +t f f I I ?f Revised Morningside Service Area N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-102A Page 6 CLOSURE N&A appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you should have any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we Enay be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, NOD TES, INC. , Cr ' An , E. Joseph E. Prendergast, P.E. Associate Vice President Senior Gcotechttical Engineer Area Manager Florida Registration: No. 50774 Florida Registration No. 60850 Distribution: 3 -Addressee Appendix: USGS Quadrangle Maps (Figures 1 and 2) SCS Soil Survey Map (Figures 3 and 4) Location Plan (Figures 5 through 9) Soil Boring Records (Figures 10 through 11) CMAVEP;R1Projects12005104050309_Mominode\1021A\fmal-reports\report.doc REFERENCE: U.S.G.S_ "CLEARWATER, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP SECTION: 21 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST ISSUED: 1987 REVISED: NONE U.S.G.S. QUADRANGLE MAP REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN' TMB CWD: JEP SCALE: 9DARSE 1"=2000 A A S S O C I A T E S , INC. DATE' 09-18-08 PRDJ. NO: I FIGURE: 1 04-05-0309-102A r I 1 i 1 I PROJECT ?I REFERENCE: U.S.G.S. "SAFETY HARBOR, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP SECTION: 13, 19 & 24 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST 4 u F ISSUED: 1987 REVISED: NONE U.S_G.S. QUADRANGLE MAP REVISED MDRNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA PRAWN: TM1B CHKO` JEP ,E: ODARSE 1"=2000' c a1# ss0cIATES YNc. DATE: 09-18-08 PRA N4. FIGURE: 2 04-05-0309-102A U.S.D.A. - SOILS MAP REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKO: JEP SCALE: 1"=2000' 10DARSE B ASSOCIATES, INC. DATE: 09-18-08 PRa. N?' FIGURE: 3 04-05--0309-102A REFERENCE: U.S.D.A. -- S.C.S. SOIL SURVEY FOR PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ISSUED: 1972 SECTION: 21 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST ,¦ Y h 0 U.S.D.A, - SOILS MAP REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TM B CHKD: JEP SCA6E: , ,.=2000' a 14DARSE B A S S O C I A T E S , I N C DAM 09-18-08 pROd. NO, FIGURE: ?4 04?-05-0309 --102A Ir t. REFERENCE: U.S.D.A. - S.C,S. SOIL SURVEY FOR PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ISSUED: 1972 SECTION: 13, 19 & 24 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST BOND NUMBER 929477872 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we VOLT INFORMATION SCIENCES. INC., Contractor and THE CONTINENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is 40 WALL STREET, NEW YORK NEW YORK HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of. ONE 51ILLION, FIE HUNDRED FIFTY-SEVEN THOUSAND, THIRTY-NINE DOLLARS AND TWENTY-EIGHT CENTS ($1,557,039.28) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the 7th day of July _, 2009, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for; MORNYNGSIDE REC"LAUED WATER SYSTEM (05-0022-UT) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Flans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said flans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default; including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Paso 1 CO RACTBOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against; and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material famished for the work, embraced by said Contrack And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 7th day of July , N ATTEST: 1-4?A'2L err; s K. S-5' SS: COUNTERSIGNED: OLT ORMATION SCYE CES hX. CQNTRACTOR By- 6?r k o,A ? CFO j Svc THE CONTINENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY SUP= B ND Ju- L ? A ORNEY-1N-FACT CJ ROBERTA M. ANDREWS page 2 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, is a duly organized and existing insurance company having its principal office in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and .appoint Roland Manozzi, Eva M Durkin, Donna Fennell, Kerri Anne Leahy, Roberta M Andrews, Individually of Boston, MA, its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the insurance company and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Board of Directors of the insurance company. In Witness Whereof, The Continental Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 6th day of February, 2009. .The Continental Insurance Company Cti t• ' 'X? Robert M. Mann Senior Vice President State of Illinois, County of Cook, ss: On this 6th day of February, 2009, before me personally came Robert M. Mann to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois; that he is a Senior Vice President of The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said insurance company; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said insurance company and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance company. OFFICIAL SEAL EL-17A PRICE NO-rARY PUBLIC, STATP- OF ILLINOIS MY COMMISSION P_XPIRES: 09M7100 My Con nission Expires September 17, 2009 E rice Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, Mary A. Ribikawskis, Assistant Secretary of The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the insurance company printed on the re rse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance company this _ day -71 1.'L ,. The Continental Insurance Company ?'? `A X , o O Mary A. ika kis Assistant Secretary Form F6850-7/2008 Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CONTINENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the company. "Article VI-Execution of Documents Section 3. Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive or Senior Vice President may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto. 'r'ite Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive or Senior Vice President or the Board of Directors, may, at any time, revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney-in-fact. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of The Continental Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated the 13`h day of January, 1989: RESOLVED, that the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached." CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of 2009 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, her aft designated as the "City", and VOLT INFORMATION SCIENCES, INC. of the City of CORONA , County of ORANGE and State of CALIFORNIA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM (05-0022-UT) FOR THE SUM OF: ONE MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED FIFTY-SEVEN THOUSAND, THIRTY-NINE DOLLARS AND TWENTY-EIGHT CENTS ($1,557,039.28). In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HAR 11LESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (z) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. 1 I Page 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: P• William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: F Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) luvroyAlitm- (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Page 5 U,k??. C thia E. Goudeau, Cl-fy Clerk Approved as to form Leslie Doug - es Assistant City orney rVPT044jj • r0 •,.i. 5 *,aJ ? - --------VOLT 1 SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE I, Tricia L. Cameron, Assistant Secretary of Volt Information Sciences, Inc., a New York 1 corporation, hereby certify that hereby certify that John Blakely has been duly appointed by the authority of the Board of Directors of Volt Information Sciences, Inc., as a Vice President of its Voltelcon division, and is authorized to act on behalf of Volt Information Sciences, Inc., Voltelcon division, in regards to a Contract and Contract Bond with the City of Clearwater in regards to the Morningside Reclaimed Water System (05-0022-UT) and that execution thereof, attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or the corporation with the the corporate seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this corporation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and and affixed the seal of the corporation. This dayof July, 2009. Corporate Seal r 1 Tricia L. Cameron, Assistant Secretary 1 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OFXFiQ Californi7 COUNTY OF orange _ ) Jerome Shaw being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/s is Secretaryof Volt Information Sciences, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 477 Madison Ave. New York Manhattan Borough NY Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Volt Information sciences, Inc. (Name of Corporation) Afl:lant further says that John R. Blakely iS VP - Contracts and Procurement Voltelcon Division (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for volt information Sciences, 'Inc._ for said corporation by virtue of Provision of By Laws (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affiant Jerome Shaw Sworn to before me this day of J aL 2009 Notary Public iRICa L. cAMr:oM err U u L - ?a m ea-o r, Commission # 1 essa73 -• Nofory Public - Co?ilarrw Type/print/stamp name of Notary Orange County My Comm. Expires Apr 1, 2010 y oh?AN pubi 1r, -11 ! J5' ? 7? Title or ran(, and Serial No., if any Section V.doc Page 8 of 16 9/24/200908 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OkXFW californi7 COUNTY OF orange Jerome Shaw being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/ is Secretaryof Volt Information Sciences, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 477 Madison Ave. New York Manhattan Borough NY Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Volt Information Sciences, Inc. (Name of Corporation) "Chip" Anderson Senior Vice President-Volt Information Sciences,Inc. Affiant further says that R.J. i5 President- Voltelcon Division (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Volt Information sciences, 'Inc. for said corporation by virtue of Provision of By Laws (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). (144,? J/tj Affiant Jerome Shaw Sworn to before me this 9A day of 2009 N ? t LAME otary Public comma # 1653873 Notary Public - COiitar Va 90,My prangs County Comm, moires Apr 1.2010 t q L. CcLmer&V) Type/print/stamp name of Notary N ofin Pu-b IIc?, -4 1!9 5s8 -73 Title or rank, and Serial No., if any 1. 1% Section V.doc Page 8 of 16 9/24/200908 EMERGENCY CALL LIST TO_ Engineering; Police Communications; Traffic; Eire Department; Utilities Dispatch/Gas; Public Service/ Road & Drainage; Assistant Director Public Utilities; Public Utilities /Water, Public Utilities/Wastewater; Construction Project Coordinator; Construction Inspector, FROM: Engineering PROJECT : Morningside Reclaimed Water fivstem 05-0022-1 TT LOCATION: Belleair Country Club, Belleair, FL The :following Contractor has been awarded the above orolect by the City Commission action, dated: PROJECT IS TO BEGIN: CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS: NAME. Volt Telecom Group ADDRESS: 12700 56"' Street North Clearwater, FL 33760 PHONE if : 727-571-2268 Fax: 727-571-1990 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY -- PLEASE NOTIFY: (Please List 3) NAME: Robert Hines PHONE NC 727-243-0720 NAME : Faye Bochis PHONE 727-571-2268 NAME: )]NONE Ryan Neilson 813-447-3367 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE PERSON NAME : Ryan Neilson PHONE 813-447-3367 TITLE. Director of Operations TITLE: admin TITLE: supervisor NO'T'E: IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT.' & THE CLEARWA.TER POLICE ]DEPARTMENT WHEN WORK COMMENCES AND WHEN STREETS ARE TO BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC. , 'I II I il II II I I I Af3..2 II I I I I I I I I I II <[ ~ "" '" "l '" I t:) r.:: ~ '? I '" ;;l '" " ,g I r I ~ I ~ \ 8 -:; .- '" ,0 i. ;;.. I ~ ~ tg' 'E o "'. , '" . ~ i :l \ " , ~ ~ ~ !, -:; '.I E \ ~ 'in o : b I~ <<i 0. .. " >- <[ IXl SADLER (/) I fll iU I-l tj J> Z CORBETT CHKD: SCAlE: LEGEND -+ + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING BORING LOCATION PLAN REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB MDARSE . R S S 0 C I ATE SIN C. PROJ. NO: 04-0S-0309-102A RGUR~ 5 JEP DA'iE: 09-18-08 "JOTED ; I ! \.... ."" .. ... ..; I .: ~ i 'i i " .) I ~ a I "n ::> I .. 3- 'J ;s. . I;f 1 ,- I ., ~ 9 'g Q "', t ~ I '~ ~ ~ . ,. I .i: ! ~ ~ :n .:; i I I g ) ~ ai 0.. I ~ I l GULF TO BAY ROGERS + + DRUID I I I I I I I I I I I IJ LEGEND I I I I I I I APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING BORING LOCATION PLAN REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA .DRAWN: TMB lWooARSE a R 5 S 0 C I R T E 5, INC. PROJ. NO: 04-05-0309-102A FIGURE: 6 CHKD: JEP SCAlE; NOTED DATE: 09-18-08 ,) r DRUID TB-4 ..... J> I r I r'l Z I CROYDON I I I 'I I I I ... ~ ...: I !,,? I "- o!i C> I '" :;: 0 I U'l I <:> I ,J. (~ > ~ '" I -? t" ~ " 'c ~ I ~ ~ 0 8 N <: I '" , E 0 '" to 0 I '" I 0 \ 0 '" ai r Q. .. '" I l KENMODRE MAGNOLIA RIPON RIPON AB-5 LEGEND -+ + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING BORING LOCATION PLAN REBECCA REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA CHKD: JEP MDARSE a A S 5 0 e I ATE 5, INC. PROJ. NO: 04-05-0309-102A FIGURE: 7 D,~WN: TMB SCALE: NOTED DATE: 09-18-08 REBECCA LEES + + ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I: LEGEND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING BORING LOCATION PLAN REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNlY, FLORIDA DRAWN: T MB lWoDARSE & ASSOCIATES INC. PROJ. NO: F 8 04-05-0309-102A IGURE: CHKO: JEP SCAlE: NOTED DATE: 09-18-08 I I I I I I ! I II I I I I I I I I I i E I '~ o I I I Xl ! 3 I, '" rD Q. .. fl I "" .g en I '" r ;: ; 1 I ~ \ .r "" <> .., <> I ( ".g I' , ... ;~ t. g ... ::>- l~ I i ! L~ " .. =i I ~ I ~ "'0 ~ f~ : J:: r DORADO LAKEVIE'vI I T AB-7 ",m C r HAl ER~ HAr~ fTl fTl - ~/ VIOLA j, '-. '1 AB-8 / CL AIB JRNY ! ] \ \ r OAK GROVE \..j TB-l ~B-E M[ RN NG~ IDE ~AB- I l/, LEGEND + + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING BORING LOCATION PLAN REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TM B MDARSE & R S S 0 C I .. T E S. INC. PROJ. NO: 04-05-0309~ 1 02A FIGURE: 9 CHKD: JEP SCAlE: NOTED DATE: 09-18-08 ('.. J- T8-1 T8-2 T8-3 T8-4 I 0 N N N N I , r 0 r r ~ 8 c .. . 0) ... ,5 ... ... ... L ... 0: 15 t> 0) ... 0) 5 5.0'.' ... 5.0',' l l " 0) 7 ... l I .. . 09-03-08 5 : : 09-03-08 7.0'.' " . .. ~ "- .::: 2 :::. 8.0'-, 4 ::: . . . . 08-28-08 10 4 : : 3 : : 1 G) 08-28-08 3 . . I . . 4- 0 . . . . . . (3) f- 15 68 : : 32 : : (3) 7 (3) 7 :.:.:. LEGEND w . . . . I w . . i.l.. . . ... ... z 20 51 : : " . . ~ ... I::ZlCD GRAY TO TAN TO BROWN FINE SANO WITH TRACES 23 : : 28.:.:.:. 50 ::: OF SilT. CLAY. SHELL, AND L1MEROCK (SP) I . . . . 0) [fileD BROWN TO DARK BROWN SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND l- I D.. . . (SP-SM) w I I... 0) 0 25 27 .:.:.: ~0 0) 11 :::. 11':':':' 29 .:.:.: GRAY TO BROWN SLIGHTLY CLAYEY SAND (SP-SC) ffiIlG) DARK BROWN SILTY SAND (SM) ... "" 0) 1)0 GRAY CLAYEY SAND (SC) I 30 0 10 .:.:.:. 0 CD rB0 GREEN TO GRAY SANDY CLAY AND CLAY (CL/CH) ~0 GREEN TO GRAY INDURATED CLAY (CH) 35 ~@ PEAT (PT) I @ @ @) @ 51@ LIMESTONE (SP) UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GROUP SYMBOL AS 40 @ DETERMINED BY VISUAL EXAMINATION I ~ DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN FEET WITH 09-03-08 DATE OF READING GNE GROUNDWATER NOT ENCOUNTERED IN THE DEPTH OF BORING I N STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE IN BLOWS PER FOOT T8-5 T8-6 T8-7 T8-8 50/5' ~50) BLOWS REOUIRED TO DRIVE SAMPLING SPOON 5) INCHES I WR/WH SAMPLING SPOON FELL UNDER WEIGHT OF ROD I N N N N AND HAMMER 0 I , W NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT (%) r- , '" B Q bI 8 0: 0: ... -200 FlNES PASSING No. 200 SIEVE (%) I ~ "' !1J ... f5 CD . . (3) <> t> ::J ::J . . < L 5 l 5.0'.' L- L- 6.0'-, '" S 6 :::. 12 :.:.:. 09-03-08 9.0', ..,. ~ I 08-28-08 8 :::. 14 ::: 10 @ -O9-02-~8- ,..oo CD - 09-02-~8- .., 0) 11.:.:.:. 7 ... I- 15 0) 30 .::; 33 .:.:.: I w W lL.. . .. . .. j ~ 20 I ~ I (}) I- D.. i w SOIL BORING PROFILES 0 25 ;.'J- (0 @ @ I ~ REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA ! ..- ;;: i E 30 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA <0 ~ DRAWN: IWoDARSE I N TMB , I Xl CD :) 35 CHKD: :) JEP '" '!if 0 CD SCALE: I .. NOTED I A . S 0 C I A T ! ., INC. n 40 DATE: 09 -18-08 PROJ. NO: 04 05 0309 102A FIGURE: 10 I I (- I r I r . I I I f I I r I [ I I f. ! I I I I I ! J I I ~ I ~ i J '" g 0 ,oS I i I I ~ ! ~ ~ ."., g I ::- 8 Iii '" co ~ I .~ I I il I.~ f '" ;: I E 0 <r II) 0 I Xl I ::> ::> ~ as " II I I- 0 w w u.. ~ 5 I l- e.. w Cl 10 4.0'., 08-27-08 t;j W LL Z o 5 6.0'., 08-27-08 I l- e.. w o 10 L:i 0 W I..i... ~ 5 I t- e.. W 0 10 3.0'., 08-27-08 AB-1 N AB-4 N CD ..0 AB-7 N 2.0'., 08-27-08 8.0', 08-27-08 AB-2 N AB-5 N CD "0 .m!E 08-27-08 AB-8 NI CD- 5.0'., 08-27-08 1 D.O'.' 08-27-08 6.0'.,- 08-27-08 AB-3 N AB-6 N AB-9 N CD o :: ill CD o Q) E:JQ) 1iliI0 ~0 1HlI0 m0 rlJ@ 1ZJ0 ~0 lSj0 (SP) ~ 09-03-08 GNE N 50/5' .".. ...~.. WR/WH CD W -200 .... ..... ... DRAWM: TM B CHI<D: SCAlE: NOTED DATE: 09 18 08 LEG EN D GRAY TO TAN TO BROWN fiNE SAND WITH TRACES OF SilT, CLAY. SHELL, AND L1MEROCK (SP) 8ROWN TO DARK BROWN SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) GR,o,y TO BROWN SLIGHTLY CLAYEY SAND (SP-SC) DARK BROWN SILTY SAND (SM) GAAY CLAYEY SAND (SC) GREEN TO GRAY SANDY CLAY AND CLAY (eLlCH) GREEN TO GRAY INDURATED CLAY (CH) pr,o,T (PT) liMESTONE UNIFIED SOIL ClASSIfiCATION GROUP SYMBOL f.S DETERMINED BY VISUAL EXAMINATION DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN FEET WITH DATE OF READING GROUNDWATER NOT ENCOUNTERED IN THE DEPTH OF BORING STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE IN BLOWS PER FOOT (50) BLOWS REQUIRED TO DRIVE SAMPLING SPOON (5) INCHES SAMPLING SPOON FELL UNDER WEIGHT OF ROD AND HAMMER NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT (:11;) FINES PASSING No. 200 SIEVE (%) SOIL BORING PROFILES REVISED MORNINGSIDE SERVICE AREA PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA JEP MOARSE . .. S 0 C I ATE S, INC. PROJ. NO: 04 05 0309 102A FIGU RE: 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I & AS S 0 C I ATE S ,IN C. Report of Geotechnical Exploration Morningside Reclaimed Water System Clearwater,. Florida BUILD ON OUR EXPERIENCE Geotechnical, Environmental Consulting &. Materials Engineering I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ItloDARsE .. AS S () C I AtE S , INC. Geotechnical, Environmental Consulting & Materials Engineering February 3, 2006 N&A Project No. 04-05-0309-101 Mr. David C. Wehner, P.E. McKim & Creed, .P.A. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Morningside Reclaimed Water System Cleanvater, Florida Dear Mr. Wehner: Nodarse & Associates, Inc. (N&A) is pleased to present this report of our geotechnical exploration for the above;.,referenced project. This exploration was authorized by your acceptance of our revised proposal dated September 7, 2005. The purposes of the exploration were toexploreslJbS1.1fface soil conditi(ms at. the site and to u.se the data obtained to assist in the design of a reclaimed water transmission. and distribution system. This report describes our exploration procedures, exhibits the data obtained, and presents our conclusions and recommendations. PROJECT INFORMATION We understand the project consists of the design and COI1Strllction of approximately 60,000 linear feet of reclaimed water transmission and distribution system piping for the City of Clearwater. Typical installation depth of the pipe will typically be between 3 and 6 feet with depths of up to 30 feet at five intersectioncrossiIlgS. Most of the 12-inchand 16-inchpipe will be installed using open cut excavation with the exception of the roadway crossings where directional drilling or jack and bore will be used. The remaining 4-inch, 6-inch, and 8-inch pipe will be. installed using directional drilling. A review of the United States Geological SlJrvey SafetY Harbor, Florida,. Quadrangle map, attached in. the Appendixa.s Figure 1, shows thatptevaiIingl1aturaI ground.sunace elevations in the area range from approximately +15 feet in the southeastern portion of the project area. near Harn Boulevard and U.S. Highway 19 to approximately +70 feet in the northwestern part of the project area near the. intersection of Mandarin Drive and Jaffa Place, Site grades in the project a.teageneraIly slope downward toward the south and east. 504 EAST TYLER STREET. TAMPA, fL 33602. 813.22L0050 . FAX: 813.22L0051 .. E.MAIL: n6d(jrsc@nodarsc.com JACKSONVILLE; · ORMOND BEACH.' MIAMI- TAMPA - WEST PALM BEACH.' WINTER PARK <10 <10 <10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Morningside Reclaimed WaterSy~tem N&A Project No. 04-05-Q309-101 Page 2 A review of the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation SerVice (SCS) survey for Pinellas County,att::i.ched in the Appendix as Figure.Z, indicates there are oipesQil types distributed throughout the project site. The soil types with corresponding seasonal high water table depths are as follows: Astatula fine sand lmmokalee fine sand Made land MYakk;i fine sand Orlando fine sand Pompano fine sand Urban land Urban land - Astatula complex Urban land - Myakka complex 40 -60 <10 Made land and Urban land have been modified by development that obscured and altered the natural soils. Drainage is typically. proviciedby sewers and ditches that influence groundwater flow and elevation so that identification oftP.eseasonalhigh water depth is not fe::i.sible. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Out." exploration consisted of performing lQ StatldardPenetration Test (SPT) borings to a depth of 40 feet. at five inters.eetion crossings.. We also performed. 38 auger borings to .adepth ofS feet alongthe pipeline alignment. The proposed boringJocations were marked on plans by N&A and ~ubmitted to McKim & Creed for approval. The approved field testing locations. .were determined at the site by referencing from existing site features and are~hQwn on the Location 1?lan, Figures 3 through 31, in the Appendix. The SPTborlngs were initi::i.Uy advanced manually to depths of 4 to 8 feet in order to avoici damaging any un.rruark:ed unclerground utilities. Standard penetration tests were then performed continuously to 10 feet and at 5-foot depth intervals thereaf:l:er; Each sample was removed from the sampler in the field and wasexanilned, packaged,.andsealed for transportation to our laboratory for further examination and visual classification. Groundwater levels were measured in the boreholes at the time of our field exploration. The auger borings were perfonned by hydraulically turning a 4-inch diameter continuous flight auger into the ground until the. desired termination depth was achieved. The auger was then I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Morningside Reclaimed Water System N&A Project No. 04-05..0309-101 Page :3 extracted without further rotation and representative soil samples were retrieved from the auger. Samples were visually classified in the field and were then collected andretut.ned to our soils laboratory for further classification and testing. GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings are shown on the Soil Boring Records (Figure 32 through 34) in the Appendix. Descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are accompanied by the Unified Soil Classification symbol (SP, SC, etc.) based on visual examination. Stratification boundaries between soil tYpes should be considered approximate as the actual transition between soil tYpes may be gradual. The SPT borings and auger borings performed for this explorationencot1I1tered sandy soils consisting offine sands, slightly silty sands, silty sands, slightly clayey sands, and clayey sands from the ground surface to depths of 18 to 40 feet below the existing ground surface. The relative density of these soils was very loose to very dense with standard penetration resistance values (N-values) ranging between weight of rod,correspon<iing to very loose soils, and 50 blows for 5 inches of penetration, which corresponds to very dense soils. The sandy soils were underlain in some of the borings by clayey. sand, sandy clay and clay strata to the boring termination depth of 40 feet. N-values in these soils varied from 1 blow per foot to 50 blows for no penetration. A layer of gravel with an N-value of 10 blows per foot was observed inhoring TB-5 at depths of approximately 28 to 33 feet, The auger borings also encountered fine sands, slightly silty sands, silty Mnds, slightly clayey sands, and clayey sands from the ground surface to the boring termination depth of 8 feet. A layer of rock fill was observed in boring AB-26 .fromthe ground surface to a depth of approximately3.5 feet. A very thin layer of clay was encountered in boring AB-34 at depths of approximately 1 to 1.5 feet. The groundWater level was observed in most of the SPT and auger borings at depths between 3 and. 7.5 feet below the existing ground surface. Grot1I1dWater levels will fluctuate with the amountofraihfall and with site development$d, therefore, 1l1ay be different at other times. Based on the SCS survey and the results of our exploration; we estimate the seasonal high groundwater level will be encountered at depths of 1 to 5 feet below the existing ground surface, depending on soil tYPe, relative elevation, and drainage pattemsin various areas of the project site. LABORATORY TESTING Our laboratory testing program consisted ofp.erforming moisture content and single sieve (No. 200) grain size tests to assist in soil classification. Testresults are shown in the following table: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Momingside Reclaimed Water System N&AProject No. 04..,05~0309~ 101 Page 4 TB~2 13.5 ~ 15 255 7.2 SP,.SM TB-2 38.5 - 40 27.9 29.4 SC TB-3 18.5 ~20 33..1 33.2 SC TB-3 23.5 -25 3$;9 46.9 SC TB..,4 6- 8 27.4 4.6 SP TB-5 235- 25 35.7 41.0 SC TB-6 23..5 ..,25 36.9 41.9 SC AB-34 0.5 - 1 27.3 36.0 SC AB,.34 1 - 1.5 55.9 83.4 CH The following conclusions and recorornendations .are basedol). tile project characteristics previously described, the data obtained in Qt+rpeld exploration an.d our experience with similar subsurface conditions and construction types. If fmal project plans are significantly different from those previously described, or if subsurface conditions different from those disclosedpy the hodn.gs are encountered during construction, we should be notified immediately so thl:it we tnigl)t review the following recommendations in light of stich chlll1ges. Directional.Drilling/Jack and Bore: The construction methods, procedures, and materials for these techniques shallh.e in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation Stlll1dard Specifications for Roa.d and.Bridge Construction, latest edition. Excavations: All excavations for tbis project shOUld be performed in. accordance with appropriate Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSfiA) standards. These standards typically include side slopes for temporary excavation no steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical (1.5H:IV) to provide adequate worker safety. If these standards cannot be maintained or. are not desired due to site constraints or other considerations, shoring wil1likely be required. Shoring should. be designed in accordance. with current OsfiA. guidelines, taking in.to cO)1Sideration loadings resulting from equipment and/or stockpiled fill near tlleeXcavati9u. Fill Placement: All fill used to backfill excavations should be inorganic, non-plastic, granular soil (clean. sands). Pr~ferl:ibly it should have less than 10 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. The suitabiljty of specific soils as fill material should. be based on the results of classification and I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Mo:fi1ihgside Reclaimed Water System N&A Project No. 04-05-0309..101 Page 5 compaction tests and .subjectto approval of the geotechnical engineer. In general, the majority of soils encountered in the upper 6 feet (proposed maximum depth of open cut excavation) a.ppear to be suitable for use as backfill. Compaction ofbackfilled$oils within the excavations should be accomplished in lift thicknesses no greater than 8 inches Joose thickness. Compaction can likely be accomplished using a srnallplate or hand. guided. dr1n:1l type vibratory compactor. The fill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. In-place density tests should be performed on eachliftby an experienced engineering technician working under the direction of a registered GeotechhicaI Engineer to verify that the recommended degree of compaction has been achieved. W esuggestaminimum testing frequency. of one test pet lift per 300 linear feet along pipeline excavations. Dewatering Requirements: Groundwater was encountered in the borings at depths of 3 to 7.5 feet below.the existing ground surface in most of the borings. performed for this exploration. Therefore,.. dewatering will likely be necessary for deeper excavations. Dewatering may be accomplished tisingwelI points or other methods to maintain water levels ata depth of at least 2 feet beloW the bottornof the excavation. Grol.111dwatetfluctuatio1'ls occur due to seasonal variations intainralI.runoff, and other site specific fa.ctors, and these fluctuations should be considered when planning earthwork activities. The impact from run-off from adjacent properties, nearby water bodies, and other site specific conditions which may affect groundwater recharge are beyond the scope. of this exploration and should be considered When planning and designillg a dewa.tering.system. raig stett,P .E. Geotechnical Mapager Florida R~gistration No. 60850 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MorningsideReclaimed Water System N&A Project No.. 04..05..0?09-101 Page 6 CLOSURE N&A appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you shouldAAve .any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we may be of ftutherassistance,please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, rp' ephE.Prender t~P.E. Senior GeotechniyalEJ.",I.giP.~er Florida Registration No. 50774 Distribution: 3 - Addressee Appendix: USGS Quadrangle Map (Figure 1) SCS Soil Survey Map (Figure 2) LocationPlaQ.(Fig\lres3thrQ\lgh 31) Soil Boring RecQt;ds (Fig\lres ~2througJl34) CMA\lEP;G:\Proje~ts\2()()S\04QSJI309 _ Momillgside\! O! \AlflDnJ-reportslreport.doc I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I APPEND I II II II II II II II II II I II II II II II II I ~I , I ~I I REFERENCE: U.S.G;$. SECTION: 18 & 19 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 16 EAST "SAFETY HARBOR, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP lSS_UED: 1956 PHOTOREVISED: 1987 VICINITY MAP MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLA$ COUNTY, FLORIDA & ASS 0 .t I ATE $, I N C. DATE: 01-12'-06 PROJ. NO:04-;05-0309-101 FIGURE: 1 1 "=2()QO' DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: 11 SCALE: 1"",,2000' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I REFERENCE: U.s.D.A. SECTION: 18 & 19 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 16 EAST - S.C..S.. PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA SOIL SURVEY ISSUED: 1972 PHOTOREVISED: SOIL LEGEND E , (7, ~l c c " MA MADE LAND AS ASTATULA FINE SAND AB URBANLAND UC URBANLAND-ASTATULA UM URBAN LAND~MYAKKA OR ORLANDO FJNESAND 1M IMMOKALEE FINE SAND MY MYAKKA FINE SAND PS POMPANO FINE SAND U.S.D.A. - S.C.S. SOILS MAP MORNINGS1DE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP DATE: 1-12-06 & A5 S Ot I R l'E S I INt. PROJ. NO: 04-05-0309-101 FiGURE: 2 I II II II II II II II II II I II I II II I I I fl ( , I: ~I I 1+ + a r-- CJ L \f ',Ji ~ ~ LEGEND LOCATiON PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDI RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINEU..AS COUNTY, FLORIDA APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: SCALE: JEP NOTED DATE; 11-16-05 DARSE .. ASSO C I ATE S . INC. PROJ. NO: 04-05-0309-101 FlGURE:3 LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 1--. -- --1 , I .. _ _.....---1 WHITMAN Sf. r---... , , I < , ; I I - -l-......... ----J- - - ---l- i I I . , , , I I , ! I _~~,-i_,__,-:-f CHAUCER STREET JEGEND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNII\lGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINEl..LAS COUNTY, FLORIDA 1+ E o l() !I o o N APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION Of AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP DARSE & n s SO C ! ATE $, ! Ne. DATE. PRQ.,l. NO: FIGU RE 4 . . 11 ~ 16~05 04~05-0309-1 01 .. ..: ~l SCALE: NOTED I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '0____ 0._ , , L~---.. I , I 1_____.. , , L. I LEGEND 1+ + I I ---.~1 I , I . -..--00---1 ! I , , APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST aORING APPROXIMATE LoCATION OF AUGER BORING LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATiON MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY. FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED .. ASS o. C 1/1 TE S, I N C. DATE. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 5 . 11-16-05 04-05-0309-101.: · LOCATION P LA~ HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 , , i.m-.'-__~ - -_-,' ~--j ~ I I ~ i~C~--'-~1 ~ , . --. t-- -" "" I, : II~-- _ __1__ t . ~ I ------ -, "I' ;.! . I I , , , , __,J____~.___ J LEGEND CtOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA I-$- ~I + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENISTRAT\ON TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING PRAWN: TMB CHKP, JEP SCALE: DARSE I; AS S ., C X. ATE $, :1 Nt. PROJ. N~4~05-0309-1 01 FIGURE: 6 NOTED ~I DATE: 11 -1 6-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II II II II II I II I I I I 11+ I ~I + I~ ~I -J I 1___ _______ DRUfD ROAD , , -1 , I m...J LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE TN FEET I . I o 50 100 LEGEND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY. FLORIDA APPROXIMA'rE LOCATiON OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TM B CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 _ r6~n5 & ASS OC I R T E S , INC. PROJ. N~4-05-0309-101 FIGURE: 7 LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I \ o 50 1 00 BASCOM WAY GRovtWOOD ROAD GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING E51ALUATI()N LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA I .~ ~l + , ( , , APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER 80RING DRAWN: TMB MOARSE SASS OC I ATE $, I N (;. PROJ. NO: FIGURE.S 04-05-0309-101 '.:.. CHKD: JEP ~.I .0 SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 ~ 16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II II II II II I II II II II II 114- I.~ + I \fI I~ -, I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET l I I o 50 100 LEGEND __m--l I~-- , I I c~L_~_... APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATldNOF AUGER BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDERECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PlNELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB ItloARsE & R $ S 0 C I l\ TE $, I N c. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 9 04~05~0309~101 . -: CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE:11_16~05 ~ =1J Q) Sti \:J ~ ~ LEGEND + '!1 + I APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION rEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING .. <'l r: " ..., I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I o 50 lOa CJ o c:: ::0 --l GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNJNGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM plNELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TM 8 JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-()5 MOARSE 1\ AS S .0 C I A T Ii $, I N C. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 10 04-05-0309-101 ..; .. . I II II II II II II II~ 2 ''1 Iii Ir:;- I~ I~ II II II I I I I~ J: I~ " .., I ----,~ LEGEND + + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF$TANDARO PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER SOBING LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET 1 I I o 50 100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLA$COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 -16-05 MOARSE II. ASS 0 C I fiT E$, INC. PRoJ. NO: FIGURE 11 04-05-0309-101 ..: ... LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 1 00 ST. CHARLES ORlVE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM + ~+ APPROXIMATE LOCATION .OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB MOl\J!{SE & ASS 0 C I RT E 5, I N C. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 12 04-05-0309-101 ..: CHKD; JEP .J N C t1 .., SCALE: NOTED PATE: 11-113-0$ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II I! II I II II II II II II + I~I + o Iii I Sf. CHARLES DRIVE 1---- LEGEND I ............-_ --____._ _ _ _...I APPROXIMATE LOCATIONQF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AuGER BORING LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 I - -- ---I , , _I GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDERECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY. FLORIDA bRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 ItlDARsE & n S S 0<: I AT E $ I 1 He. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 13 04-05-0309-101 . : .. LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 ...... '---1 I , , . ___J , , _ _ _..1______ . , , I J___. I I , - _. ....--.-1-- __ HARN BOULEVARD , ---'t.' GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA 1+ E ~I + c c <" APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB ItloOARSE r. A $ S 0 C I ATE $, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 14 04-05-0309-101 .':. CHKD: JEP ~I t; o .., SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I' II II II II II II II I II II II Ii I Ii I I I ~! I ~ " .., I I In HABERSHAM DRIVE I I , I I mJ~__c-L-_ ! , I - - ----rL.. I ! CLAIBORNE: DRIVE LEGENQ ~- +, ..';;,: APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPf.WXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING LOCATION P\-AN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 I .m......_.J........... , ~ jl ~ t i GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB ItloARsE Ii RSSOCIATES, INC. PROJ. No: RE r: 04-05-0309-101 FIGU: b CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DArE: 11 -1 6-05 LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I o 50 1 00 GEOTECHNICALE:NGINEERING EVALUATION JfGEND MORNINGS1DE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY. FLORIDA 1+ ~I + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AI.)GER BORING DRAWN: TMB ItlOARSE t. II $ $ 0 C I II T E $, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 1 6 04-05-0309-101: CHKD: JEP 'tJ1 " '? SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 -16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' II II ,I ,I ,! ,I I I I I I I I I I, N \ I :G c !; I 4- ~- 'kJ .:::;; ;~ ,Q '~f l/j ~ ~ -J ;:::I, s: --.----l , I . ---- - - -----1 I , , I , ;~__ _M.. . < , ; r: 'AB-!!! , - , < I ~ - , ~ 1 1 ~ : I' , ~"~:.' . m__......._...... I .....,....'.~. ~~...,,~.......,..._' -.. ..- , I , I .. ~_n_~ i LEGEND ~ ~ Q ~ ~ Q '-::> ~ ~ B1 ~ lOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 , _.._~J i l------ - i ~ ~ Q 'Q I~ J 13 <: ~ AB-18 GEOTECHNICAL. ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLm~IDA APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DARSE Il A SS 0 C I R T E S > I PI C. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 17 04-05-0309-101 . -: DATE: 11-16-05 I 1+ I ~I -~- N Y I ., , ( , . '1 N c " .., " 1 5 $ 1 / / LEGEND ~ u: Cl Cl C) ~ is < ~ -----f--- I I I.........._..~ .. ... ...-....---.. .. -.-....~..-...-. "'-l WlLL/AMS DRIVE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 I I f I . \--.J , t , I I I I I f,~A8-20 ('I : J.. ~ .1 r. ~ ~ :5 C) CO I-... Q;:: ~ ~ If) I 11 ~ ~ '~~ GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS CQUNTY. FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED O/lTE:11_16_05 MOARSE .. R S S (I C I R T E $, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 18 04-05-0309-101 : I II I' I' I' II II II II II II I II II II II II 1+ I~I -+ r 1;1 I i i I ~V d: I... ct! I.,:: t.......' r "i"';""" t:J! I' ~J {' t<:; , l..J: ;' '-Ji " ct, I ~': LEGENQ APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING , I i----- I I I LOCATION PLAf\1 HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET [ I o 50 100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDERECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 -16-'05 ItloARsE & R $ $ 0 C I ATE S, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 1 04-05-0309 -101 . : 9 . -----------1 ; I I , -.--.- - -..--.-.....- -. - --.--..--j I' , I _..1 4'~..lIII.~~llil:"Jl\ .- \, ~--'-- . . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 LEGEND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA 1+ I ~I -+- c r " APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP ~I r.: o ." SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-0.5 ItlooARsE & ASSOCIATES, INC. PROJ. N%4-05-0309-1 0 1 FIGURE: 20 I I! II II II II II II II II I II II II II II II + I ~I -Jr- ,,, , I~I I , , I I , L_____ __L_. HARN BOULEVARD I I , I , , 1___- LEGEND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER80RING I , I , , .../ LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 1 00 l0' If) Cj Cj ct I::! ~ ~ I,;, ii,' /U! , ('t ,I I, "',I'! I '\' f ~ :~rl IT 'j ! ~,/'f'j j ",""'''1 1<1.,".1"'1 j "},j, '~~ : f'd~ : ; if ~ ~,1 U f ~ f 1. 1 ~ I I! ~ I ,111.,'( ~J;.'.J::;=._""~,,, 'rB-"! 0 .m"..."'.,.,.,......^~"c"cm~c"" I ,'r"~ j-l ,! ~ 1 , I,l~ ~~.~ll! 1:='" 1,li Itl lit i II : \'I! Ii r Jill! .! f d', !! [Ill ,I, rrl\ I lii;i'1 Iii,' i I i j' , I en Vi ::) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: n-16-05 ItloARsE & ASS I) C I ATE 5, INC. PRQJ, NO: FIGURE 21 04-05-0309-101 : ' GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ItlooARsE & ASS 0 el ATE S, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 22 04-05-0:309-101 ....: , I -~ - - _.- --'-j'-"-'--'-"-- -. .- i , ! .- -" ---,._---- _ _ ----- ! I ~.... - --_._. .._....._~_.- - .._------ I , , I :-.- ---.--- - .-t--.. -'------ - , ~--t--- I , ____HJ____.___ 1-------. , , , , I ..----+- I I 'l 1- I ....k LEGEND 1+ E ~I -+- o o N APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP ~I ~. SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 -16-05 LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I Q 50 1 00 ''\ """\ " \ --...,"1- J , ~ , ; I ; , rr , , I I ;s:: C) ~ s;: ~ C,J ~ r;;j I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II II .1 II II II II I II II II II IE + .5 I .11 T D Iii I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 h , .. ._.._...~~ ~- ,. ~.'-. ^ -.- ._,... .. . ..f~'.'. . .. ",... .. HARN BOULEVARD lJ~I;JJ~LQ APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DRAWN; TM B CHKD; JEP SCALE; NOTED DATE; 11 -16-05 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ItloDARsE .. ASSOCIATES,INC. PROJ. N%4.....05~0309-101 FIGURE: 23 LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET L__ I o 50 1 00 I I I , __m~__ HARN BOULEVARD .\ ) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELlASCOUNTY. FLORIDA -+ ~+ ,~ APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB IWoOARSE .. ASSOCIATES, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 24 04-05-0309-101 ....: CHKD: JEP "I ], SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II .1 .1 .1 I .1 .1 I I I I I I I I I ~I I ~I I I. -+- CCWC~_C_"'-W~,.~""'T~~~. .. r --T~' I I . , I i I I _n-1 , , 1- LEGEND \ . ~, a ' e FAI!?8AN/(S DRIVE .."......i.....;:'-. ...." ..".'>WitlJ...., l I I -J I I I J , I I ....__.... ......__.......... __........_.._.. - ~... .. ...1 . 'i:;LENAfJN DRIVE LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 . : .~ .~:!1i! \ I'. I \ ' : i i , I i -"-~r-"'- APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION rEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING J. , , I ...._.L GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 ItloARsE & AS S 6 C I Q T E S, INC. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 25 04-05-0309-101 . :.. LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 FAIRBANKS DRIVE _.' .,............."....,,~-=."~,... '. H\ r-c=;-~ H:.. H. r::--.c( _:~B-;'\ (' ~ ! I I Iii ~ : , : : : i I ./ ~ I I ! . . ~ , I I' ' I -----IH-L-+-- I I ) ! J:; i:: ... Om_om .._1_ _ ___ _l_ _ _.__.__m.__ _.._J , L_ AB-29 ~:_~. r--- GLEA/ANA/ORNt '" '. m~..._....' GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PJNELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA I. ~I + APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORI NG APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING PRAWN: TMB IWoDARSE & ASS 0 C I A T ES . INC. PROJ. N~4-05-0309~ 1 0 1 FIGURE: 25 CHI<P: JEP ~I SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II II II I II II II II II II II 11+ I~I + <[, c Iii I LEGEND .. .... , I I I ""1- -, I I I I"" . ,,"..~L If' ',,~ LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET L__~ I o 50 100 GLEN ANN DRIVE I j: 1 !; : I: I /); I ..,/ . I : I ~,! 1 ...- d; II c;o...,_ _'11 iI Ii " -:o,,-:::-,i: r kJ ; I li-I'l~~")~ l i!~~; Q I I,: 11;: <: ' i )' 111~ !, ..t' ~u -,:J~-fl 'II J [~... ij n , :f'II;1 I Ii!! II 1 )i;li Ii .. ...co -_._,,- -''':'''''75'''""=:'"73f,:~Ll,, m m"" .tl -,,;~;':-:d ~,. <~ rr- ~ . ~ . , SU.MMERLlN DRIVE m.j'" ."" / ....':..;':~""=---:T"::-~:.~ 80 i i . :>i f, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING PRAWN: TMB ItlDARSE I} RSSOCIATES,INC. PRbJ, NO: FIGURE 26 Q4-05-0309-101 ' : CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 LEGEND '+ rl + I B-3If-~--1 1 ~I ~ ,I i :1 lji ii/ ! :.:,......... .... ............_._m. ! ~ , ' j'i 1.L ; 'i }Ji :q : :1 ~\ 111_ -I $ ~ j :i ., , , , I . -'_ ___ _ --ml I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 1111>; mmm.. - mmmmm. II :j lL' III: ;[i' ii' III.-m_~.-mm -.--. Iii ~.j , I Iii !',.I-I:.I[-- ~jl !llli- Ii" , . 1 1 :1 'i , , I I ~.:. ",~ , ; I , I , ~ I APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING ~1 ~ GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-16-05 PINELLASCOUNTY, FLORIDA ItloARsE & A $$ 0 C IA T Ii S , INC. PROJ. N~4-05-0309-101 FIGURE: 27 I II II II II II II II II I II II II II II I' I I) -+ I" + o I~ "~I I ~ ~ 1"1 ;~i-~~:;-:"~:- f ,------ I I ., 1 , ~.-..l I \ \ 1 ......._~---___.__I ,~..~~..tt'l' NURSERY ROAD _lOCATION Pl_AN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 -j . I I , I I I ..........1 I , I I LEGEND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARO PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB GHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED Ii R S S 0 e I R T E $, I N C. PROJ. NO: FIGURE 2B 04--05-0309-101 : DATE: 11-16-05 LOCATION PLAN HQRIZoNTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 --1- r --. I , , I I I , , .__1 i I i , , I I , , L. __ , L_. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION LEGEND MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA E " N 0. o I '" 0. 0. N ri 0. .0 '" "- + -9- DRAWN: TMB ItlDARsE & ASS 0 C I ATE 5, I N (;, PROJ, NO: FIGURE 29 04-05~0309-101 .. :.. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING CHKD: JEP SCALE; NOTED DATE; 11 -16-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II II II II II I II II II II II II 1,1 -$- I~I + c I~I I LOCAJIQ~-ElAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I o 50 1 00 GEQiECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA LEGEND DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11 -1 6-05 ItloARsE &. AS S () C I n T E $, I N C. PROJ. NO: F CURE 30 04~05-0309-1 01 r :. )+ " ~I + o '" r0 ~I Im-. " '" _m___ " I , I 1-"--- -" ." , , 1--- , I i 1-- -'-- i ~ _Hm " Ii I i , 11,1, l1J .f I [' ,I \,1\ :,\,-,L- _ _ _m .;\ l;\ J \\ \ )~\,,'''''- ';., \ \\ )\ ~ V ',,',\ \\',' , "'1~\ 'i\ "AA,':' , "A.(\'} ~, t , \ , 'i "~ \ \\ \ I , II \ \t ....li " ......_""~._-_..- "'I ! i LEGEND I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I LOCATION PLAN HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET I I I o 50 100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF AUGER BORING DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: NOTED DATE: 11-1 6~05 ItlDARsE & ASSOCIATES, INC. PROJ, NO: FIGURE 31 04~05-03D9-101 ': II I I I I I I I I "I I I I I I I I E 0 0 0 a I I '" 0 0 N 8 I -" '" !L AB-1 0 tJ w u. CD 5 z I [ i-'- :1 @ n.. w 1 0 0 AB-8 AB-2 AB-9 I\B-3 AB-10 AB-4 AB-5 AB-6 CD I@ AB-13 AB~7 AB-14 0 I:;j w CD CD CD u. CD 5 CD CD @ CD I \: CD i-'- @ G) G) n.. @ w 1 0 0 10 AB-15 o i-'- W W U. -~ I i-'- n.. W o 5 CD OCD [[]0 00 1Ill0 00 O@ 1210 !la@ ~@ AB-16 o CD r ~ '/, L GRAY TO TAN TO BROWN FINE SAND WITH TRACES OF SILT. CLAY, SHELL. AND LIMERGCK (SP) BROWN JODARK BROWN SLIGHTLY SILlY SAND (SP-SM) LIGHT GRAY TO LIGHT BROWN SLIGHTLY CLAYEY SAND (SP--SC) DARK BROWN SILTY SAND (SM) GRAY CLAYEY SAND (5C) GREEN TO GRAY SANDY CLAY AND CLAY (CL)(CH) CREEN TO GRAY INDURATED CLAY (CM) GRAy GRAVEL WITH CLAY (GP) RocK f'RAGMENTS (FILL) AB-17 LEGEND (SP) GNE N 50/5' .50% WR/wH CD CD .\ili.B 12-2;)-05 AS..., 11 AB-12 AB-18 AB-19 CD CD UNIFIED SqlL CLA5SIFICATIONGROUP SYMBOL AS DETERMINED BY VISUAL EXAMINATION DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN FEET WITH DATE OF READING GROUNDWATER NOT ENCOUNTERED STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE IN BLOWS PER FOOT (50) BLOWS REoUIRED TO DRIVE SAMPLING SPOON (5) INCHES CIRCULATION l.OSS (%) SAMPLING SPOON FELL UNDER WEiGHT OF ROD AND HAMMER AB-20 CD G) AB-21 CD @ GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DRAWN: TMB C:HKD: JEP PINELLASCOUNTY. FLORIDA .. ASSOClATES, INC. DATE. 01 1 7 6 PROJ. NO: ' . . ~-O 04 05 0309101 FIGURE: 33 SCAlE: AB-22 AS-23 AB-24 AB-25 AB-26 AB-27 AB-28 0 I- W (3) I"j ill I.J... CD 5 z CD @ CD @ (2) CD I CD 0) I- (3) :1: (3) a.. w 10 0 J:iliE l?-?R as AB-29 0 l- lL! W I.J... 5 -~ I f- a.. w 10 0 CD AB-36 AS-3D A8~31 0 f- SS W W I.J... 5 z CD CD I CD f- a... w J:iliE 10 0 ~ 12-28-05 12-28-05 E o Q) U1 0; I <D o o N I'i o .0 t! OeD [JJ0 OeD 1IJ]0 [2]@ !ZJ@ 00 !fa@ ~0 CD 't AB-37 AB-38 LEGEND G~Y TO TAN TO BROWN FINE SAND WITH TRACES OF SILT, CLAY, SHELL, AND LIIAEROCK (SP) BROWN TO DARI< BROWN SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) LIGHT GRAY TO LIGHT BROWN SLIGHTLY CLAYEY SAND (SP-SC) DARK BROWN SILTY SAND (SIA) GRAY CLAYEY SAND (SC) GREEN TO GRAY SANDY CLAY AND CLAY (tL)(CH) GREEN TO GRAY INDURATED CLAY (CH) GRAY GRAVEL WITH CLAY (GP) ROCK FRAGMENTS (FILL) (SP) GNR N 50/5' .50~ WR/WH AB-32 AB-33 AS-34 CD CD CD '-~----:::;-".-J ':.,..,...",..T... UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GROUP SyMBOL AS DETERMINE[) BY VISUAL EXAMINATION DEPTH Te GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN FEET WITH DA TEOf READING GROlJNDW\TER NOT RECORDED STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE IN BLOWS PER FOOl (SO) BLO'YS REQUIRED TO DRIVE SAMPLING SPOON (5) INCHES C1RCULATlJN LOSS (%) SAMPLING SPOON FEll UNDER WEIGHT OF ROD AND HAMMER AB-35 CD 0) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MORNINGSIDE RECLA1MED WATER SYSTEM DRAWN: TMB CHI<D: JEP SCALE: DATE: 01-17-06 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ItloARsE & ASSOCIATES, INC. PROJ. NO: 04 05 0309 101 FIGURE: 34 .1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I